TopCl

ass500
Oper
ati
ngI
nst
ruct
ions
S51
5HDH-S51
7HDH

T
heSi
gnofEx
cel
l
enc
e.
Name: Operating Instructions
Language: ENG
Edition: 02.07.2019
Order no.: A 410 006 01 58

EvoBus GmbH
D-89231 Neu-Ulm
Germany
Printed in Germany

© EvoBus GmbH 2019

Not to be reprinted, reproduced or translated, in
whole or in part, without prior permission.
Introduction
User information documents are provided
with each one of our buses. They are in-
tended for use only by those persons who
are qualified to operate the respective
bus. The user information is divided as fol-
lows:
● The Operating Instructions manual
contains detailed and safety‐relevant
information.
● The Maintenance Booklet is our guide
to the technical care of the vehicle. It
contains all necessary information on
maintenance intervals and mainten-
ance tasks.
● Confirmation of completed mainten-
ance work is recorded and stored in
the Digital Service Booklet (DSB) in
our central database. In addition to
this, you will receive a printout of the
maintenance report as part of the
workshop visit.
● Any relevant supplementary instruc-
tions, which describe particular fea-
tures or items of equipment not avail-
able in every vehicle (e.g. buses with
CNG engine).
The Operating Instructions and the Main-
tenance Booklet are important documents
and must always be carried in the bus.
Please make sure that you read the
“Safety” section before you operate the
vehicle for the first time, and familiarise
yourself with the contents of these
Operating Instructions before the bus is
driven.
Items of optional equipment are also de-
scribed, if their operation needs explan-
ation. As the bus delivered to you has
been customised in accordance with your
particular order, the actual equipment
and features of your bus may not always
match the descriptions and illustrations
presented here.
Our buses are subject to ongoing devel-
opment. You are therefore asked to ap-
preciate that we reserve the right to make
modifications to the design, equipment
and technical features. For these reasons,
no claims can be made based upon the
contents of this user information.
The declared policy of EvoBus GmbH is
one of integrated environmental protec-
tion. This policy starts at the root causes
and encompasses in its management de-
cisions all the consequences for the envir-
onment which could arise from production
processes or the products themselves.
The objectives are for the natural re-
sources which form the basis of our ex-
istence on this planet to be used sparingly
and in a manner which takes the require-
ments of both nature and humanity into
account.
You, too, can help to protect the environ-
ment by operating the bus in an environ-
mentally friendly manner. Fuel consump-
tion and wear in the drive train (engine,
clutch, transmission, axles, brakes, tyres)
are extremely dependent on your driving
style.
We hope you enjoy driving your bus.
EvoBus GmbH
Setra Buses

Document organisation . . . . . . . 1
The use of symbols and their
meanings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
General information . . . . . . . . . .
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructions online . . . . . . . . . . . .
Online ordering of operating data . . .
Information on the REACH Regulation
(EU chemicals regulation) . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General safety information . . . . .
Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning messages . . . . . . . . .
Attachment, installation or
conversion work on the vehicle . .
Legal notices . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data stored in the vehicle . . . . .
Operation, retrofitting of radio
systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
Operation of auxiliary heating . . . . 21
Handling and use of 230/400-volt At a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Complete overview of the driver's
Further safety precautions . . . . . . 23 area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Switches on the left section of the
3 instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4 Maintenance, care, cleaning . . . . 25
Switches on the right section of the
5 Work specified in the Maintenance instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6 Booklet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Description of pushbuttons and
Cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . 27 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Tachograph DTCO 3.0 . . . . . . . . . 85
. . 9 Running-in guidelines . . . . . . . . . 30 Tachograph (display) . . . . . . . . . 87
. 10 Preparation for the journey, Coach Multimedia System
daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 (CMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
. 11
Preparation for the journey, Emergency equipment, fire
. 12 extinguisher, first-aid kit, emergency
weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
. 15 Starting, driving, stopping . . . . . . 34
Fire detection system and
. 17 Operating fluids, fuels and additives, extinguishing system . . . . . . . . . 94
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
. 18 Sleeper cabin control panel . . . . . 98
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) . . . . . 46
. 19 Seat belt reminder display . . . . . . 99
Catalytic converter protection
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 LED reversing aid in the exterior
20 mirror (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG I
Contents
Exterior flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Windscreen washer fluid
reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Sideguard Assist/Lane Change
Assist (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Driver's area controls . . . . . . .
MFK (multifunction key) . . . . . . .
MFK main menu . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menu structure of the multifunction
key (MFK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable steering column . . . . .
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination switch for lights and
wiper functions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination switch for transmission
shift system and continuous brake
(engine brake and retarder) . . . . .
Steering wheel buttons . . . . . . . .
Left-hand steering wheel
buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-hand steering wheel
buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display screen menu control
logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
II C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . 151
Volume settings: audio sources, Driver’s seat/passenger
telephone, intercom system . . . . . 154 seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Intercom/on-board telephone: Driver’s seat safety precau-
kitchenette, driver's rest area, tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
driver's area, mobile phone . . . . . 158 Adjusting the driver's seat and
Accident data recorder (ADR) fastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . 193
105
(option), operation . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Adjusting the co-driver's seat and
107 Accident data recorder (ADR), fastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . 199
108 status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Adjusting a passenger seat,
Brake systems, operation and fastening the seat belt, removing
110 function description . . . . . . . . . . 168 and fitting squabs and head
restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
121 Master safety switch (emergency-
off switch, option) . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Carriage of persons with reduced
122 mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Air suspension safety precau-
tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Passenger seat service set . . . . . . 214
125
Raising and lowering the bus . . . . . 182
Kneeling and normal level . . . . . . 184 Gearshift system and
127 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Activating/deactivating the axle
128 load transfer for the trailing axle Description of the GO 250-8
(3-axle buses only) . . . . . . . . . . 185 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
131 Important information on the Safety precautions for the GO 250-
steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 8 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
133 Turning the steering wheel when Selector lever for GO 250-8
135 the bus is stationary . . . . . . . . . . 188 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Switching on the panorama camera Operating the GO 250-8
149 (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Failsafe mode for GO 250-8 . . . . . 229

Assistance systems . . . . . . . .
Glossary of terms . . . . . . . . . .
Safety precautions for the
assistance systems . . . . . . . . .
Function of brake and acceleration
systems: EBS, ABS, ASR . . . . . .
Function of driving stability
systems: ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function: speed limiter, Temposet,
cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART,
Stop Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function of lane assistance
systems: LDWS . . . . . . . . . . .
Function of emergency braking
system: ABA . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function of Attention Assist . . . .
Operation: ESP, ASR . . . . . . . .
Operation: Temposet, cruise
control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation: LDWS . . . . . . . . . .
Operation: ABA . . . . . . . . . . .
Sideguard Assist (option) . . . . . .
231 Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
. 232 Notes on refrigerants in
air-conditioning systems . . . . . . . 288
. 233
Heating/ventilation/air-
. 237 conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety precautions for the heating,
. 239 ventilation and air-conditioning
system (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating, ventilation and
. 241 air-conditioning system (HVAC)
control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 252
Display screen . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display of main menus . . . . . . .
. 253
Demisting the windscreen . . . . .
. 261
Regulation of the driver's area . . .
. 263
Regulation of the passenger
compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 265 Activating air-recirculation mode in
the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 278
Activating the reheat function . . .
. 280
. 283
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Contents
Activating the air-conditioning . . . . 303
Preselecting the auxiliary
heating, preheating the engine,
programming switch-on times . . . . 304
Setting the activation period for
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
289
Opening/locking . . . . . . . . . . 309
Safety and warning notes . . . . . . . 310
. 290
Locking/unlocking doors; embark-
ing/disembarking the vehicle . . . . 312
. 291 Operating doors/flaps while the
bus is in motion; status indicators
. 294 on the display screen . . . . . . . . . 315
. 296
Door anti-entrapment protection
. 297 (reversing); emergency operation of
doors and flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
. 298
. 300 On-board kitchenettes . . . . . . 325
Safety and warning notes . . . . . . . 326
. 301
Use for the intended purpose . . . . 327
. 302
Filling the fresh water supply
tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Checking and cleaning the fresh
water filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Cleaning the sausage heater . . . . . 330
III
Contents

Descaling the coffee machine . . . . 331 Cleaning the 40-cup coffee

Draining the siphon . . . . . . . . . . 332 machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Switching off the on-board
Draining the coffee machine . . . . . 355 kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Draining the water lines . . . . . . . . 333
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Switching off the on-board
Draining the boiler . . . . . . . . . . . 334 kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Exchanging fuses . . . . . . . . . . . 357
On-board kitchenette with Lavatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
40-cup coffee machine On-board kitchenette with
(TM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 2-carafe filter system Enabling the lavatory . . . . . . . . . 382
First use of the on-board (Frenzel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Switchover between water (WC)
kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 First use of the on-board and chemical (CC) operation
kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Switching on the on-board
kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Switching on the on-board Use and replenishment of
kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Drawing water from the water
tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Drawing water from the water Emptying and cleaning tanks and
tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 reservoirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Boiler indications on the display
screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Switching on the boiler . . . . . . . . 364 Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Switching on the boiler . . . . . . . . 342 Setting the thermostat . . . . . . . . 365 Greasing the impeller of the CC
pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Descaling the boiler . . . . . . . . . . 344 Descaling the boiler . . . . . . . . . . 366
Sausage heater indications on the Switching on the sausage
display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Trailers and skiboxes . . . . . . . 395
Switching on the sausage Switching on the 2-carafe filter Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Skibox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Switching on the 40-cup coffee Draining the coffee machine . . . . . 373
machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Brewing coffee in frosty Exchanging fuses . . . . . . . . . . . 377
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

IV C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Practical advice . . . . . . . . . .
Operating, function and malfunction
displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment: important
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment: engine oil
level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment: steering
hydraulics oil level . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment: engine and
heating coolant level . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment: drive
belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment: electric fuel
pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels, tyres: important
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels, tyres: changing a
wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels, tyres: snow chains . . . . . .
Approved snow chains . . . . . . . .
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures . . . .
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures
table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
Washing the bus in automatic Lighting and radio remote
403 vehicle washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Removing the exterior mirrors . . . . 442 Activating/evaluating the Integrated
405 Smoke detector . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Diagnostics System (IDS) . . . . . . . 480
Description of the LED on the Heating, ventilation and
411 smoke detector . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 air-conditioning system
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Towing and tow-starting . . . . . . . 446
413
Measures for towing . . . . . . . . . 449
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . 491
416 Test ports and charging
connections, charging, adding Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
compressed air . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
417 Refrigerant fill quantities . . . . . . . 494
Bus stop brake emergency release
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
418 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Electrical system: important
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
422
Electrical system: layout of
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
423
Electrical system: fuse
assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
425
Electrical system, batteries:
434 important information . . . . . . . . . 471
435 Level control key switch . . . . . . . 476
436
439
440
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG V
Contents

VI C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


The use of symbols and their mean-
ings
Safety precautions and other important
information are highlighted by symbols.
In addition to the instructions provided
herein, all generally applicable safety and
accident prevention regulations must also
be observed, e.g. in Germany, the rules
and regulations of the institutions for stat-
utory accident insurance and prevention.
Where information and instructions are to
be observed, it is assumed that the user
information contents are intended only for
persons who are suitably qualified to carry
out the tasks by nature of their education,
training and experience.
These persons should, at the same time,
be able to identify risks that may arise in
the undertaking of their tasks and take
the necessary measures to avoid them.
Document organisation
The use of symbols and their meanings
Helpful information WARNING. Warning note indicating the
presence of a hazard that could lead to
Denotes additional information as follows: some form of injury.
Note
Symbols and structure guide
Denotes written texts
Physical and environmental damage
Action to be performed
Denotes types of damage, possible con-
Expected response of the system after an
sequences and instructions on how to
action
avoid them.
Unexpected response of the system after
an action
Physical damage List with any sequence
→ Reference to other sections or contents
Environmental damage
Warning notes
Denotes hazards, possible consequences
and instructions on how to avoid them.
DANGER. Warning note indicating the
presence of a hazard that could lead to
death or serious injury.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 1
Document organisation

2 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 General information
Contents

Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Instructions online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Online ordering of operating data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Information on the REACH Regulation (EU chemicals regulation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 3

General information
Identification plate
Identification plate
M00.00-0638-71
The identification plate bearing your
vehicle's identification data is located
behind the driver's area.
Note
Precise vehicle identification is a pre-
requisite to exact and correct assign-
ment of vehicle data. You will also need
the vehicle identification number (VIN)
when ordering replacement parts and
making technical enquiries.
4 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
For vehicle data, refer to the “Technical
data” ( → page 492) section.
Identification plate legend
M00.00-0639-71
1 Vehicle designation
2 Headlamp basic setting
3 Vehicle identification number
(VIN)
4 Permissible gross mass
5 Permissible gross combination
mass
6 Permissible axle load for front
axle
7 Permissible axle load for driven
axle
8 Permissible axle load for trailing
axle
Vehicle identification number (body-
work)
M00.00-0635-71
Vehicle identification number (1) is ad-
ditionally marked on the skeleton at the
front of the bus. It can be accessed via
the spare wheel flap (to open, use the
lever in the front right doorway).
 General information
Instructions online

Instructions online A comprehensive guide to cleaning

and care is available to download from
Operating, maintenance and supplement-
the “busdoc.i.daimler.com/public/pa”
ary instructions are available on the Inter-
webpage.
net as well as in the associated app.

User information on the Internet and

in apps

M99.00-0028-71

This and other instruction manuals are

available to download as pdf files online
via the QR code above.
There, you will also find interactive operat-
ing instruction manuals for current Setra
buses in the form of a web application.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 5

General information
Online ordering of operating data

Online ordering of operating data flash)). Clicking on this entry will take you
to the order pages.
You can find the latest operating
data for your vehicle on the Internet For the ordering process, you will need
at www.omniplus.com. Data can be the vehicle identification number (VIN)
downloaded whenever you like, 365 days and a PIN code. The vehicle identification
a year. Types of data include wiring number can be found in the vehicle docu-
diagrams and function charts, control unit ments or on the identification plate in the
information, the latest software releases vehicle. The PIN is the last four digits of
(“flashware”) and more. the “BB” number stated in the order con-
firmation for your vehicle. Alternatively,
The latest data are also available to down-
you can request the PIN from your Service
load at any time after a software modific-
Partner.
ation, e.g. due to a control unit replace-
ment or a retrofit to your vehicle involving
electrical equipment. By following the or-
dering process, you will be given access
to the data that you wish to download. To
ensure appropriate use of data, further
information can be found on the order
pages.
Visit www.omniplus.com and first select
your country. At the top right of the page,
you will then find a text input field with
a small magnifying glass symbol. In this
field, type the word “ecu” or “flash”. In
the match list, you will then see: “Be-
triebsdaten (ECU)” (Service data (ECU

6 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 General information
Information on the REACH Regulation (EU chemicals regulation)

Information on the REACH Regulation

(EU chemicals regulation)
REACH Regulation
The REACH Regulation (Regulation (EC)
no. 1907/2006, Article 33) enforces a
duty to communicate information on sub-
stances of very high concern (SVHC).
Daimler AG acts to the best its knowledge
to avoid the application and use of these
SVHCs and to enable the safe handling of
these substances. From supplier informa-
tion and the internal product information
of Daimler AG, it is known that SVHCs
are present in individual articles of this
vehicle in a concentration above 0.1%
weight by weight.
More detailed information can be found at
the following address:
● http://www.daimler.com/reach

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 7

General information

8 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Safety
Contents

General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Attachment, installation or conversion work on the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Legal notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Data stored in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Operation, retrofitting of radio systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Operation of auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Handling and use of 230/400-volt installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Further safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 9

Safety
General safety information

General safety information ● Items of winter sports equipment

The vehicle is approved for use in accord-
ance with its intended purpose:
● Carriage of persons in the passenger
compartment in the course of touring,
excursions or public transit.
● Toddlers and babies in pushchairs or
other approved carriers or means of
transport that ensure their safe car-
riage in the passenger compartment.
● Persons with reduced mobility using
approved mobility aids that assist
their safe carriage in the passenger
compartment to the extent that there
is a dedicated space for this purpose
in the passenger compartment.
● Small items of luggage for personal
belongings in the stowage compart-
ments in the passenger compartment.
Large items of luggage in the luggage
compartment.
● Pets in appropriate transport contain-
ers guaranteeing safe transport in the
passenger compartment to the extent
that transport in a transport container
is a mandatory requirement.
in the luggage compartment or in a
correctly mounted skibox.
Danger
Risk of injury from unintended move-
ment and unauthorised operation of the
vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.
▶ On steep uphill or downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure.

10 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Safety
Fire prevention

Fire prevention ▶ Avoid areas prone to the build up of

gases or dust, such as gas depots,
Pre-drive measures
coal stores or timber yards or sim-
▶ Check tyre pressures (daily visual ilar.
check/weekly measurement).
▶ Use only air extraction systems ap-
▶ Check that twin tyres are spaced proved for these exhaust temperat-
sufficiently apart.
ures.
▶ Check the LED on the smoke detector
for green steady light. ▶ Park the bus safely.
▶ Inform a mechanic/next driver about
Function description of the smoke de-
malfunction, if applicable.
tector ( → page 444) in the “Practical
▶ Disconnect the battery or set the
advice” section.
battery isolating switch to OFF.
On-road measures
▶ Monitor coolant temperature.
Post-drive measures

Danger
Risk of fire from hot parts of the ex-
haust system.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating in-
doors and at filling stations.
▶ Do not park next to, over or on dry
grass or harvested crop fields.
▶ Keep well clear of fuel installations
and parking vehicles.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 11

Safety
Warning messages

Warning messages Yellow alert display

Warning messages on the display
screen
Warning messages on the display screen
appear in the form of pop‐up windows.
Depending on the importance of the in-
formation, a grey, yellow or red alert is
shown on the display screen and, where
applicable, the event is explained in more
detail by a symbol and some text.
M46.00-0199-71
It is possible to minimise pop‐up win-
dows and free up the display screen again ▶ Using buttons (3) and (6) on the M54.00-3144-71

by acknowledging them. However, the
warning message will remain active in the
background until its cause has been recti-
fied.
If multiple alerts are active at the same
time, each event will be displayed with a
sequential number.
For as long as the alert remains active, it
continues to be displayed in the “Meldun-
gen” (Notifications) main menu, “Fehler-
meldungen” (Fault alerts) submenu and
“Ereignisse” (Events) submenu.
steering wheel, it is possible to dis-
play any additional instructions that
are present.
Yellow alerts warn of functional limita-
tions; it is possible to drive on as long as
particular caution is exercised.
The alert is displayed in a pop‐up window
(2).
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.

12 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
▶ Have the cause of restricted
functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
▶ Stop driving as soon as possible and
consult an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Acknowledging a yellow alert
Danger
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic.
Use of the integrated information and
communication systems unavoidably
diverts some of the driver's attention.
▶ Before use of information and com-
munication systems, ensure suffi-
cient familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.
Safety
Warning messages
▶ Do not operate information and Red alert display
communication systems unless road
and traffic conditions permit this to
be done safely.
▶ If necessary, pull over safely with re-
gard for other traffic before operat-
ing information and communication
systems.
▶ For operation of the telephone, in-
tercom or other communications
equipment, be sure to observe ap-
plicable legal requirements.
M54.00-1992-71
To free up the display screen:
Red alerts describe safety‐relevant mal-
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK” functions. Continued driving would en-
button (1) on the steering wheel. danger the safety of passengers, other
◁ The pop-up window closes. road users and that of the driver.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in The alert is issued as a pop‐up window (2)
the status indicator field of the and an audible warning signal.
display screen.
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 13
Safety
Warning messages

Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
▶ If necessary, arrange further meas-
ures such as towing ( → page 446).
Acknowledging a red alert
To free up the display screen:
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK”
button (1) on the steering wheel.
◁ The pop-up window closes.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in
the status indicator field of the
display screen.

14 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Attachment, installation or conver-
sion work on the vehicle
Warning
Risk of accident and injury from the
incorrect functioning of non-approved
replacement parts and installations.
▶ Use only OMNIplus genuine parts.
▶ Have attachment, installation or
conversion work carried out only at
a qualified specialist workshop.
▶ Always quote the vehicle identific-
ation number (VIN) when ordering
OMNIplus genuine parts.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
Work on or modifications to the vehicle
that have been carried out incorrectly or
with non‐approved parts could result in
malfunctions and jeopardise the safe and
reliable operation of the vehicle.
● The functioning of safety‐relevant
systems could be impaired.
■ For example, the brake system.
Attachment, installation or conversion work on the vehicle
● The functioning of electronically net-
worked systems could be impaired.
■ In the modified system itself.
■ Systems not directly associated
with the modification could also
be affected due to the networking
of electronic systems.
Non‐approved parts could lead to invalida-
tion of the operating permit. This could be
the case, for example, if:
● There is a change in the vehicle type
approved in the operating permit.
● Road users are likely to be
endangered.
● There is a change in exhaust or noise
emissions.
Note
EvoBus accepts responsibility for
OMNIplus genuine parts only. Even
if parts have been independently or
officially approved on an individual
basis, EvoBus is unable to accept
responsibility.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Safety
Both the vehicle keeper and the driver
assume responsibility for complying with
country‐specific laws whenever attach-
ments are connected to the vehicle, par-
ticularly with the use of cargo carriers and
trailer couplings.
UN regulations on installations, at-
tachments and conversions
For installation, attachment and conver-
sion work, all applicable rules and stand-
ards must be observed.
● UN R 10 (electromagnetic compatibil-
ity)
● UN R 13 (brakes)
● UN R 14, 16, 17, 80 (seats, seat
mounts, belt anchorages and restraint
systems)
● UN R 34 (prevention of fire risks)
● UN R 107 (approval of category M2
or M3 vehicles with regard to their
general construction)
15
Safety
Attachment, installation or conversion work on the vehicle

● UN R 118 (burning behaviour of ma-

terials used in the interior)
● As well as other relevant regulations
and standards for the specific pur-
pose of the installation.

16 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Legal notices
EU declarations of conformity
The following notice applies to all ra-
dio‐based components of the vehicle
and of information systems and commu-
nications equipment integrated into the
vehicle:
The radio‐based components of this
vehicle are in conformity with the
essential requirements and other relevant
requirements of Directive 2014/53/EU.
Hereby, ADC Automotive Distance Control
Systems GmbH declares that radio equip-
ment types ARS3‐A and ARS4‐A are in
compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
Hereby, Antennentechnik ABB Bad
Blankenburg GmbH declares that the
radio equipment types Antenne 1,
Antenne 2 and Verteiler Rundfunk are in
compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
Hereby, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia
GmbH declares that the radio equip-
ment types IPPC, PX‐V, CRD47, CR24,
CPA2011, CPA811, CCS, CCD, CCD BT
Safety
Legal notices
and CCC are in compliance with Directive Further information can be obtained from
2014/53/EU. any OMNIplus Service Partner.
Hereby, Continental Automotive GmbH,
Siemensstr. 12, D‐93055 Regensburg
Free and open-source software
declares that the radio equipment type (FOSS)
WFS is in compliance with Directive
Copyright
2014/53/EU.
You will find information on terms of use,
Hereby, Daimler AG declares that the ra- licences and the free and open‐source
dio equipment type CTPDIN is in compli-
software used in your vehicle on the Inter-
ance with Directive 2014/53/EU. net at:
Hereby, Hirschmann Car Communica- www.omniplus.com/opensource
tion GmbH, Stuttgarter Strasse 45‐51,
D‐72654 Neckartenzlingen declares that
the radio equipment types Amplifier,
GNSS Splitter and Antenne GNSS are in
compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
Hereby, Huf Electronic Bretten GmbH,
Gewerbestr. 40, D‐75015 Bretten de-
clares that the radio equipment types
TSSRE4Nd and TSSDA4X are in compli-
ance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
The full texts of the EU declaration of
conformity are available at the following
Internet address: busdoc.i.daimler.com/
public/rdb
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 17
Safety
Stickers

Stickers
Stickers
There are various warning stickers affixed
to your bus. These are intended to make
you and others aware of various dangers.
Therefore, do not remove any warning
stickers unless it is expressly stated on
the sticker that you may do so.

Warning
Risk of injury from unperceived
dangers. If stickers displaying warnings
or safety information are removed or not
replaced promptly, the dangers to which
they refer would go unnoticed.
▶ Do not remove stickers.
▶ Affix replacements for missing stick-
ers immediately.

18 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Data stored in the vehicle
A host of electronic components in your
vehicle contain a data memory. These
data memories store information, tempor-
arily or permanently, relating to
● Vehicle condition
● Events
● Faults
These items of technical information gen-
erally document the state of a compon-
ent, module, system or the environment.
These could be, for example:
● Operating states of system compon-
ents. These include fill levels, etc.
● Status messages relating to the
vehicle and its individual components.
These include, for example, wheel
rotation speed, driving speed,
deceleration, lateral acceleration,
accelerator pedal position.
● Malfunctions and defects in important
system components. These include
lights, brakes, etc.
● Responses and operating states of
the vehicle in specific driving situ-
ations. These include, for example,
triggering of an airbag, intervention of
stability control systems.
● Environmental states. These include
outside temperature, etc.
The data are exclusively technical in
nature and can be used for
● assisting the detection and rectifica-
tion of faults and defects,
● analysing vehicle functions, e.g. after
an accident,
● optimising vehicle functions.
Motion profiles on driven routes cannot
be generated from these data. Whenever
you arrange for a particular vehicle ser-
vice, these items of technical information
can be read out from the event and fault
data memories.
Services include, for example:
● Repairs
● Customer service processes
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Safety
Data stored in the vehicle
● Warranty claims
● Quality assurance
This read‐out is performed by employees
in the ServiceNetwork (including manufac-
turers) with the use of special diagnostic
testers. They enable you to obtain further
information as and when necessary. After
faults have been rectified, the informa-
tion in the fault memory is cleared or con-
tinuously overwritten. During use of the
vehicle, certain situations could arise in
which these technical data could become
personal data when combined with other
information ‐ where applicable under the
direction of an independent expert.
Examples include:
● Accident logs
● Damage to the vehicle
● Witness statements
Other auxiliary functions that are contrac-
tually agreed with the customer similarly
permit the outgoing communication of
vehicle data from the vehicle. Example:
● FleetBoard telematics system
19
Safety
Operation, retrofitting of radio systems
Operation, retrofitting of radio sys-
tems
Danger
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic.
Use of the integrated information and
communication systems unavoidably
diverts some of the driver's attention.
▶ Before use of information and com-
munication systems, ensure suffi-
cient familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.
▶ Do not operate information and
communication systems unless road
and traffic conditions permit this to
be done safely.
▶ If necessary, pull over safely with re-
gard for other traffic before operat-
ing information and communication
systems.
▶ For operation of the telephone, in-
tercom or other communications
equipment, be sure to observe ap-
plicable legal requirements.
20 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
A vehicle covers a distance of approxim- quirements of EC Directive 72/245 EEC
ately 14 m every second at a speed of 50 must be observed.
km/h.
Use of an exterior aerial
The transmission power of mobile com-
Retrofitting of components munications devices is increased inside
vehicles and enclosed spaces. This could
Warning adversely affect the functioning of inad-
Risk of accident and injury from the equately shielded equipment (e.g. cardiac
incorrect functioning of non-approved pacemakers). The use of exterior aerials
replacement parts and installations. helps to reduce transmission power and,
in turn, the adverse effect on inadequately
▶ Use only OMNIplus genuine parts. shielded equipment. We advise forbidding
▶ Have attachment, installation or the use of mobile communications equip-
conversion work carried out only at ment if the vehicle is not equipped with an
a qualified specialist workshop.
exterior aerial.
▶ Always quote the vehicle identific-
ation number (VIN) when ordering
OMNIplus genuine parts.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
In the event of retrofitting/conversion of
components or peripherals (e.g. ticket‐
printing machines, ticket‐cancelling ma-
chines, destination displays, etc.) that are
still in use in new buses, the technical re-

Operation of auxiliary heating
Auxiliary heating units
Danger
Risk of poisoning and burns from ex-
haust gases and hot parts of the exhaust
system.
▶ Do not operate the auxiliary heating
in enclosed spaces, e.g. garages,
without an appropriate exhaust
extraction system.
▶ Ensure a sufficient supply of fresh
air.
▶ Keep well clear of hot parts.
▶ Wear suitable protective clothing if
necessary.
Danger
Risk of fire from hot parts of the ex-
haust system.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating in-
doors and at filling stations.
▶ Do not park next to, over or on dry
grass or harvested crop fields.
Safety
Operation of auxiliary heating
▶ Keep well clear of fuel installations
and parking vehicles.
▶ Avoid areas prone to the build up of
gases or dust, such as gas depots,
coal stores or timber yards or sim-
ilar.
▶ Use only air extraction systems ap-
proved for these exhaust temperat-
ures.
Never park vehicles in enclosed spaces or
in the vicinity of fuel dispensing systems
or flammable materials if the auxiliary
heating:
● has recently been in operation,
● is still operating or
● is set to be activated by timer or pre-
set timer.
▶ Operate the auxiliary heating for 10
minutes at least once a month.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 21
Safety
Handling and use of 230/400-volt installations
Handling and use of 230/400-volt
installations
230/400-volt installations (option)
Danger
Risk of burns and fatal injury from
electric shock and cardiac arrest.
▶ Avoid voltage‐carrying parts.
▶ Do not put fingers in sockets and do
not touch damaged lines.
▶ Check extension leads for damage
before they are plugged in.
▶ Keep liquids away from all electrical
parts or devices.
▶ Have maintenance and repair work
carried out only by personnel spe-
cially trained for this purpose.
▶ Observe the safety information for
the handling and use of 230/400 V
installations.
Safety precautions
The following safety precautions must
be observed for the handling and use of
230/400 V installations:
22 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
● All installations must be tested reg-
ularly by skilled professionals in ac-
cordance with national provisions,
rules and regulations. In particular,
residual current devices fitted in
the bus must be function‐tested by
means of their test button at regular
intervals, e.g. before the system con-
cerned is used.
● The system manufacturer's safety and
operating information must be strictly
observed.
● Do not exceed the maximum total
rating of the sockets. The total load
of the inverter must be taken into
consideration.
If external network connections are to be
used, additional safety directives must be
observed:
● Establish the connection only to an
earthed network. Connecting to other
supply networks, e.g. power generat-
ors, is prohibited.
● Damaged supply lines must not be
used.
● The networks to which the 230/
400‐volt system is connected must
have protection in the form of a resid-
ual current device. Otherwise, plug in
an RCD as an adapter.
● Check the correct operation of this
RCD by pressing the test button. Only
then should the 230/400‐volt system
of the bus be connected to the mains
supply.
● Supply lines must satisfy the follow-
ing prerequisites: maximum length
25 metres; minimum cross‐section
2.5 mm²; continuous protective con-
ductor.
● Connect the supply line only through
the designated socket flap, otherwise
the engine start lockout will not be
active.

Further safety precautions
Safety precautions for the driver's rest
area, windscreen wiper system and hand
luggage stowage spaces are described
below.
Windscreen wiper system
Windscreen wiper system
Have maintenance work on the wind-
screen wiper or wiper mechanism carried
out only by qualified personnel.
M54.00-2004-71
Warning
Risk of injury from inadvertent ac-
tivation of the windscreen wiper sys-
tem. Before work is carried out on the
windscreen wiper system, including the
cleaning or exchanging of wiper blades:
▶ Switch the battery isolating switch
(O1S01) to OFF.
▶ For cleaning or care work on the
windscreen wiper system, set the in-
terval control stalk of the windscreen
wiper to position 0.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Safety
Further safety precautions
▶ Switch off the ignition and secure the
key against unauthorised use.
Stowage spaces for hand luggage
M68.00-0574-71
The stowage spaces above the passenger
seats are suitable only for light items of
hand luggage.
Warning
Risk of injury caused by items being
thrown around. The forces arising in the
event of rapid changes of direction or an
accident could cause unsecured items to
be propelled at high speed.
23
Safety
Further safety precautions

▶ Make sure that heavy, hard and

pointed items are adequately se-
cured.

24 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Maintenance, care, cleaning
Contents

Work specified in the Maintenance Booklet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 25

Maintenance, care, cleaning
Work specified in the Maintenance Booklet
Work specified in the Maintenance
Booklet
Warning
Risk of accident caused by malfunction
or failure of systems.
▶ Observe the specified maintenance
intervals.
▶ Care and maintenance work should
be carried out only by persons having
the relevant expert knowledge.
Note
We recommend that service and
maintenance work should be carried
out by an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Caution
Physical damage caused by malfunc-
tion or failure of systems. To avoid loss
of warranty:
▶ Observe the specified maintenance
intervals.
▶ Carry out the work specified in the
Maintenance Booklet.
26 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Additional care tasks dependent on and maintenance data relating to your
vehicle use vehicle. In addition to the latest mainten-
ance report, the complete service history
Heating, ventilation and
of your vehicle can be retrieved at any
air-conditioning system
time.
▶ Depending on the type of use, the bus
operator may have to plan for further
maintenance tasks in addition to the
normal scope of maintenance work,
refer to the “Maintenance tasks for
the air-conditioning system in the bus
( → page 483)” section.
DigitalServiceBooklet
Digital maintenance report
Confirmation of completed maintenance
work is recorded and stored in the Digital
Service Booklet (DSB) in our central data-
base. In addition to this, you will receive a
printout of the maintenance report as part
of the workshop visit.
Details of the maintenance work carried
out on your vehicle are fully documented
with every visit and can no longer be lost.
Any authorised OMNIplus Service Partner
can give you information on the servicing

Cleaning and care
Directions for care and cleaning
Danger
Risk of poisoning caused by the incor-
rect use of cleaning and care products.
▶ Observe the information on the
cleaning and care products.
▶ Do not use any diesel, regular or
premium fuels for cleaning.
▶ After use, always keep cleaning and
care products sealed and stored cor-
rectly out of the reach of children.
▶ The laws and regulations of the coun-
try in which the bus is operated must
be observed. Comply with safety rules
and regulations, accident prevention
regulations and environmental legis-
lation. Implement work safety meas-
ures.
▶ Read and observe the instructions for
the care and cleaning products before
use.
▶ Observe disposal requirements for
empty containers, cleaning cloths and
polishing wads, etc.
Caution
Physical damage caused by the use
of a high-pressure cleaner or steam
cleaner, occurring as visible defects in
the material or concealed defects in the
structure. Structural damage eventually
leads to unforeseeable material failure.
This could consequently result in hazard-
ous situations in road traffic.
▶ In the interior, do NOT use any high‐
pressure cleaner or steam cleaner.
▶ In the engine compartment, do NOT
aim the spray jet DIRECTLY at belt
tensioners or idler pulleys.
▶ In the underbody, do NOT use a
high‐pressure cleaner in combina-
tion with a round‐spray jet or dirt
blaster.
▶ Do not aim the high‐pressure jet
directly at tyres, suspension air
bags, brake hoses, hose connec-
tions made from rubber, gaiters, the
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Maintenance, care, cleaning
Cleaning and care
bearings of moving parts, or elec-
trical lines or components and their
connections.
▶ Keep the high‐pressure water jet
moving at all times and vary its dir-
ection across the surfaces to be
cleaned.
▶ Do NOT use any high‐pressure
cleaner or steam cleaner in the
region of axle seals (e.g. hubs, drive
flange) and axle breathers.
▶ Do NOT use round‐spray jets to
clean tyres and suspension air bags.
▶ Cleaning the interior: Make sure that
no fluid enters or is left behind in
gaps and cavities. Allow the vehicle
interior to dry completely. Ensure
adequate aeration and ventilation
while cleaning work is taking place.
Caution
Physical damage caused by the use of
unsuitable cleaning agents incompatible
with components such as rubber hoses.
Damaged components eventually lead
to unforeseeable material failure. This
27
Maintenance, care, cleaning
Cleaning and care

could consequently result in hazardous care products can be obtained from

situations in road traffic.
▶ Do NOT use acetone in the engine
compartment or on components
containing rubber.
▶ Do NOT use any cleaning agents
containing vinyl chloride in the en-
gine compartment.
Environmental protection
Risk to environment from cleaning and
care products being allowed to enter the
ground, aquatic environment or sewer-
age system.
▶ Use only approved containers for
storage.
▶ In the event of spillage or escape,
soak up with regard for your own
safety.
▶ Dispose of residues, empty contain-
ers or dirty rags correctly.
▶ We recommend that only tested and
approved care products should be
used. Information about acceptable
your OMNIplus Service Partner. Note
▶ In winter, wash the vehicle more Further information is available from any
frequently in order to remove salt OMNIplus Service Partner.
residues from road gritting.
▶ To avoid paint damage: Remedy
impurities such as insect remains,
bird droppings, tree resins, oils and
greases, fuels or tar stains without
delay using acceptable cleaning
agents.
▶ To avoid rust: Clean chip damage to
paint caused by stone impact without
delay and repair it in a professionally
correct manner.
Care and cleaning instructions
A complete guide to care and cleaning
work can be found on the Internet at: ht-
tps://busdoc.i.daimler.com/public/pa/.

28 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Operation
Contents

Running-in guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Preparation for the journey, daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Preparation for the journey, weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Starting, driving, stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Catalytic converter protection function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 29

Operation
Running-in guidelines

Running-in guidelines Note

Caution The way in which the chassis and drive
train of the new bus are treated during
Physical damage caused by high load-
the first 5,000 km is critical to the future
ing of the engine and drive train during
performance and service life of the bus.
the first 5,000 km. Running the vehicle
in correctly is a prerequisite to maxim- ▶ New tyres do not provide their best
ising its future performance and prolong- grip until their running-in period has
ing its service life. been completed (observe the manu-
▶ Vary the engine speed and driving facturer's instructions).
speed. Do NOT drive for long dis- ▶ Bed in the brakes by use of moderate
tances at constant engine speeds or force. Braking hard too soon, e.g.
driving speeds. in the event of panic braking, could
▶ Increase the load demanded of the result in damage to the brake discs.
vehicle gradually with distance.
▶ During the first 2,000 km, do not
drive at more than ³/₄ of the en-
gine's maximum rpm. Shift gear
promptly.
Run the chassis and drive train in with
varying loads.

30 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Preparation for the journey, daily
Daily tasks
The checks must be carried out only by
persons familiar with the tasks and meas-
ures required.
▶ Check the fill level of the windscreen
washer fluid reservoir, refer to “Wind-
screen washer fluid reservoir” in the
“At a glance” ( → page 102) section.
▶ Test the windscreen washer system
and the windscreen wiper system for
correct operation.
▶ Check the fuel level for the engine
and the auxiliary heating unit (option).
▶ Check the AdBlue® level in the
BlueTec® exhaust gas cleaning
system.
▶ Check the electrical system, paying
particular attention to the headlamps,
turn signals, tail lamps, brake lamps
and licence plate lamps.
Note
Under certain weather and operat-
ing conditions, moisture may form
on the inside of the headlamps and
other lights when the bus is station-
ary. This does not indicate a fault or
defect. The ventilation openings in
the headlamps allow this moisture
to evaporate soon after the bus has
pulled away.
▶ Check exterior flaps for secure
locking, refer to “Overview of
exterior flaps” in the “At a glance”
( → page 101) section.
▶ Check the emergency exits.
▶ Insert the driver card.
▶ Check that the emergency equipment
is accessible and complete, e.g. first-
aid kit, fire extinguisher, warning
triangle, emergency hammer for side
windows, jack.
▶ Check the adjustment of the interior
and exterior rear-view mirrors, clean
the mirrors, check the mirror heating
for correct function.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Preparation for the journey, daily
▶ Check tyre pressures and tyre condi-
tion, including the spare wheel (op-
tion). For the specified tyre pressure,
refer to the “Wheels, tyres: tyre pres-
sures” ( → page 436) section. Check
wheel nuts and wheel trims for firm
seating.
▶ It is necessary to check that wheels
and their attachment parts (rim,
wheel trim, wheel bolts and nuts)
are undamaged and fitted correctly.
Damaged parts must be exchanged.
M40_00-0115-71
▶ Check wheel hubs (1) on all wheels
for leaks inside and out (visual
check).
31
Operation
Preparation for the journey, daily

▶ Have leaks rectified as soon as pos-

sible by an OMNIplus Service Partner.

32 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Operation
Preparation for the journey, weekly

Preparation for the journey, weekly

Weekly tasks
The checks must be carried out only by
persons familiar with the tasks and meas-
ures required.
▶ Check the coolant level of the
engine and heating system, refer
to the “Checking the coolant level
of the engine and heating system”
( → page 417) section.
▶ If coolant has been added, check
the concentration of the corrosion
inhibitor/antifreeze.
▶ Check the belt tension of all belt
drives.
▶ Carry out a visual check to ensure
there are no leaks in the engine,
transmission, driven axle, steering
or the cooling and heating systems.
▶ Check the acid level in the starter
batteries (applicable only to buses
with lead-acid batteries).
▶ If present: Check the seat belts (belt
arrester). Check the belt straps for
damage (visual check).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 33

Operation
Starting, driving, stopping
Starting, driving, stopping
Starting the engine
Danger
Risk of poisoning and burns from ex-
haust gases and hot parts of the exhaust
system.
▶ Do not operate the engine or auxili-
ary heating in enclosed spaces, e.g.
garages, without an appropriate ex-
haust extraction system.
▶ Ensure a sufficient supply of fresh
air.
▶ Keep well clear of hot parts.
▶ Wear suitable protective clothing if
necessary.
Precondition for starting the engine
● The parking brake is applied.
● Transmission in neutral.
● Use a valid vehicle key. Only valid
vehicle keys are authorised by the
factory‐fitted immobiliser.
● If the bus is equipped with a breath
alcohol ignition interlock, provide a
34 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
clean breath sample (observe the
manufacturer's instructions).
▶ In the event of an alcohol interlock
malfunction, release the tamper-
evident switch.
▶ At outside temperatures of below
-20 °C, use the auxiliary heating to
preheat the engine before starting.
Observe “Safety precautions
for the heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning system”
( → page 290).
Starting
M54.00-2594-71
▶ Insert ignition key (3) into slot (2)
with the logo facing upwards.
▶ Press start/stop button (1) in to the
first detent (pressure point).
◁ Ignition “position 1” is switched
on.
◁ An automatic system check is
carried out: indicator lamps are
checked, instrument needles
deflect.
▶ Press start/stop button (1) in to the
first detent (pressure point) again.
◁ Ignition “position 2” is switched
on.

◁ The full range of functions sup-
ported with the engine switched
off is now available, e.g. the
headlamps can be switched on.
Note
The engine can be started as soon
as the ignition has been switched to
“position 1”.
▶ After the system check has finished,
press start/stop button (1) in fully.
◁ The engine starts.
▶ Start the engine using the start/stop
Note
In case of emergency, it is advisable
to carry an authorised replacement
key at all times.
▶ Release the start/stop pushbutton
when the engine starts.
◁ The engine has started.
▽ If the engine does not start and
the on-board computer displays
the message “Die Wegfahrsperre
wurde nicht deaktiviert” (The
immobiliser was not deactivated):
▶ Use a different valid key.
▽ If the engine does not start and
the on-board computer does not
display any message:
▶ Press and hold the start/stop
button in as far as the stop,
an attempt to start the en-
gine is carried out uninterrup-
ted for 40 seconds.
▶ After no more than 3 unsuc-
cessful start attempts, wait 3
minutes before trying again.
button.
▽ If the engine starts and the “Oil
pressure too low” symbol ap-
pears in the on-board computer:
▶ Switch off the engine imme-
diately. Checking the engine
oil level with the dipstick (op-
tion) ( → page 414)
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Starting, driving, stopping
Driving
Warning
Risk of accident from a loss of func-
tions designed to assist the safe driving
of the vehicle, e.g. the power steering or
brake control system.
▶ Do NOT switch off the engine while
the bus is in motion.
▶ Do NOT switch off the ignition while
the bus is in motion.
▶ Do NOT remove the ignition key
while the bus is in motion.
Measures
▶ In the event of engine failure or if
the ignition switches off, bring the
vehicle safely to a halt.
▶ Use maximum effort for the contin-
ued use of the brakes and steering.
Preconditions for pulling away:
● The supply pressure of the com-
pressed air has been charged: The
message on the display screen goes
out or the red bar turns white.
35
Operation
Starting, driving, stopping
● Oil pressure has been generated: The
message on the display screen goes
out or the gauge instrument displays
an operating pressure reading.
● All doors have been closed and are
unlocked.
● Hand luggage and other items of
luggage belonging to the driver, tour
guide and passengers have been
safely stowed.
● The driver, tour guide and passen-
gers are seated and their seat belt
fastened where applicable. In public
transit services: Passengers are hold-
ing on safely.
Pulling away
Note
At a speed of 3 km/h, the doors close
automatically.
For vehicles with clutch pedal:
▶ Depress the clutch pedal, engage 1st
gear.
▶ Depress the brake pedal, release the
service brake and pull away.
◁ The bus pulls away.
36 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Buses with GO 250-8 transmission
The bus is equipped with a creep function.
If first or second gear is engaged, the bus
will pull away independently on release
of the service brake and will drive on with
the engine running at idling speed.
Danger
Risk of accident from the vehicle rolling
forwards or backwards out of control.
Whenever the engine speed drops below
the critical range, the electronics unit
opens the automatic clutch. The creep
function would be interrupted and the
vehicle would roll forwards or backwards
(depending on gradient direction).
▶ Keep the engine speed above 600
rpm.
▶ Use the service brake to brake.
Do not release it until the parking
brake is holding the vehicle, or, to
pull away again, use the accelerator
pedal to gain a sufficient increase in
engine speed.
▶ Depress the brake pedal, engage
a gear and release the brake pedal
slowly.
◁ The bus pulls away.
“Stop and go” with the GO 250-8 trans-
mission
In stop‐and‐go traffic, it is possible to
reduce the creeping speed by shifting
manually into 1st gear. It is also possible
to brake the creeping movement using the
brake pedal.
Idle creeping without use of the brake
pedal is the least wearing on the clutch.
▶ If the creeping speed needs to be
reduced: Depress the brake pedal,
preferably more than 10 % of pedal
travel.
◁ The clutch opens fully and does
not slip. This considerably re-
duces the load and wear suffered
by the clutch.
▽ If a grey alert notifying of in-
creased loading on the clutch
appears on the display screen:
▶ Reduce load by selecting a
lower gear or be more as-

sertive with the brake pedal
(pedal travel greater than 10
%).
Note
If the load persists, a yellow warn-
ing alert will appear and the creep
function will be deactivated auto-
matically. This is designed to rule
out overloading caused by the creep
function.
Reversing
If the vehicle is equipped with a reversing
camera, this will be capable of displaying
only a limited area behind the vehicle. The
reversing camera is neither a substitute
for vigilant and responsible manoeuvring
nor for the guidance provided by an as-
sisting person.
▶ Keep the camera clean and keep it
dry in wet conditions.
▽ If the camera displays a poor
image or no image at all:
▶ Clean the camera and carry
out a function test.
▶ If the camera is obscured
by attachments, the rear
flap is open, the rear end is
damaged or light conditions
are unsatisfactory, reverse
only with the assistance of a
second person.
Driving
Before the start of a journey, carry out
a brake test. Do this preferably before
passengers board and with regard for
other traffic.
If the vehicle has not yet been fully run in,
observe the running‐in guidelines.
▶ While the engine is still cold, drive
only in the medium engine speed
range. Observe the rev counter. Bring
the engine swiftly up to normal oper-
ating temperature.
▶ It is possible to demand maximum
engine power once an operating tem-
perature of at least 70 °C has been
reached. If this temperature is not
reached due to low outside temperat-
ures, it will be necessary to switch on
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Starting, driving, stopping
the auxiliary heating to aid the warm-
up (if available).
▶ Keep the operating temperature in
the range of 70 ° - 105 °C. For en-
gines of series 470/471, the upper
value is 110 °C.
▶ Drive economically and always stay
below the red engine speed range.
Stopping the engine
Preconditions for stopping the engine
● After the engine has been operated
under heavy load (e.g. hill climbing), it
must allowed to continue running for
around a further 2 minutes with the
bus stationary to allow the exhaust
gas turbocharger to cool down.
Note
Park the bus in such a way that there is
still sufficient room to open the engine
compartment or battery flap.
● The decision on where to park has
taken into consideration whether
the auxiliary heating is going to be
37
Operation
Starting, driving, stopping

activated or has recently been in

operation.
▶ Observe safety precautions for the
auxiliary heating ( → page 290).
Stopping

Danger
Risk of fire from hot parts of the ex-
haust system.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating in-
M54.00-2594-71
doors and at filling stations.
▶ Do not park next to, over or on dry ▶ Shift the transmission to neutral.
grass or harvested crop fields. ▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ Keep well clear of fuel installations ▶ Press start/stop button (1).
and parking vehicles. ◁ The engine is switched off.
▶ Avoid areas prone to the build up of ▶ Remove the key or press the
gases or dust, such as gas depots, start/stop button repeatedly.
coal stores or timber yards or sim- ◁ The ignition is switched off.
ilar.
▶ Use only air extraction systems ap-
proved for these exhaust temperat-
ures.

38 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Operating fluids, fuels and additives,
refuelling
Operating fluids
Structural parts and operating fluids
must be matched to each other. For
this reason, only brands that have been
approved by EvoBus are permitted to be
used.
Operating fluids are:
● Fuels
● Lubricants, e.g. engine oils, transmis-
sion oils, greases
● Coolant
● Brake fluids
● etc.
You can obtain information on
operating fluids on the Internet at:
busdoc.i.daimler.com/public/.
No special lubricant additives are re-
quired. The use of special additives could
result in a loss of warranty.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the safe handling of fuels and
additives ( → page 39).
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
Safety precautions for fuels and ad-
ditives
Handling of fuels and additives
Danger
Risk of poisoning from exposure to
harmful operating fluids via the mucous
membranes or through contact with the
skin.
▶ Wear protective gloves and, if ne-
cessary, wear additional suitable
protective equipment.
▶ Protect clothing, skin, eyes and
mucous membranes from contact.
▶ Make sure that vapours are not
inhaled.
▶ Keep children away.
Measures
▶ Clean skin thoroughly with soap and
water.
▶ Rinse eyes with plenty of water.
▶ If swallowed, seek medical atten-
tion.
▶ Change out of contaminated cloth-
ing.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Warning
Risk of fire and explosion from the
presence of flammable vapours.
▶ Do not allow naked flames, fire or
the formation of sparks in the imme-
diate vicinity.
▶ Keep away from hot components,
e.g. of the exhaust system.
▶ Switch off the ignition and auxiliary
heating.
Caution
Physical damage caused by incorrect
operating fluids or fuels. Operating fluids
or fuels that do not meet relevant stand-
ards would cause permanent damage to
the engine or exhaust system.
▶ Use diesel fuels complying with DIN
EN 590 from 2010 onwards with a
maximum sulphur content of 0.001
% by weight.
▶ Use AdBlue® complying with DIN
70070 and ISO 22241.
39
Operation
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
▶ Do not pour spilled fuels or oper-
ating fluids back into the tank. Dis-
pose of them correctly instead.
▶ Do NOT mix additives with fuels or
operating fluids.
▶ Do NOT add flow improvers.
Note
For vehicles with a Euro VI engine or
above, the use of NExBTL complying
with prEN 15940 is permissible provided
the following conditions are fulfilled:
‐ For the auxiliary heating, the use of a
fuel preheater is required for temperat-
ures below 1 °C.
‐ For the auxiliary heating, the use of a
filter heater is required for temperatures
below 1 °C.
‐ The heater must be operated at least
every 4 weeks, even during the warm
time of year.
‐ For the auxiliary heating unit, an ex-
change of the fuel pump, the fuel lines
and the seals of the filter is required
every 4 years.
40 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
‐ The possibility of using excessively
aged fuel must be ruled out.
Winter‐grade fuels with an operating reli-
ability of down to ‐20 °C are already fully
saturated with additives. Higher concen-
trations would not provide any further
improvement in low‐temperature charac-
teristics, but would jeopardise the correct
functioning of the engine.
Environmental protection
Risk to environment from fuels or op-
erating fluids being allowed to enter the
ground, aquatic environment or sewer-
age system.
▶ Use only approved containers for
storage.
▶ In the event of spillage or escape,
soak up with regard for your own
safety.
▶ Dispose of residues, empty contain-
ers or dirty rags correctly.
Use of the following fuels is prohibited
because they would cause damage to
the engine and the exhaust gas clean-
ing system:
● Marine diesel
● Heating oil
● Biodiesel
● Fuels containing more than 0.001 %
sulphur by weight
● Flow improvers, e.g. kerosene or
petrol
AdBlue®
AdBlue® is biodegradable and is not clas-
sified as a hazardous substance by Ger-
man regulations governing hazardous sub-
stances.
Warning
Risk of injury from hot, pressurised
AdBlue® in the lines or from irritation of
the skin or mucous membranes in the
event of contact.
▶ Do not carry out any work on the
AdBlue® line system. Have this

work carried out only by qualified
personnel.
▶ Wear gloves for the handling of Ad-
Blue®, avoid contact with the eyes
and skin.
▶ Avoid inhaling the ammonia vapours
of AdBlue®.
Measures
▶ In case of contact with the eyes or
skin, wash thoroughly with clean wa-
ter and change out of contaminated
clothing.
If heated above 50 °C, e.g. as a con-
sequence of sunlight, ammonia vapours
could form in the AdBlue® tank and lead
to irritation of the mucous membranes
and eyes.
Caution
Physical damage caused by the use
of unsuitable containers for storage.
Substances from these containers could
contaminate the AdBlue® fluid, which
would result in damage to the exhaust
system and lead to invalidation of the
warranty. Use containers made of:
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
▶ Polypropylene, polyethylene (PP,
PE).
▶ High‐alloy CrNi or MoCrNi steels
in accordance with DIN EN
10088‐1/2/3.
▶ Keep a distance when the AdBlue®
tank is opened and do not inhale
vapours directly.
▶ In case of contact with painted or alu-
minium surfaces, rinse the AdBlue®
away immediately with plenty of wa-
ter.
▶ Do NOT use containers made of alu-
minium, copper or cupriferous alloys.
▶ Do NOT use containers made of unal-
loyed or galvanised steels.
AdBlue® is an integral part of the exhaust
gas cleaning system and essential to the
vehicle's approval for operation in road
traffic.
▶ Check the AdBlue® level regularly
and top it up whenever necessary.
Operation without AdBlue® is not
permitted.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Operating the bus without AdBlue®:
● would lead to invalidation of its road
traffic approval,
● would lead to invalidation of tax in-
centives from purchase and opera-
tion,
● could, in some countries, constitute
a criminal offence or a violation of
administrative law.
Refuelling with diesel fuel
Design of the fuel tanks
Depending on the equipment specifica-
tion, the vehicle could have a two‐tank
system fitted to the front of the front axle.
The fuel tanks are interconnected through
their bases by a fuel line. These vehicles
can be refuelled from either side.
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the handling of fuels and operating
fluids. ( → page 39)
Precondition for refuelling:
● The bus has been parked correctly
and is standing on flat ground.
41
Operation
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
● The engine and auxiliary heating have
been switched off.
● Wear gloves.
Refuelling
For buses with a two‐tank system, both
fuel filler caps must be opened to ensure
optimum filling of both tanks.
▶ Where fitted, open both fuel filler
caps.
▶ Use a diesel fuel compatible with
expected climatic conditions. For
journeys in cold regions, refuel with
winter diesel.
▶ Fill the tank. In the process, hold the
dispensing nozzle firmly and watch it
at all times.
▶ When the dispensing nozzle is re-
moved, take care to avoid the drip-
ping of liquid.
▶ Close all fuel filler caps firmly.
42 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Fuel specification
Breakdowns caused by unsuitable fuel
There is a possibility of paraffin separation
during particularly cold spells or if fuels
with inadequate low‐temperature charac-
teristics are used for refuelling. Correct
functioning of the fuel filter, for example,
would be impaired.
● The addition of flow improvers has
M00.00-0685-71
no effect if paraffin separation has
Fuels complying with specification EN 590 already occurred.
may have biodiesel content of up to 7 %
If diesel fuel with a high water content is
by volume and are identified by the code
used, the fuel filter could freeze during a
B7.
cold spell.
Vehicles that are additionally approved for
Petrol must never be added as this would
this fuel specification are labelled with a
lead to an increased risk of fire and explo-
sticker (see illustration) in the fuel filler
sion in the engine.
flap.
The fuel pump and the dispenser nozzle
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the handling of fuels and operating
are labelled with B7.
fluids. ( → page 39)
▶ Be sure to use a compatible fuel spe-
cification.

In the event of paraffin separation in the
fuel system, it will be necessary to heat
the whole system.
▶ To do this, park the bus in a warm
indoor area for a suitably long period.
▶ Open the flaps on the bus (engine
compartment) to improve air circula-
tion.
▶ Exchange the fuel filter if necessary.
Refilling with AdBlue®
BlueTec® exhaust gas cleaning system
The BlueTec® exhaust gas cleaning sys-
tem essentially comprises a supply tank,
a catalytic converter and the AdBlue®
metering system. It is monitored electron-
ically.
Pollutants in the exhaust gas are con-
verted into environmentally friendly sub-
stances by the addition of AdBlue® and
the catalytic converter integrated into the
silencer.
AdBlue® is a non‐flammable, colourless,
odourless water‐soluble liquid. It has a
freezing point of around ‐11 °C. For this
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
reason, the vehicle is equipped with a
preheater for winter operation.
● Do not dilute AdBlue® with water
or additives. Otherwise, the exhaust
system would suffer damage and the
warranty would be invalidated.
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the handling of fuels and operating
fluids. ( → page 39)
Refilling
M47.00-0142-71
The supply tank is located next to the
diesel tank or on the right‐hand side to
the front of the front axle.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
AdBlue® is consumed at a rate of
between 3 and 5 % of the rate of diesel
fuel consumption. It is possible to view
the AdBlue® fill level on the display
screen.
● Below a fill level of 10 %, a yellow
alert ( → page 44) appears on the
display screen.
▶ Open filler opening (1) of the Ad-
Blue® supply tank.
▶ Fill the tank. In the process, hold the
dispensing nozzle firmly and watch it
at all times or fill up the supply tank
from a refill container.
▶ When the dispensing nozzle is re-
moved, take care to avoid the drip-
ping of liquid.
▶ Close the tank cap.
▶ Dispose of waste containers in an
environmentally responsible manner.
To avoid misfuelling of the AdBlue® tank
with diesel fuel, use public filling sta-
tions where the dispensing nozzles for
diesel fuel have a larger diameter. If other
sources are used for the refill (e.g. canis-
43
Operation
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
ters), great care must be taken to rule out
the possibility of misfuelling.
The filler neck of the AdBlue® tank con-
tains a ring magnet. The AdBlue® dis-
pensing nozzles of public filling stations
do not open unless this ring magnet is
present inside the AdBlue® tank. As the
filler neck of the diesel tank does not con-
tain a magnetic switch of this kind, mis-
fuelling with AdBlue® is prevented.
44 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning messages for the AdBlue®
fill level
Warning message level 1
M47.00-0143-71
AdBlue® fill level gauge (5).
From a fill level of 10 % and below, an
“AdBlue®‐Reserve” (AdBlue® reserve)
yellow alert (1) appears on the display
screen.
If the yellow alert is acknowledged by the
driver using OK button (2) on the steering
wheel,
● symbol (6) changes to yellow as a
reminder to refill,
● yellow alert (1) goes out,
● yellow warning lamp (4) remains in
the display as a reminder.
After a refill, warning lamp (4) goes out
and symbol (6) changes colour.
Warning message level 2
M47.00-0144-71
If there is no refill after warning level 1
and the AdBlue® reservoir runs empty,
a “Motor gestört” (Engine malfunction)
yellow alert (1) appears on the display
screen.
If the yellow alert is acknowledged by the
driver using OK button (2) on the steering
wheel,
● yellow alert (1) goes out,

● yellow warning lamp (4) remains in
the display as a reminder,
● symbol (6) remains yellow as a re-
minder to refill.
After a refill, warning lamp (4) goes out
and symbol (6) changes colour.
Warning message level 3
M47.00-0145-71
If there is no refill after warning level
2 and the AdBlue® reservoir remains
empty, a “Motorleistung reduziert” (En-
gine power reduced) yellow alert (1) ap-
pears on the display screen.
Operation
Operating fluids, fuels and additives, refuelling
If the yellow alert is acknowledged by the
driver using OK button (2) on the steering
wheel,
● yellow alert (1) goes out,
● yellow warning lamp (4) remains in
the display as a reminder,
● symbol (6) remains yellow as a re-
minder to refill,
● engine power output is reduced.
After a refill, warning lamp (4) goes out,
symbol (6) changes colour and maximum
engine power output is made available.
Note
The road traffic approval of the bus will
be invalidated if the bus is operated
without AdBlue®. Refer to “Safety pre-
cautions for fuels and additives”.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 45
Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
Safety precautions for regeneration
of the diesel particulate filter
Stopping or parking the vehicle
Danger
Risk of fire from hot parts of the ex-
haust system.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating in-
doors and at filling stations.
Do not park next to, over or on dry
▶ ▶
grass or harvested crop fields.
▶ Keep well clear of fuel installations
and parking vehicles.
▶ Avoid areas prone to the build up of
gases or dust, such as gas depots,
coal stores or timber yards or sim-
ilar.
▶ Use only air extraction systems ap-
proved for these exhaust temperat-
ures.
46 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Danger
Risk of poisoning and burns from ex-
haust gases and hot parts of the exhaust
system.
▶ Do not operate the engine or auxili-
ary heating in enclosed spaces, e.g.
garages, without an appropriate ex-
haust extraction system.
▶ Ensure a sufficient supply of fresh
air.
Keep well clear of hot parts.
▶ Wear suitable protective clothing if
necessary.
The exhaust system becomes very hot
while regeneration is in progress.
Before the bus is parked, make sure that
the surroundings are suitable
● if automatic regeneration has recently
completed,
● if regeneration is going to be started
manually.
▶ On entering a hazard area in which,
for example, high exhaust temperat-
ures must be avoided, it will be neces-
sary to abort or inhibit automatic re-
generation. Refer also to Aborting or
inhibiting regeneration ( → page 49).
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
Function description
The diesel particulate filter is fitted in the
exhaust system. It filters soot particles
out of the hot exhaust gas. Over time, the
filter could slowly become clogged with
soot particles, causing a back pressure to
build up inside the exhaust system.
The filter is cleared of soot particles by
an increase in exhaust temperature. This
must take place regularly, otherwise there
would be a risk of power loss and damage
to the engine.
Automatic regeneration
The on‐board computer monitors the
state of the diesel particulate filter and
issues a yellow alert as a warning of high
load.
As necessary, automatic cleaning is initi-
ated to regenerate the diesel particulate
filter. Higher engine speeds and a suffi-

cient operating temperature are required
for this purpose. These preconditions are
normally fulfilled as part of normal driv-
ing, e.g. on motorways or long‐distance
routes. Driving behaviour can have a pos-
itive influence on the start of automatic
regeneration if the load profile is purpose-
fully adapted.
While regeneration is in progress, the ex-
haust temperature is higher than normal
and the exhaust system and exhaust tail
pipe could also become very hot.
Manual regeneration
If the bus is predominantly driven short
distances or with the engine under low
load, the preconditions for automatic
regeneration will not be fulfilled. The
on‐board computer displays the yellow
alert with the prompt to start regeneration
manually (parked regeneration).
During manual regeneration, the on‐board
computer increases the idling speed of
the engine with the bus stationary in or-
der to achieve the exhaust temperature
necessary for cleaning. The duration is
dependent on the temperature of the ex-
haust system and is between 30 and a
maximum of 60 minutes.
Automatic regeneration of the DPF
Preconditions
● Appropriate operating conditions, e.g.
engine oil or exhaust temperature.
● Trouble‐free functioning of systems,
e.g. AdBlue®.
● The engine is running and the bus is
being driven.
● The transmission is in gear, not in
neutral.
● Regeneration has NOT been manually
inhibited.
The driver must make sure that the sur-
rounding area is suitable for the regener-
ation cycle. If the bus is driven in areas in
which higher exhaust temperatures would
be unsafe,
▶ abort or inhibit automatic regenera-
tion ( → page 49).
▶ Observe safety precautions for the
diesel particulate filter ( → page 46).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
Procedure
Automatic regeneration is started by the
on‐board computer.
▶ While this is in progress, drive on with
a normal load profile.
◁ The green “diesel particulate fil-
ter” indicator lamp in the instru-
ment cluster lights up.
End
When automatic regeneration has fin-
ished,
● the green “diesel particulate filter” in-
dicator lamp in the instrument cluster
goes out.
Manual regeneration of the DPF
Preconditions:
● Appropriate operating conditions, e.g.
engine oil or exhaust temperature.
● Trouble‐free functioning of systems,
e.g. AdBlue®.
47
Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)

● Engine idling.
● The parking brake is applied.
● Transmission in neutral N.
● A yellow alert on the display screen is
referring to the critical load state of
the filter.
● Regeneration has NOT been manually
inhibited.
The driver must ensure that
● the bus has been parked safely and
well clear of:
■ pedestrians,
■ other vehicles,
■ highly flammable objects and dry
ground.
● there is adequate ventilation while the
engine is running.
regeneration may take longer to fulfil. If ◁ The green “diesel particulate fil-
the AdBlue® has frozen, the thawing time ter” indicator lamp in the instru-
could be up to 60 minutes. ment cluster lights up.
▶ Observe safety precautions for the ◁ The engine speed is increased by
diesel particulate filter ( → page 46). the on-board computer.
End
Procedure
When manual regeneration has finished,
● the green “diesel particulate filter” in-
dicator lamp in the instrument cluster
goes out,
● the engine speed drops to normal
idling speed.
M54.00-2232-71

▶ Press pushbutton (1) for 3 seconds.

Note
If manual regeneration is required at low
outside temperatures, start the process
before the engine is switched off directly
at the end of the journey. ◁ Regeneration of the diesel partic-
ulate filter is started.
At low outside temperatures with the
engine cold, the preconditions for starting

48 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)

Aborting / inhibiting DPF regenera- Aborting automatic regeneration

tion
Aborting manual regeneration

M54.00-2506-71

▶ Shifting the transmission out of neut- M54.00-2233-71

ral position N. The process is aborted in response to one
M54.00-2233-71
◁ The green “diesel particulate of the following events:
filter” indicator lamp (4) in the
The process is aborted in response to one ▶ Pressing button (1) (LED lit). Atten-
instrument cluster goes out.
of the following events: tion: The inhibitor remains active,
◁ The engine speed drops to nor- refer to “Inhibiting”.
▶ Pressing button (1) (LED lit). Atten- mal idling speed.
tion: The inhibitor remains active, ▶ Stopping the engine.
refer to “Inhibiting”. ▶ Relevant system parameters are no
▶ Releasing the parking brake. longer fulfilled.
◁ The green “diesel particulate
filter” indicator lamp (4) in the
instrument cluster goes out.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 49

Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)

Note
The on‐board computer restarts re-
generation when the preconditions
are fulfilled again.
Inhibiting automatic regeneration
● and this status remains active even Warning messages for malfunctions
after an engine restart.
Warning of damage to property
Caution Ignoring a malfunction in the exhaust
system could result in irreparable dam-
Physical damage caused by leaving re-
generation manually inhibited for longer age to components. For this reason,
than the period originally required. have malfunctions rectified immediately
by an OMNIplus Service Partner.
▶ Allow automatic regeneration or
start regeneration manually.
▶ Observe the on‐board computer
display.

▶ Pressing button (1) again cancels the

inhibitor.
◁ The red LED in pushbutton (1)
goes out.
M54.00-2233-71

Pressing button (1) (LED lit):
● prevents automatic regeneration from
starting.
● interrupts automatic regeneration
currently in progress.
● prevents regeneration from being
started manually.
Diesel particulate filter warning mes-
sages
The diesel particulate filter (DPF) could
generate warning messages relating to
load state and malfunctions.
M54.00-2502-71
Yellow alerts warn of functional limita-
tions; it is possible to drive on as long as
particular caution is exercised.
▶ Stop driving as soon as possible and
consult an OMNIplus Service Partner.

50 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


M54.00-2503-71
Red alerts describe safety‐relevant mal-
functions. Continued driving would en-
danger the safety of passengers, other
road users and that of the driver.
Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
Warning messages for load state
M54.00-2506-71
If automatic regeneration could not take
place and the load state of the diesel
particulate filter becomes critical, yellow
icon (3) lights up on the display screen.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
M54.00-2505-71
The first prompt to initiate regeneration,
“Regeneration einleiten” (Initiate regen-
eration), is displayed in information detail
screen (3).
Regeneration of the diesel particulate fil-
ter is necessary. To allow this to happen,
switch off the regeneration inhibitor and
drive the bus on a major road or motor-
way. Alternatively, it is possible to initiate
parked regeneration manually using the
parked regeneration pushbutton.
51
Operation
Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
Note
Note: The vehicle usage profile might
not always be sufficient for automatic
regeneration to take place (insufficient
engine load demand, too many stops).
If regeneration is not carried out, a
second warning alert at the yellow
warning level appears with the message
“Dieselpartikelfilter voll” (Diesel
particulate filter full). The information
detail screen displays a prompt to initiate
regeneration immediately.
If regeneration is still not carried out by
this point, a yellow alert will begin to
flash. Regeneration of the diesel partic-
ulate filter is urgently required and it is
the final opportunity to start it manually.
Parked regeneration must, if possible, be
initiated immediately using the parked
regeneration pushbutton. Otherwise,
there will be no alternative but to have
the diesel particulate filter cleaned or ex-
changed at a qualified specialist work-
shop.
52 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning
Risk of fire caused by overheating of
the diesel particulate filter.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
M54.00-2506-71
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
If regeneration does not take place and
the DPF load state increases further, a
red alert (2) will appear together with a
pop‐up window displaying the message
“Partikelfilter voll, Leistungsreduzierung,
Werkstatt aufsuchen” (Particulate filter
full, power reduction, visit workshop).
Parked regeneration is no longer possible
at this point. Have the vehicle towed to
the nearest workshop and have the diesel
particulate filter cleaned or exchanged.

Catalytic converter protection func-
tion
Catalytic converter
Function description
The catalytic converter is part of the ex-
haust system. It reduces the NOx content
of the exhaust gas.
In rare cases, if the vehicle is often op-
erated under low load with relatively low
exhaust temperatures, unburnt fuel could
collect in the exhaust system. The exhaust
system could suffer damage as a result.
Automatic regeneration
The on‐board computer monitors the ex-
haust system and, as necessary, initiates
an automatic increase in exhaust temper-
ature to burn off the fuel. The duration is
dependent on the temperature of the ex-
haust system and is between 20 and 30
minutes. This function is started only with
the bus parked and the engine running.
While regeneration is in progress, the ex-
haust temperature is higher than normal
and the exhaust system and exhaust tail
pipe could also become very hot.
Operation
Catalytic converter protection function
Automatic regeneration of the cata-
lytic converter
Preconditions
● The parking brake is applied. ▶ Observe the safety precautions
at the beginning of this section
● The transmission is in neutral N.
( → page 46).
● Engine idling.
Aborting automatic regeneration
The driver must ensure that
The process is aborted in response to one
● the bus has been parked safely and
of the following events:
well clear of:
■ pedestrians, ▶ Engaging a gear.
■ other vehicles, ▶ Releasing the parking brake.
■ highly flammable objects and dry ▶ Stopping the engine.
ground. ▶ Relevant system parameters are no
● there is adequate ventilation while the longer fulfilled.
engine is running. ◁ The alert in the instrument cluster
goes out.
Regeneration starts automatically
Note
Note
Regeneration is restarted when the
There is an immediate increase in idling preconditions are fulfilled again.
speed.
End of automatic regeneration
▶ The following alert appears in the When automatic regeneration has fin-
instrument cluster. ished,
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 53
Operation
Catalytic converter protection function

● the alert in the instrument cluster

goes out,
● the increased engine speed drops to
normal idling speed.

54 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Contents

Complete overview of the driver's area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Switches on the left section of the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Switches on the right section of the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Description of pushbuttons and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Tachograph DTCO 3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Tachograph (display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Coach Multimedia System (CMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Emergency equipment, fire extinguisher, first-aid kit, emergency hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Fire detection system and extinguishing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sleeper cabin control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Seat belt reminder display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
LED reversing aid in the exterior mirror (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Exterior flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Windscreen washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Sideguard Assist/Lane Change Assist (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 55

At a glance
Complete overview of the driver's area

Complete overview of the driver's

area

56 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Complete overview of the driver's area

Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page

1 Switches on the left 58 9 Right‐hand steering 133

section of the instru- wheel buttons
ment panel 10 Parking brake 82
2 Instrument cluster 83
3 Coach Multimedia 88
System (CMS)
4 Switches on the right 61
section of the instru-
ment panel
5 Heating, ventilation 291
and air‐conditioning
system (HVAC) control
panel
6 Combination switch 127
for transmission shift
system and continu-
ous brake (engine
brake and retarder)
7 Combination switch 125
for lights and wiper
functions
8 Left‐hand steering 131
wheel buttons

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 57

At a glance
Switches on the left section of the instrument panel

Switches on the left section of the

instrument panel

Note
The overview shows the maximum
utilisation of the instrument panel with
switches in their designated position.
To accommodate the customisation
requirements of the customer, the
switches may have been assigned to
different positions on the instrument
panel.

58 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Switches on the left section of the instrument panel

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 59

At a glance
Switches on the left section of the instrument panel

Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page

1 Driver's roller sunblind 63 9 Lane assistant 65 18 Diesel particulate filter 68

warning system off, (DPF) regeneration
ABA/AEBS off start/inhibit
2 Co‐driver's roller sun- 63
blind 10 ESP/ASR off, continu- 66 19 Not assigned
ous brakes off 20 Bus stop brake emer- 69
3 Windscreen heating 63 gency release switch
(option) / driver's 11 Axle load transfer 66
(option)
window heating +
21 Rotary light switch 69
mirror heating 12 Emergency lighting 66
22 Mirror adjuster 70
4 Upper wiper / addi- 64
tional reversing lamp 23 Socket 71
13 Not assigned 24 Socket 71
5 Inverter 64 14 Adjustable steering 67 25 Electronic ignition 72
column lock
6 Kitchenette / attend- 64 15 Reverse warning sig- 67 26 DTCO tachograph 72
ant call enabling (op- nal (option) / air horn
tion) ON
7 WC enabling 65 16 Emergency switch for 68
alcohol interlock
8 Reversing camera 65 17 Power window, 68
cleaning driver's window

60 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Switches on the right section of the instrument panel

Switches on the right section of the

instrument panel

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 61

At a glance
Switches on the right section of the instrument panel

Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page

26 Tank changeover (op- 72 34 Door I 75 43 Central locking for 78

tion) left‐side luggage com-
partment
27 Anti‐theft alarm sys- 73 35 Door II 75
tem / panic alarm 44 Central locking for 79
(option) right‐side luggage
36 Emergency valve reset 76 compartment
28 Auxiliary batteries 73
(option) 45 Front roof hatch ‐ air 79
in/air out
37 School bus hazard 76
29 Passenger stop re- 73 warning lamps
quest system enabling 46 Rear roof hatch ‐ air 80
(option) in/air out
38 Hazard warning lamps 76
30 Driver's area lighting 74 47 Heating, ventilation 291
and air‐conditioning
39 Hillholder/bus stop 77
system (HVAC) control
31 Reading lamps 74 brake
panel
40 Normal level/kneeling 77
32 Passenger‐compart- 74
ment lighting posi-
41 Front level control 78
tions I+II
33 Centre aisle lighting 75
42 Rear level control 78

62 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Description of pushbuttons and Co-driver's roller sunblind Windscreen heating (option) /

switches The pushbutton is used to raise or lower driver's window heating + mirror
the roller sunblind. Short press: the roller heating
Driver's roller sunblind
blind moves quickly in the respective Press upper section of pushbutton: The
The pushbutton is used to raise or lower
direction (with downwards movement, windscreen heating is activated and the
the roller sunblind. Short press: the roller
only approximately 60 cm from above for associated LED in the pushbutton lights
blind moves quickly in the respective
safety reasons). Pushbutton pressed and up. Press lower section of pushbutton:
direction (with downwards movement,
held: the roller blind moves slowly in the The driver's window and exterior mirror
only approximately 60 cm from above for
respective direction. heating is activated and the associated
safety reasons). Pushbutton pressed and
LED in the pushbutton lights up. To switch
held: the roller blind moves slowly in the
off the function selected, press the upper
respective direction.
or lower section of the pushbutton again
as applicable. The associated LED goes
out.

Note
These functions cannot be activated
unless the engine is running.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 63

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Upper wiper / additional reversing
lamp
Upper section of pushbutton pressed: The
upper windscreen wiper is switched on.
Lower section pressed: The additional
reversing lamps switch on when reverse
gear is selected.
64 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Inverter
Upper section of switch pressed: 230 V
inverter switched on.
Kitchenette / attendant call enabling
(option)
Press upper section of pushbutton: With
the kitchenette enabled, it is possible to
use the water supply, the lighting and
selected basic functions. Press lower
section of pushbutton: The attendant call
system is switched on.
 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

WC enabling Reversing camera cleaning Lane assistant warning system off,

Upper section of pushbutton pressed: WC
enabled. LED lit.
Pressing this pushbutton with the ignition
switched on activates the reversing cam-
era washer function.
ABA/AEBS off
Upper section of switch pressed (red
LED in pushbutton lit): Lane assistant
warning system OFF. Lower section of
switch pressed (red LED in pushbutton
lit): AEBS or Active Brake Assist (option) is
deactivated.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 65

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
ESP/ASR off, continuous brakes off
Upper section of switch pressed (red LED
in pushbutton lit): ESP and ASR are deac-
tivated. Lower section of switch pressed
(red LED in pushbutton lit): The engine
brake and retarder are decoupled from
the brake pedal.
66 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Axle load transfer Emergency lighting
Pressing the pushbutton on the instru- It is possible to activate the emergency
ment panel activates the axle load trans- lighting using the switch on the instru-
fer of the 3rd axle provided the bus is ment panel.
travelling at a speed of below 30 km/h.
If the axle load transfer is already active,
pressing the pushbutton deactivates the
function. If active, the axle load trans-
fer will be deactivated automatically as
soon as the bus is travelling faster than
30 km/h. A symbol on the screen and an
LED in the pushbutton indicate whether
the axle load transfer is active.
 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Adjustable steering column ▶ Re‐engage the steering column after Reverse warning signal (option) / air
it has been adjusted. horn ON
Release the steering column using switch
(1). The red LED in the switch lights up. Upper section of pushbutton pressed: Re-
verse warning signal OFF. Lower section
Warning of pushbutton pressed: Air horn active.
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic. The
adjustment of mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel unavoidably diverts some
of the driver's attention.
▶ Before the mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel are adjusted, en-
sure familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.
▶ Adjust the mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel before the start of a
journey.
▶ Check the position of the mirrors
before the start of a journey and
correct if necessary.
▶ After the adjustable steering column
has been adjusted, check that all
instruments and indicator lamps are
still visible and correct the position
of the steering column if necessary.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 67

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Emergency switch for alcohol inter-
lock
Pressing this emergency switch disables
the alcohol interlock.
Note
This switch has a tamper‐evident seal
and may be operated only in an emer-
gency or in the event of a malfunction in
the alcohol interlock.
68 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Power window, driver's window Diesel particulate filter (DPF) regener-
The driver's window can be opened or ation start/inhibit
closed. The power window is active only Upper section of pushbutton pressed:
for as long as the pushbutton is pressed. Start DPF regeneration. Press lower sec-
tion of pushbutton: Stop DPF regeneration
Warning or inhibit automatic DPF regeneration.
Risk of crushing by the window during
the closing process.
▶ Keep parts of the body well clear
of the window opening while the
window is closing.
 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Bus stop brake emergency release Rotary light switch

switch (option) At engine start, the daytime driving lights
This switch has a tamper-evident seal also switch on.
and is intended to be operated only in
the event of a malfunction in the bus stop
brake or immobiliser.

Danger
Risk of accident from inadvertent
movement of the vehicle.
▶ If the emergency release switch for
the bus stop brake is to be oper-
ated, secure the bus using the park-
ing brake.
▶ Have the malfunction rectified as M54_00-1365-71
soon as possible by an OMNIplus A Automatic headlamp feature/daytime
Service Partner. driving lights switched on
0 Daytime driving lights switched on
Note 1 Side lamps
For further notes on safety and opera- 2 Headlamps
tion, refer to the “Practical advice” sec- 3 Rear foglamp (front foglamp in buses
tion. with 2‐position switch) (pull switch to
1st detent)

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 69

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Mirror adjuster still visible and correct the position

Note
A single‐position light switch is fit-
ted in buses with cornering lights. It
is not possible to switch on the front
foglamps in this case.
of the steering column if necessary.
Adjusts the position of either the mirrors
or the exterior mirror housings (option), ▶ Re‐engage the steering column after
it has been adjusted.
depending on the position of the adjust-
ment button.

4 Rear foglamp (only in buses with front Warning

foglamps). (pull switch to 2nd detent)
Note
In a country where traffic drives on
the other side of the road to that
in the country where the vehicle
was registered, there is a risk of on-
coming traffic being dazzled by the
asymmetrical dipped‐beam head-
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic. The
adjustment of mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel unavoidably diverts some
of the driver's attention.
▶ Before the mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel are adjusted, en-
sure familiarity with their operation,
handling and use. M68_00-0255-71

lamps. The Litronic headlamps can
be adjusted for driving on the left or
on the right, refer to the “Practical
advice” section of the Operating
Instructions (Adjusting the head-
lamps for driving on the left or right).
Please observe the rules and regu-
lations of the country in which the
vehicle is operated.
▶ Adjust the mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel before the start of a
journey.
▶ Check the position of the mirrors
before the start of a journey and
correct if necessary.
▶ After the adjustable steering column
has been adjusted, check that all
instruments and indicator lamps are
0 Rest position
1.1 To adjust the position of the left‐side
exterior mirror
1.2 To adjust the position of the right‐side
exterior mirror
2 To extend/retract the exterior mirror
housings electrically (option)

70 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Warning of damage to ment button is pressed in the direc- Socket

property
It is prohibited to change the posi-
tion of the exterior mirror housings
by hand, because this could cause
damage to the housing drive.
tion of the arrow, the right‐side exter-
The voltage of the socket (12 or 24 V)
ior mirror housing retracts towards
is stated on an adhesive label under the
the windscreen.
socket.

2.1 To retract the left‐ and right‐side ex-

terior mirror housings: For as long as
the adjustment button is pressed in
the direction of the arrow, both exter-
ior mirror housings retract towards
the windscreen simultaneously.
2.2 To extend the left‐ and right‐side ex-
terior mirror housings: For as long as
the adjustment button is pressed in
the direction of the arrow, both exter-
ior mirror housings extend towards
the driving position simultaneously.
2.3 To retract the left‐side exterior mirror
housing: For as long as the adjust-
ment button is pressed in the direc-
tion of the arrow, the left‐side exterior
mirror housing retracts towards the
windscreen.
2.4 To retract the right‐side exterior mir-
ror housing: For as long as the adjust-

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 71

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Electronic ignition lock DTCO tachograph Tank changeover (option)

The ignition lock has a slot for accept- Pressing this switch changes over to the
ing the key and features a two-stage additional fuel tank (option).
start/stop button. To switch the ignition
lock to ON, insert the key into the slot as Note
far as the stop. The fuel gauge then displays the level in
the auxiliary tank.
Note
The multifunction key cannot be inserted
into the slot unless the logo is facing
upwards.

72 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Anti-theft alarm system / panic alarm
(option)
Upper section of pushbutton pressed: The
anti-theft alarm system is primed without
interior motion detection. Lower section
of pushbutton pressed: The “panic alarm”
is triggered. The “panic alarm” can be
triggered by the driver in an emergency
situation. The alarm sirens and the hazard
warning flashers are activated. Closed
doors and flaps are locked. The only way
to deactivate the panic alarm is to press
the pushbutton again.
Auxiliary batteries (option)
To ensure reliable starting of the en-
gine after the bus has been parked for
long periods with electrical consumers
switched on, the supply of power can be
switched to the auxiliary batteries for a
limited time. Power is supplied from the
auxiliary batteries for as long as the push-
button is pressed in.
Passenger stop request system en-
abling (option)
This pushbutton is used to disable the
passenger stop request system. The de-
activation is indicated by a corresponding
icon on the instrument cluster display
screen.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 73

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Driver's area lighting
With the ignition switched on, the driver's
area lighting can be switched on and off.
74 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Reading lamps
With the lower section of the switch
pressed, the driver can switch on the
reading lamps as additional lighting for
the vehicle interior provided the ignition
has been switched on and economy mode
is not active. All the reading lamps are
then switched on. With the upper section
of the switch pressed (position 2), the
driver can enable the reading lamps for
passengers provided the conditions
described above have been fulfilled and,
in addition, the side lamps have been
switched on.
Passenger-compartment lighting
positions I+II
With the lower section of the switch
pressed, all of the interior lighting can
be switched on provided the ignition
has been switched on and economy
mode (= minimum battery charge level
reached) is not active. If the ignition is off,
however, it is the night lighting that will
be switched on, even if economy mode
is active. With the upper section of the
switch pressed and the ignition switched
on, the night lighting can be switched on
even if economy mode is active.
 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Centre aisle lighting Door I Door II

The centre aisle lighting cannot be
switched on unless the side lamps are
already switched on.
Pressing the driver's pushbutton opens or
closes the front right door. The bus must
be stationary for the door to open. The
open state is displayed to the driver by an
indicator lamp in the driver's pushbutton
and a corresponding icon on the instru-
ment cluster display screen.
Pressing the driver's pushbutton opens
or closes the rear door. The bus must be
stationary for the door to open. The open
state is displayed to the driver by an indic-
ator lamp in the driver's pushbutton and
a corresponding icon on the instrument
cluster display screen.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 75

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Emergency valve reset
If the emergency valve reset pushbutton
is pressed with the ignition ON, the emer-
gency valve that has been operated will
be reset.
76 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
School bus hazard warning lamps
Pressing this pushbutton switches on
all the turn signals on the left and right.
The school bus warning lights can be
deactivated using the school bus warning
lights pushbutton or the turn signal switch
on the steering column (indicate left or
right).
Hazard warning lamps
All the turn signals on the left and right
are switched on regardless of the status
of the ignition. The turn signal indicator in
the hazard warning lamps switch flashes
and the green turn signal indicator lamps
in the instrument cluster flash.
 At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Hillholder/bus stop brake
Press upper section of pushbutton: Hill-
holder active. The hillholder brakes all
wheel brakes with the pressure that the
driver applied using the brake pedal with
the bus stationary. The hillholder is re-
leased when the accelerator pedal is oper-
ated. Press lower section of pushbutton:
Bus stop brake active. The illuminated
LED in the pushbutton indicates whether
the hillholder or the bus stop brake is act-
ive.
▶ On steep uphill and downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure.
Note
For notes on safety and operation, refer
to the “Driver's area controls” section of
the Operating Instructions.
Normal level/kneeling
Pressing the upper section of this
pushbutton returns the bus to normal
level. Pressing the lower section of
the pushbutton activates the kneeling
function. Whenever the front boarding
door is opened, the bus will lower at
the front right to make it easier for
passengers to embark and disembark.

Warning
Risk of accident and injury from un-
intended movement and unauthorised
operation of the vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 77

At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Front level control
The bus is raised or lowered at the front
when the pushbutton is pressed.
78 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Rear level control
The rear of the bus is raised or lowered
when the pushbutton is pressed.
Central locking for left-side luggage
compartment
The luggage compartment flaps can be
locked or unlocked electropneumatic-
ally using the rocker switch provided the
ignition has been switched on. The lug-
gage compartment lighting switches on
automatically provided the luggage com-
partment flap circuit on one side of the
bus is unlocked and one of the luggage
compartment flaps is open. The LED in
the rocker switch provides the driver with
a confirmation of the state. LED lit -> lug-
gage compartment flaps unlocked.

Central locking for right-side luggage
compartment
The luggage compartment flaps can be
locked or unlocked electropneumatic-
ally using the rocker switch provided the
ignition has been switched on. The lug-
gage compartment lighting switches on
automatically provided the luggage com-
partment flap circuit on one side of the
bus is unlocked and one of the luggage
compartment flaps is open. The LED in
the rocker switch provides the driver with
a confirmation of the state. LED lit -> lug-
gage compartment flaps unlocked.
At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Front roof hatch - air in/air out
It is possible to move the front and
rear roof hatches individually to either
the air-in or air-out position using the
double rocker switch provided the roof
hatches have not been forced closed by
air-conditioning or “smog” mode and the
windscreen wipers are not operating at
speed 1 or 2. When the roof hatches
are open, the indicator lamp in the
switch lights up and a corresponding
operating symbol (icon) is shown on the
display screen. If the upper section of the
pushbutton is pressed only briefly, the
roof hatch moves to the air-in position.
The roof hatch opens fully if the upper
section of the pushbutton is pressed
for longer than 1 second. If the lower
section of the pushbutton is pressed
only briefly, the roof hatch moves to the
air-out position. The roof hatch closes if
the lower section of the pushbutton is
pressed for longer than 1 second.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 79
At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Rear roof hatch - air in/air out Wheelchair passenger stop request
It is possible to move the front and system/mobility lift enabling switch
rear roof hatches individually to either
the air-in or air-out position using the
double rocker switch provided the roof
hatches have not been forced closed by
air-conditioning or “smog” mode and the
windscreen wipers are not operating at
speed 1 or 2. When the roof hatches
are open, the indicator lamp in the
switch lights up and a corresponding
operating symbol (icon) is shown on the
display screen. If the upper section of the
pushbutton is pressed only briefly, the
roof hatch moves to the air-in position.
The roof hatch opens fully if the upper
section of the pushbutton is pressed
for longer than 1 second. If the lower
section of the pushbutton is pressed
only briefly, the roof hatch moves to the
air-out position. The roof hatch closes if
the lower section of the pushbutton is
pressed for longer than 1 second.

80 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


ADR pushbutton (option)
This pushbutton makes it possible to
store, delete or back up accident data
recorder (ADR) events manually. This
pushbutton can also be used to perform a
function check.
At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches
Door pushbuttons in the driver's area Note
Door pushbuttons for front right door (1) The indicator lamp is lit when: ‐ a door
and centre right door (2) with integrated is open ‐ a door is not fully closed (door
indicator lamp and emergency valve reset not latched).
pushbutton (3) (locator lighting also ON
when Lights ON).
Note
Warning The indicator lamp flashes in the event
of ‐ operating pressure too low (depres-
Risk of injury if persons or objects fall surised bus door) ‐ door malfunction.
out of the bus while the bus is in motion
with a door open.
Note
▶ Before pulling away, wait until there Door operation is possible only with the
is sufficient operating pressure to
ignition switched on, the bus stationary
seal the doors firmly closed.
and the doors unlocked.
▶ Reopen and close doors that have
not closed completely.
Note
▶ Have a door malfunction rectified by
a specialist before driving is contin- After an emergency valve has been op-
ued. erated, the door system cannot be re-
stored to normal operation until emer-
▶ If there is no possibility to avoid
gency valve reset pushbutton (3) has
driving on with a door that has not
been pressed.
been properly closed, make sure
that the area in front of the door is
clear of persons and objects.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 81
At a glance
Description of pushbuttons and switches

Parking brake
The braking force applied by parking
brake (1) is a mechanical spring force,
which presses the brake pads onto the
brake discs. This means that the parking
brake remains in effect even in the event
of pressure loss or disconnection of the
on-board power supply. For notes on use
and operation, refer to “Brake systems” in
the “Driver's area controls” section.
M68.00-0578-71

M42.00-0848-71

82 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 83

At a glance
Instrument cluster

Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page Pos. Object description Page

1 ASR traction control 10 Tachograph indicator 19 Indicator lamp for

indicator lamp lamp presence of emission‐
2 ABS indicator lamp 11 Active Brake Assist related fault/prompt
deactivated indicator for manual DPF regen-
3 ESP indicator lamp
lamp eration
4 Indicator lamp for the
12 ESP OFF indicator 20 Indicator lamp for
left‐hand turn signals
lamp diesel particulate filter
4a Indicator lamp for regeneration active
trailer left‐hand turn 13 Brake system mal-
function warning lamp 21 AdBlue® tank reserve
signals
indicator lamp
5 Indicator lamp for the 14 Main‐beam head-
right‐hand turn signals lamps indicator lamp
5a Indicator lamp for 15 Parking brake applied
trailer right‐hand turn indicator lamp
signals 16 Dipped‐beam head-
6 Tyre pressure warning lamps indicator lamp
lamp 17 Emission‐relevant
7 Brake wear indicator fault warning lamp
lamp (MIL)
8 Brake prompt indic- 18 Warning lamp for
ator lamp diesel particulate filter
load state/malfunc-
9 Fuel reserve indicator
tion
lamp

84 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Tachograph DTCO 3.0

Tachograph DTCO 3.0 1 Display screen: Screen displays vary

according to the operating state of
the bus.

2 Menu buttons: To enter, display or

print out data.

3 Card slot, driver 1

4 Multifunction button, driver 1: Press

button briefly: activity changed.
Press and hold button for at least 2
seconds: card slot opened.

5 Multifunction button, driver 2: Press

button briefly: activity changed.
Press and hold button for at least 2
seconds: card slot opened.

6 Card slot, driver 2

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 85

At a glance
Tachograph DTCO 3.0

7 Tear-off edge

8 Printer tray

9 Download interface

86 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Tachograph (display)

Tachograph (display) 3 Display for total distance

Display for total distance

4 Display for trip distance

Display for trip distance

M68.00-0645-71

1 Speed display
Display of current speed

2 Warning lamp
When lit, this means that there is a mes-
sage on the tachograph display screen.
Driver symbol + fault code = operator er-
ror (card missing or inserted incorrectly).
Fault code = system fault (contact a ser-
vice centre).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 87

At a glance
Coach Multimedia System (CMS)

Coach Multimedia System (CMS)

88 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Coach Multimedia System (CMS)

1 Driver's area controls 5 Passenger compartment volume in DVD mode:

1.1 Direct selection buttons for the control Fast reverse.
driver's area 6 To activate monitors 13 Seek tuning button, forwards,
1.2 RADIO 7 To show map display on monit- short press in radio mode:
1.3 CD ors Seek next station, ascending
8 Driver's microphone frequency.
1.4 USB
9 ON/OFF button in CD/USB/audio mode:
1.5 AUX signal input for external
devices (mp3 players, etc.) 10 Driver's area volume control Skip to next track.
1.6 VIDEO 11 Free in DVD mode:
Skip to next chapter.
2 Passenger compartment con- 12 Seek tuning button, back/re-
trols verse, short press in radio mode: 13 Seek tuning button, forwards,
Seek next station, descending long press in radio mode:
2.1 Direct selection buttons for
passenger compartment frequency. Manual station tuning, ascending
frequency.
2.2 RADIO in CD/USB/audio mode:
Skip to previous track. in CD/USB/audio mode:
2.3 CD
Fast forward.
2.4 USB in DVD mode:
Skip to previous chapter. in DVD mode:
2.5 AUX Fast forward.
2.6 VIDEO 12 Seek tuning button, back/re-
verse, long press in radio mode: 14 Mute/eject button, short press:
3 Infrared receiver (remote con- To mute audio playback in the
Manual station tuning, descend-
trol) driver's area.
ing frequency.
4 To mute audio playback in pas- Long press:
in CD/USB/audio mode:
senger compartment To eject the CD / DVD.
Fast reverse.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 89

At a glance
Coach Multimedia System (CMS)

15 Press C button in telephone or in CD/USB mode: in telephone or navigation mode:

navigation mode: To start track playback. To enter numbers/characters.
To clear an entry. in navigation mode: 21 Keypad, long press in radio
16 Press back button: In map view, to change to full- mode:
To return to the next menu level screen mode. To store a station.
up/to quit a menu. in fullscreen mode: 22 Display screen
17 Press arrow button pad: To open the function menu.
To navigate in the main menu. in video mode:
18 Turn rotary pushbutton in radio To change to fullscreen mode.
mode: in fullscreen mode:
To select a station. To open the function menu.
in CD/USB mode: in the menus:
To select a track. To confirm a menu item.
in navigation mode: 19 Telephone, voice recognition:
To change map scale. To end or reject a call. To activ-
in video mode (fullscreen mode): ate voice recognition.
To show the menu. 20 Telephone:
in the menus: To accept a call.
To select a menu item. 21 Keypad, short press in radio
18 Press rotary pushbutton in radio mode:
mode: To select a stored station, to
To open the station preset open the preset menu.
memory. in CD mode:
To select a track on a CD.

90 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Emergency equipment, fire extin-
guisher, first-aid kit, emergency ham-
mer
Location of first-aid kit
M86.00-0444-71
First‐aid kit (1) is located behind the
driver's seat.
Note
Check the expiry dates of the first‐aid
supplies every year, and replace them if
necessary.
At a glance
Emergency equipment, fire extinguisher, first-aid kit, emergency hammer
Tools and emergency equipment ● Removal tool for interior fittings (ser-
vice set adapters/luggage rack sup-
The items of emergency equipment are
port trim).
located in the stowage compartment
above the front axle on the right‐hand
side and behind the front flap (spare Note
wheel flap). This tool can also be used for removing
the wheel trims, refer to the “Practical
Note advice” section, “Removing the wheel
trim”.
The tools and aids for changing a wheel
(option) are located behind the flap on
the right‐hand side to the front of the Location of the fire extinguisher
driven axle.
Tools and emergency equipment:
● Warning triangle
● Hydraulic jack 10 t maximum load
with base board (observe the manu-
facturer's operating instructions)
● Ramp
● Wheel chock
● WAF 27/32 socket spanner
● Towing pin/towing coupling
● Tool box (containing spare bulbs, M86.00-0443-71
valve connector, tyre inflation hose, Fire extinguisher (1) is located to the left
torch and warning lamp, etc.) (option) behind the driver's seat.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 91
At a glance
Emergency equipment, fire extinguisher, first-aid kit, emergency hammer
Note
Check the inspection label and, if ne-
cessary, arrange for a fire extinguisher
inspection by an authorised person.
Location of replacement mirror (op-
tion)
M88_00-0009-01
There is a replacement mirror (1) in the
left‐side luggage compartment imme-
diately to the rear of the front axle. It is
designed to act as an emergency mirror
only.
92 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
To permit removal of the mirror, loosen 4
screws (2).
For “Removing the exterior mirror / fitting
the replacement mirror”, refer to “Remov-
ing the exterior mirror” in the “Practical
advice” section of the Operating Instruc-
tions.
Emergency hammer (option)
M86.00-0304-71
▶ Pull out emergency hammer (1) with
the tamper-evident seal from bracket
(2).
◁ The emergency hammer is ready for
use.
◁ If the vehicle is equipped with an
electronic anti-theft alarm system
(option), this symbol appears on the
display screen in conjunction with
 At a glance
Emergency equipment, fire extinguisher, first-aid kit, emergency hammer

a yellow alert when an emergency

hammer has been removed.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 93

At a glance
Fire detection system and extinguishing system
Fire detection system and extinguish-
ing system
Descriptions:
● Design and function description: fire
detection system
● Design and function description: fire
extinguishing system
Design and function description: fire
detection system
The bus is equipped with a fire detection
system as standard. This comprises a
detection agent tank and detection line.
The detection agent tank is filled with
nitrogen gas and Glysantin. In the event of
a fire in the engine compartment or in the
installation area of the auxiliary heating
unit, the detection line melts and the
nitrogen gas and Glysantin escape. The
drop in pressure triggers the fire detection
system and displays a warning message
on the display screen in the driver's area.
94 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Caution
Physical damage due to the time delay
before a response of the fire detection
system. Important components could be
damaged as a result. A warning message
is not displayed until the detection line
has melted.
▶ Ensure good functioning with regular
maintenance.
Measures
▶ Have defects professionally repaired
without delay.
Warning messages
Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
▶ Have the cause of restricted
functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
If the fire detection system fails or if there
is a malfunction, or even a blaze that goes
unnoticed with the vehicle parked, a yel-
low warning level malfunction will appear
on the display screen.
Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
A triggering of the fire detection system
(e.g. due to a fire in the engine compart-
ment or in the auxiliary heating unit in-
stallation space) is indicated by an icon on
the display screen in conjunction with a
red warning level malfunction. A warning
signal sounds.

In the event of a fire, all passengers in the
bus must be brought to safety first.
Warning
Risk of accident from the behaviour of
passengers or other road users in the
event of heavy smoke development in
the passenger compartment, engine
compartment or, if present, in the WC or
luggage compartment.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Initiate the necessary measures.
Measures
▶ Lead passengers to safety.
▶ Make an emergency call or entrust
this task to a suitable person.
▶ Extinguish the source of the smoke
by suitable means.
Depending on the urgency and external
circumstances, proceed as follows:
● When passengers are in a place of
safety and the interior has been com-
Fire detection system and extinguishing system
pletely evacuated, close the rear
door.
● Switch off the engine.
● Unlock the luggage flaps.
● Switch off the ignition and exit the
vehicle.
● Close the front door to make sure
that no passengers can go back into
the bus and endanger themselves
unnecessarily.
● If there is no apparent danger, nom-
inate a helper and unload the luggage
swiftly.
● Keep well clear of the vehicle (at least
50 metres).
● As the driver, keep information on
emergency rescue services readily
available.
Design and function description: fire
extinguishing system
The bus is equipped with a fire extinguish-
ing system. This comprises five major
components: Extinguisher tank, detection
agent tank, detection line, extinguisher
lines and extinguisher nozzles.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
At a glance
A trigger valve is fitted to the extinguisher
tank. The trigger valve is connected to the
detection agent tank by the detection line.
The pressure (approximately 24 bar) of
the detection agent tank therefore acts
on the trigger valve. Extinguisher lines
are connected to the extinguisher tank.
The extinguisher lines in the engine com-
partment are equipped with extinguisher
nozzles. The detection agent tank is filled
with nitrogen gas and Glysantin.
In the event of a fire in the engine com-
partment or in the installation area of the
auxiliary heating unit, the detection line
melts and the nitrogen gas and Glysantin
escape. The drop in pressure in the detec-
tion line depressurises the trigger valve
on the extinguisher tank and thus trig-
gers the extinguishing process. The highly
pressurised extinguishing fluid (approxim-
ately 100 bar) is forced out of the extin-
guisher tank into the extinguisher lines.
The extinguishing fluid is sprayed from the
extinguisher nozzles as a fine mist. The
fire extinguishing system is monitored by
two pressure switches. A warning mes-
sage alerts the driver to the fact that
95
At a glance
Fire detection system and extinguishing system
the fire extinguishing system has been
triggered.
Caution
Physical damage due to the time delay
before a response of the fire extinguish-
ing system. Important components could
be damaged as a result. The fire extin-
guishing system is not triggered until the
detection line has melted.
▶ Ensure good functioning with regular
maintenance.
Measures
▶ After a triggering of the fire extin-
guishing system, check the origin
of the fire and its surroundings for
glowing hot spots or embers. Keep
the engine compartment flap closed
for at least another 5 minutes to
prevent the fire from being reinvigor-
ated by fanning of the embers.
▶ After they have cooled, check the
origin of the fire and its surround-
ings for glowing hot spots or em-
bers.
96 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Have defects professionally repaired
without delay.
Warning messages
Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
▶ Have the cause of restricted
functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
If the fire extinguishing system fails or
if there is a malfunction, or even a blaze
that goes unnoticed with the vehicle
parked, a yellow warning level malfunc-
tion will appear on the display screen.
Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
A triggering of the fire extinguishing sys-
tem (e.g. due to a fire in the engine com-
partment or in the auxiliary heating unit
installation space) is indicated by an icon
on the display screen in conjunction with
a red warning level malfunction. A warning
signal sounds.
In the event of a fire, all passengers in the
bus must be brought to safety first.

Warning
Risk of accident from the behaviour of
passengers or other road users in the
event of heavy smoke development in
the passenger compartment, engine
compartment or, if present, in the WC or
luggage compartment.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Initiate the necessary measures.
Measures
▶ Lead passengers to safety.
▶ Make an emergency call or entrust
this task to a suitable person.
▶ Extinguish the source of the smoke
by suitable means.
Depending on the urgency and external
circumstances, proceed as follows:
● When passengers are in a place of
safety and the interior has been com-
pletely evacuated, close the rear
door.
At a glance
Fire detection system and extinguishing system
● Switch off the engine.
● Unlock the luggage flaps.
● Switch off the ignition and exit the
vehicle.
● Close the front door to make sure
that no passengers can go back into
the bus and endanger themselves
unnecessarily.
● If there is no apparent danger, nom-
inate a helper and unload the luggage
swiftly.
● Keep well clear of the vehicle (at least
50 metres).
● As the driver, keep information on
emergency rescue services readily
available.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 97
At a glance
Sleeper cabin control panel

Sleeper cabin control panel 8 Heating controller equipment, be sure to observe ap-
plicable legal requirements.
Control panel overview
Using the intercom to call the driver could
Sleeper cabin distract the driver's attention from the
road and traffic.

Danger
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic.
Use of the integrated information and
communication systems unavoidably
diverts some of the driver's attention.
▶ Before use of information and com-
munication systems, ensure suffi-
M83.00-0794-71 cient familiarity with their operation,
1 Ventilation flaps handling and use.
2 Intercom (connection to the ▶ Do not operate information and
driver) communication systems unless road
and traffic conditions permit this to
3 Interior lamp be done safely.
4 Not assigned ▶ If necessary, pull over safely with re-
5 Not assigned gard for other traffic before operat-
6 Air‐conditioning switch (option) ing information and communication
7 Switch for ventilation blower systems.
speed I and II ▶ For operation of the telephone, in-
tercom or other communications

98 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Seat belt reminder display

Seat belt reminder display

Seat belt reminder display

M00_00-0153-01

With the ignition switched on and the

doors closed, “Fasten seat belts” symbol
(2) on the right-hand side at the front of
the passenger compartment is displayed
for 5 minutes after the bus has pulled
away.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 99

At a glance
LED reversing aid in the exterior mirror (option)
LED reversing aid in the exterior mir-
ror (option)
Warning
Risk of accident and injury from the
presence of obstacles not detected by
the reversing aid.
▶ During parking and manoeuvring,
be mindful of the area immediately
behind and next to the bus.
▶ Make sure that there are no per-
sons or animals in the area in which
you are manoeuvring and that no
structural obstacles are within man-
oeuvring range.
▶ Observe national rules and require-
ments and local operational policies.
▶ The reversing aid function cannot be
used if the bus is towing a trailer or
ski holder.
100 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M82_00-0006-01
The reversing aid informs the driver of the
distance to an obstacle. The reversing aid
is activated automatically when reverse
gear is engaged. Alerts are displayed by
three differently coloured LEDs concealed
behind the bottom portion of the glass in
the left‐ and right‐side rear‐view mirrors.
The mirror glass is transparent here.
When reverse gear is engaged, green LED
(1) lights up when there is a distance of
1.5 metres to the obstacle, yellow LED (2)
at 80 cm and red LED (3) at 40 cm.
When reverse gear is engaged and
the system is fully functional, the red
LED must light up for approximately
0.5 seconds.
If the red LED flashes twice every six
seconds, there is a malfunction in the
system.
Note
When parking, be particularly mindful of
objects that could be present below or
above the sensors, e.g. flower pots or
trailer drawbars. The reversing aid does
not detect such objects at close range.
Note
Ultrasound waves emitted, for example,
by the compressed‐air brake system or
a pneumatic hammer, could adversely
affect the reversing aid.
 At a glance
Exterior flaps

Exterior flaps 8 Fuel tank, AdBlue® tank

Exterior flaps on S515 - S517 HDH 9 Fuel filler flap, fuel tank
10 Radiator
11 Power window service cover
12 Test ports, stowage compart-
ment
13 Stowage compartment
14 Luggage compartment
15 Luggage compartment
16 Air cleaner
17 Air cleaner
18 Exhaust system
M00.00-0647-76
19 Engine compartment
1 Spare wheel
2 Stowage compartment, vehicle
tool kit
3 Switch panel
4 Luggage compartment
5 Lavatory
6 Luggage compartment/multi‐
purpose room/driver's rest area
7 Batteries/battery isolating
switch, auxiliary switch panel

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 101

At a glance
Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

M00.00-0640-71

The windscreen washer fluid reservoir

is accessible through a flap in the front
doorway.
▶ To open the windscreen washer fluid
reservoir, remove cap (1) on the filler
opening by pulling the tab.
▶ Use suitable additives if there is a risk
of freezing.
▶ To seal the cap, press it forcefully
onto the filler opening.

102 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 At a glance
Sideguard Assist/Lane Change Assist (option)

Sideguard Assist/Lane Change Assist Note

(option)
Towed trailers are not recognised as be-
ing part of the vehicle, but are detected
and evaluated as if they are road users
or objects following behind.

M54.00-3048-71

▶ TURN ASSIST: Assists the driver at

M54.00-2980-71
junctions and detects persons and
vehicles when the bus makes a right-
▶ Radar sensor (1) is located on the
hand turn. Separate visual warning
front right wheel arch flap.
signal in exterior mirror (1). Visual
and haptic warning of vulnerable
pedestrians, cyclists, vehicles and
objects.

▶ LANE CHANGE ASSIST (> 36 km/h):

Assists the driver during lane change
manoeuvres. Visual and haptic warn-
ing of vehicles at risk of collision.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 103

At a glance

104 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Contents

MFK (multifunction key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

MFK main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Adjustable steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Combination switch for lights and wiper functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Combination switch for transmission shift system and continuous brake (engine brake and retarder) . . . . 127
Steering wheel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Left-hand steering wheel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Right-hand steering wheel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Display screen menu control logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Volume settings: audio sources, telephone, intercom system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Accident data recorder (ADR) (option), operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Accident data recorder (ADR), status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Brake systems, operation and function description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Master safety switch (emergency-off switch, option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Air suspension safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Raising and lowering the bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Kneeling and normal level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 105

Driver's area controls
Contents

Activating/deactivating the axle load transfer for the trailing axle (3-axle buses only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Important information on the steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Turning the steering wheel when the bus is stationary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Switching on the panorama camera (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

106 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
MFK (multifunction key)

MFK (multifunction key) Note

To activate the key, press and hold
command button (3) for 2 seconds.

4 Navigation button

Note
To navigate in the main menu: Press
the navigation button on the left
or right. To navigate in a submenu:
Press the navigation button up or
down.

5 Battery charge indicator

6 Key wireless signal strength

Note
The display goes blank if there is no
wireless connection.

7 Submenu tabs
8 Main menu tabs
M80.00-0008-73
9 Menu windows display area
1 To lock 10 Release slide for integrated mechan-
2 To unlock ical key
3 Command button

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 107

Driver's area controls
MFK main menu

MFK main menu MFK (multifunction key) main

menu display:
1 Vehicle monitoring
2 Operation
3 Comfort
4 Settings

Note
The multifunction key
(MFK) has a display screen
and a control panel. The
multifunction key has a
range of up to 100 metres.
Maximum range is achieved in
direct line of sight. Using the
multifunction key, it is possible
to access various functions in
the on‐board computer and
other additional functions.

108 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
MFK main menu

Note
The multifunction key contains
a rechargeable battery.
The battery recharges
automatically when the key is
in the drive position.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 109

Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)
Menu structure of the multifunction
key (MFK)
MFK menu structure
1. “Vehicle monitoring” main menu
M80.00-0007-71
Note
The menu structure comprises 4 main
menus with various submenus.
The active main menu and submenu
appear in light blue.
“Vehicle monitoring” main menu (1) dis-
plays all available information on fuel
110 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
level, AdBlue® level, supply pressure,
exterior lighting and battery voltage.
“Fuel/AdBlue® level” submenu
M80.00-0009-71
Note
Fill levels are updated each time the
ignition is switched on.
The “Fuel/AdBlue® level” submenu dis-
plays all available information on the
amount of fuel and AdBlue® remaining.
1. Fuel level
Gauge for current fuel level.
1. AdBlue® level
Gauge for current AdBlue® level.
“Supply pressures” submenu
M80.00-0011-71
The “Supply pressures” submenu displays
the supply pressures that are currently
available.
1. Brake circuit 1 supply pressure
Gauge for supply pressure in brake
circuit 1.
1. Brake circuit 2 supply pressure
Gauge for supply pressure in brake
circuit 2.

“Exterior lighting” submenu
M80.00-0012-71
From the “Exterior lighting” submenu, it is
possible to test all exterior lights.
Note
All exterior lighting units (including turn
signals and brake lamps) are switched
on individually one after the other.
Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)
“Vehicle battery” submenu 2. “Operation” main menu
M80.00-0014-71 M80.00-0007-71
The “Vehicle battery” submenu displays “Operation” main menu (2) displays oper-
the current battery voltage. ating hours, total distance, tyre pressures
and the lock status of the luggage com-
Note partments.
In the event of undervoltage or over-
voltage, the colour of the display turns
yellow.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 111
Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)
“Operating time” submenu
M80.00-0016-71
The “Operating time” submenu displays
operating time in km and as the elapsed
number of engine operating hours.
112 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
“Tyre pressures” submenu
M80.00-0020-71
In the “Tyre pressures” submenu, it is
possible to view all tyre pressures.
Note
If a tyre pressure is incorrect, the colour
of the tyre symbol turns from white to
yellow or red.
1. “OK” button
By pressing the “OK” button, it is
possible to view the pressure in each
individual wheel on the various axles.
Actual inflation pressures
M80.00-0018-71
All actual inflation pressures on each axle
can be viewed. The illustration shows the
front axle (axle 1) as an example.
Note
The display shows the current pressure,
the temperature and the state of battery
charge in the respective tyre. The display
appears in white when the tyre pressure
is correct. If the pressure is too low, the
colour of the display turns yellow and
then red.

Note
The specified pressure is displayed in
the middle at the bottom.
“Left-side luggage compartment flaps”
submenu
M80.00-0022-71
Using the “OK” button in the “Left‐side
luggage compartment flaps” submenu, it
is possible to lock and unlock the left‐side
luggage compartment flaps.
Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)
Note Note
The illustration shows the luggage com- The illustration shows the luggage com-
partment flaps as locked. partment flaps as unlocked (red indic-
ator lamp).
“Right-side luggage compartment
flaps” submenu 3. “Comfort” main menu
M80.00-0027-71 M80.00-0029-71
Using the “OK” button in the “Right‐side The “Comfort” main menu displays all
luggage compartment flaps” submenu, available information on temperature,
it is possible to lock and unlock the heating, interior lighting and vehicle ventil-
right‐side luggage compartment flaps. ation.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 113
Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

“Temperature” submenu “Auxiliary heating” submenu “Interior lighting” submenu

M80.00-0028-71 M80.00-0034-71 M80.00-0035-71

The “Temperature” submenu displays The “Auxiliary heating” submenu displays From the “Interior lighting” submenu, it is
the temperature outside and inside the the various states of the auxiliary heating. possible to switch the interior lighting on
vehicle. and off.

Note Note
If the temperature is 15 °C or higher, the Pressing the “OK” button switches the
colour of the display turns orange. interior lighting on or off.

114 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

“Passive vehicle ventilation” submenu 4. “Settings” main menu “Display brightness” submenu

M80.00-0038-71 M80.00-0040-71 M80.00-0040-71

From the “Passive vehicle ventilation” In the “Settings” main menu, it is possible In the “Display brightness” submenu, it is
submenu, it is possible to open the to change various settings. possible to adjust the brightness of the
vehicle's doors and roof hatches. display.

Note
Pressing the “OK” button opens the
menu for adjusting the brightness.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 115

Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

Brightness bar graph “Units” submenu Changing units

M80.00-0041-71 M80.00-0042-71 M80.00-0043-71

Pressing the arrow buttons adjusts the In the “Units” submenu, it is possible to Using the arrow buttons, it is possible to
brightness of the display. choose country‐specific units. change and save country‐specific units.

116 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

“Battery” submenu Display when rechargeable battery “Wireless connection” submenu

almost flat

M80.00-0044-71 M80.00-0046-71

The “Battery” submenu displays the state M80.00-0045-71 The “Wireless connection” submenu dis-
of charge of the built‐in rechargeable When the battery charge indicator turns plays the quality of the wireless connec-
battery. red, the battery needs recharging. tion.

Note
The rechargeable battery of the multi-
function key is charged automatically by
the ignition lock.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 117

Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

Weak wireless connection indication Display for no wireless connection “Display timeout” submenu
display possible

M80.00-0049-71
M80.00-0047-71 M80.00-0048-71 In the “Display timeout” submenu, it is
If only 1 bar is shown in red, the key is too If this indication display is seen, contact possible to set the timeout duration for
far from the vehicle. cannot be established with the vehicle. the display illumination.

118 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

Display illumination graphic “Synchronisation” submenu Display for synchronisation failed

M80.00-0050-71 M80.00-0055-71 M80.00-0051-71

Using the arrow buttons, it is possible to In the “Synchronisation” submenu, it is Synchronisation has failed.
change and save the timeout duration for possible to synchronise the multifunction
the display illumination. key with the on‐board electronics.

Note
If, for example, the display units in the
vehicle are changed from metric to im-
perial (kilometres‐miles), the MFK will
need to be synchronised. Only then will
the values in the MFK also be displayed
as imperial quantities.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 119

Driver's area controls
Menu structure of the multifunction key (MFK)

Display for synchronisation successful Display showing MFK synchronisation Software version display
in progress

M80.00-0052-71 M80.00-0054-71

Synchronisation was successful. M80.00-0053-71 The current software version is displayed.

Synchronisation is in progress.

120 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Adjustable steering column

Adjustable steering column ▶ Re‐engage the steering column after

it has been adjusted.
Release the steering column using switch
(1). The red LED in the switch lights up.

Warning
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic. The
adjustment of mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel unavoidably diverts some
of the driver's attention.
▶ Before the mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel are adjusted, en-
sure familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.
▶ Adjust the mirrors, driver's seat and
steering wheel before the start of a
journey.
▶ Check the position of the mirrors
before the start of a journey and
correct if necessary.
▶ After the adjustable steering column
has been adjusted, check that all
instruments and indicator lamps are
still visible and correct the position
of the steering column if necessary.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 121

Driver's area controls
Exterior lighting

Exterior lighting Note Automatic headlamp feature

Rotary light switch
4 Rear foglamp (only in buses with front
foglamps). (pull switch to 2nd detent)
At engine start, the daytime driving lights
also switch on.
A Automatic headlamp feature/daytime
driving lights switched on
0 Daytime driving lights switched on
1 Side lamps
2 Headlamps
3 Rear foglamp (front foglamp in buses
with 2‐position switch) (pull switch to
1st detent)
A single‐position light switch is fit-
ted in buses with cornering lights. It
is not possible to switch on the front
foglamps in this case.
Note
In a country where traffic drives on
the other side of the road to that
in the country where the vehicle
was registered, there is a risk of on-
coming traffic being dazzled by the
asymmetrical dipped‐beam head-
lamps. The Litronic headlamps can
be adjusted for driving on the left or
on the right, refer to the “Practical
advice” section of the Operating
Instructions (Adjusting the head-
lamps for driving on the left or right).
Please observe the rules and regu-
lations of the country in which the
vehicle is operated.
The side lamps, dipped-beam headlamps
and licence plate lamps switch on and off
in response to changes in the brightness
of ambient light. When the key is in posi-
tion 1 in the ignition lock, the side lamps
switch on and off automatically. When the
engine is running, the dipped-beam head-
lamps, side lamps and licence plate lamps
switch on and off automatically.
Warning
Risk of accident from the headlamps
switching off temporarily. If bright light
were to strike the light sensor with the
rotary light switch in position (A), the
headlamps might switch off temporarily
or, in fog, the lights might not switch on
automatically at all.
▶ If the journey encounters fog or
other poor visibility conditions in
which the headlamps might not
switch on automatically with the
rotary light switch in position (A),
turn the switch to the “headlamps”
position without delay.

122 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Daytime driving lights
(country-specific) (option)
As soon as the engine is switched on, the
side lamps, the dipped-beam headlamps
and the licence plate lamps switch on
automatically.
Note
Turning the rotary light switch to any
position other than (A) or (0) switches
on the lights assigned to the selected
switch position.
Note
For notes on switching the daytime
driving lights on and off, refer to the
“Driver's area controls” section of the
Operating Instructions.
Headlamps
In position (A), the dipped-beam or main-
beam headlamps (depending on the com-
bination switch position), side lamps and
licence plate lamps switch on automat-
ically in darkness and are switched on
permanently in position (2).
Note
Precondition: Key inserted into the igni-
tion lock, ignition “position 2” switched
on and/or engine running.
Front foglamps
In addition to the side lamps,
dipped-beam headlamps or main-beam
headlamps, the front foglamps can be
switched on with the ignition switched on.
To switch them on, turn the rotary light
switch to position (1) or (2) and pull the
switch out to the first detent (3). Indicator
lamp (3.1) lights up.
Note
When the rotary light switch is in posi-
tion (A) or (0), neither the front foglamps
nor the rear foglamp can be switched
on.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver's area controls
Exterior lighting
Rear foglamp
The rear foglamp can be switched on in
addition to the front foglamps. To switch
it on, pull the rotary light switch out to the
second detent (4) with the front foglamps
switched on. Indicator lamp (4.1) lights
up. Whenever a trailer or rear-mounted
cargo box is connected, the rear foglamp
on the towing vehicle is disabled and
the rear foglamp of the trailer or rear-
mounted cargo box is enabled instead.
Note
When the rotary light switch is in posi-
tion (A), neither the front foglamps nor
the rear foglamp can be switched on.
Note
In respect of rear foglamp operation,
the legal requirements of the country
concerned must be observed.
123
Driver's area controls
Exterior lighting
Cornering lamps
Special front foglamps that illuminate
the side of the bend towards which the
vehicle is being steered. The cornering
lamps are activated only when it is dark,
at a road speed of below 40 km/h and
if the front foglamps have not been
switched on. The cornering lamps are
switched on either by the turn signals or
by the steering angle sensor.
Note
Make sure that the engine is running
and that the dipped‐beam headlamps
are switched on (rotary light switch in
position (A) or (2)).
Note
Switch on the turn signals. The cornering
lamp on the same side as the active
turn signals switches on and it remains
switched on even if the steering wheel is
turned in the opposite direction.
124 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Note Note
Turn the steering wheel in the desired The switch‐off delay for the courtesy
direction. In forward gear: The cornering lighting can be adjusted from 0 ‐ 60
lamp on the inside of the bend comes seconds in increments of 5 seconds.
on. In reverse gear: The cornering lamp At the end of the courtesy lighting
on the outside of the bend comes on. switch‐off delay, the courtesy lighting
switches off automatically.
Note
Note
To switch off the cornering lamp, switch
off the turn signals or turn the steering For notes on selecting a courtesy
wheel back towards the straight‐ahead lighting switch‐off delay, refer to the
position until the turn signals switch off “Driver's area controls” section of the
automatically. Operating Instructions.
Courtesy lighting
In dark conditions, the front foglamps
switch on to provide courtesy lighting
whenever the complete vehicle is un-
locked or locked. The courtesy lighting
illuminates the area around the bus so
that people can find their way more easily.

Combination switch for lights and
wiper functions
M54.00-1898-72
1 Headlamps position: Main‐beam
headlamps OFF (with headlamps
switched on)
Combination switch for lights and wiper functions
2 Main‐beam: Main‐beam headlamps
ON (with dipped‐beam headlamps
switched on)
3 Headlamp flasher: Pull the stalk up-
wards
4 Indicate right with automatic reset:
Press the switch stalk beyond the
pressure point until it engages in
position
Note
One‐touch indicators for a lane
change: Press the switch stalk only
briefly (not beyond the pressure
point). The turn signals flash five
times.
5 Indicate left with automatic reset:
Press the switch stalk beyond the
pressure point until it engages in
position
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver's area controls
Note
One‐touch indicators for a lane
change: Press the switch stalk only
briefly (not beyond the pressure
point). The turn signals flash five
times.
6 Wipe and wash: Press the sleeve on
the switch stalk inwards towards the
steering column. With windscreen
wipers switched off = windscreen
wipe and wash
7 Windscreen wipers: Turn the sleeve
on the switch stalk: Speed 0 = OFF.
Speed . . . . . = slow intermittent
wipe or wiping with rain sensor.
Speed...... = rapid intermittent wipe
or wiping with rain sensor. Speed I =
slow continuous wiping. Speed II =
rapid continuous wiping.
125
Driver's area controls
Combination switch for lights and wiper functions

Warning of damage to
property Note
Combination switch position . . . . : The rain sensor detects sea spray.
If the rain sensor is active, the wind-
screen wiper may switch on inad- Note
vertently if dirt were to settle on For notes on setting the wipe inter-
the windscreen in dry weather. The val/rain sensor sensitivity, refer to
windscreen wiper blades or the the “Driver's area controls” section
windscreen itself could then be of the Operating Instructions.
damaged by dry wiping. Keep the
windscreen wipers switched off in
dry weather.

Note
Combination switch position . . . . : If
the rain sensor is active, the wiping
frequency is adjusted automatically
as appropriate to how heavy it is
raining.

Note
Frost function: At low temperatures,
the rain sensor does not switch
on the windscreen wipers until the
windscreen has been scraped clear.

126 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Combination switch for transmission shift system and continuous brake (engine brake and retarder)
Combination switch for transmission
shift system and continuous brake
(engine brake and retarder)
M54.00-1897-72
1 To select the driving direction
2 Manual upshift
3 Manual downshift
Driver's area controls
4 Automatic gearshift
5 To activate continuous brake
5.1 Continuous brake stage 1
5.2 Continuous brake stage 2
5.3 Continuous brake stage 3
5.4 Continuous brake stage 4
5.5 Continuous brake stage 5
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 127
Driver's area controls
Steering wheel buttons

Steering wheel buttons

The steering wheel buttons are used to
control what is displayed on the display
screen. They can also be used to change
various settings.

128 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Steering wheel buttons

Overview of steering wheel buttons

and display screen

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 129

Driver's area controls
Steering wheel buttons

1 Display screen
2 Left‐hand steering wheel but-
tons
3 Right‐hand steering wheel but-
tons
4 Horn

130 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Left-hand steering wheel buttons

Left-hand steering wheel buttons

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 131

Driver's area controls
Left-hand steering wheel buttons

To store/display favourite menu Audio/telephone volume up

windows
Previous main menu Audio/telephone volume down

In the input window, to select

the previous value or reduce a
value.
Next main menu

In the input window, to select

the next value, to increase or
reset a value.
Previous menu window

In the input window, to go up

one menu line
Next menu window

In the input window, to go down

one menu line
To open and close input win-
dow/to acknowledge event noti-
fication

132 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Right-hand steering wheel buttons

Right-hand steering wheel buttons

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 133

Driver's area controls
Right-hand steering wheel buttons

To display telephone menu win- To deactivate the variable speed

dow limiter (Temposet)/cruise con-
To make/accept a call trol/distance cruise control
To end/reject a call Driving systems menu window

Idling speed increase/to set

Note specified distance (distance
Activation of voice control cruise control)/to set speed tol-
system of CMS if no call erance (cruise control/distance
incoming or active at this time. cruise control)
To select the variable speed
limiter (Temposet)
To select cruise control/dis-
tance cruise control
Speed / limit speed

To activate and set current

speed / limit speed, to increase
set speed / limit speed.
To activate and resume stored
speed / limit speed, to reduce
set speed / limit speed

134 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Display screen

Display screen Display field (1) shows the main Main menus on the display screen
menus. The active main menu ap-
Description of the display screen pears in light blue.
● (2): Title bar
In title bar (2), the name of the active
menu window is displayed.
● (3): Submenu display
Display field (3) shows the submenus.
The active submenu appears in light
blue.
● (4): Display area
In display area (4), the on‐board com-
puter shows an event notification. An M68.00-0623-71

M54.00-1849-71
The display screen is a status indicator
for showing operating and malfunction
information. Additionally, it can be used to
display on‐board diagnostics information.
It is activated whenever the ignition is
switched to position 1 or 2 by means
of the start/stop button with the key
inserted.
The display screen comprises five basic
elements:
● (1): Display field for main menus
event notification is displayed auto-
matically and contains a message
or information about a malfunction.
If you are able to acknowledge the
event notification by pressing the
“OK” button on the steering wheel,
the notification will close when you do
so.
● (5): Status area
In addition to the displayed event
notification, an indicator lamp may
also light up in status area (5) in the
instrument cluster.
The display screen has 6 main menus,
each containing a different number of
submenus. The active main menu and
submenu appear in light blue.
(1): Trip information
(2): Assistance systems
(3): Vehicle
(4): Notifications
(5): Infotainment
(6): Settings

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 135

Driver's area controls
Display screen

1. “Tourinformation” (Trip informa- “Tourdaten” (Trip data) submenu “Tachograph” submenu

tion) main menu

M54.00-3014-71 M68.00-0475-71

M54.00-3014-71
The “Tourinformation” (Trip information)
main menu displays all available inform-
ation on speed, time of day, driving and
rest times, travelled distances and outside
temperature.
The “Tourdaten” (Trip data) submenu The “Tachograph” submenu displays the
displays all available information relating name of the driver (1) and all available
to total distance (1), trip distance (2), information on current driving time (2)
time (3) and outside temperature (4). and current rest time (3).
Note
To reset the trip meter, press the “OK”
button on the steering wheel and con-
firm with “Yes” in the next window.

136 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


“Reichweite” (Range) submenu
M68.00-0481-71
The “Reichweite” (Range) submenu dis-
plays all available information on fuel
range (1), AdBlue® range (2) and cur-
rent fuel consumption (3).
Note
Fuel consumption (3) is displayed in
l/100 km or in l/h (with the vehicle
stationary).
“Ab Start - Gesamt” (After start - Total)
submenu
M68.00-0478-71
The “Ab Start ‐ Gesamt” (After start ‐
Total) submenu displays all available in-
formation on distance travelled since the
start (1), driving time (2), average speed
(3) and average fuel consumption (4).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver's area controls
Display screen
“Ab Reset - Gesamt” (After reset -
Total) submenu
M68.00-0844-71
The “Ab Reset ‐ Gesamt” (After reset
‐ Total) submenu displays all available
information on distance travelled (1),
driving time (2), average speed (3) and
average fuel consumption (4) since this
menu was last reset.
137
Driver's area controls
Display screen
“Ab Reset 2 - Gesamt” (After reset 2 -
Total) submenu
M68.00-0843-71
The “Ab Reset 2 ‐ Gesamt” (After reset
2 ‐ Total) submenu displays all available
information on distance travelled (1),
driving time (2), average speed (3) and
average fuel consumption (4) since this
menu was last reset.
138 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
2. “Assistenz” (Assistance) main
menu
M68.00-0636-71
In “Assistenz” (Assistance) main menu
(2), the driver can view information from
all available driving systems and the nav-
igation system (option).
“Assistenz” (Assistance) submenu
M68.00-0482-71
The “Assistenz” (Assistance) submenu
displays all available information on
vehicle‐to‐vehicle distance (1), the
speed of the vehicle in front (2) and lane
holding.
Note
As the distance from the vehicle in front
decreases, the colour of the display for
the vehicle in front changes from white
to yellow and then to red.
As the distance from the lane marking
decreases, the colour of the lane mark-
 Driver's area controls
Display screen

ing changes from white to yellow and “Geschwindigkeit” (Speed) submenu “Eco-Drive” submenu
then to red.
“Navigation” submenu (option)

M68.00-0731-71 M68.00-0732-71

The “Geschwindigkeit” (Speed) submenu In the “Eco‐Drive” submenu, it is possible

M68.00-0483-71
displays the current driving speed (2). to view the upper and lower speed
Pressing “OK” button (1) opens the tolerance, refer to “EcoDrive tolerance
The “Navigation” submenu displays all
“Eco‐Drive” menu. value” in the “Assistance systems”
available information relating to destina-
( → page 244) section.
tion (1), expected driving time remaining
(2), current road (3) and remaining dis-
tance (4). (5) indicates that the road is Note
passable for the bus. The lower speed tolerance is available
only in conjunction with the “Predictive
Powertrain Control” assistance system
(option).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 139

Driver's area controls
Display screen
“EDF” submenu (option)
M54.00-2193-71
The “Eco Driver Feedback” submenu dis-
plays an evaluation of driving style.
▶ To display the various criteria, press
“OK” button (1). For details, refer to
“EcoDriverFeedback” in the “Assist-
ance systems” ( → page 244) sec-
tion.
140 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
“Ersatzfahrbetrieb” (Failsafe mode) 3. “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) main menu
submenu
M68.00-0624-71
M68.00-0484-71
The “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) main menu dis-
In the “Ersatzfahrbetrieb” (Failsafe mode) plays all available information on flaps,
submenu, transmission shift system doors and operating pressures, temperat-
failsafe mode can be activated and ures and voltages.
displayed.
▶ To switch to failsafe mode in the
event of a transmission control mal-
function, press “OK” button (1). For
details, refer to “Failsafe mode for GO
250-8” in the “Gearshift system and
transmission” ( → page 229) section.
 Driver's area controls
Display screen

“Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) submenu “Luftdruck” (Air pressure) submenu “Kühlmittel” (Coolant) submenu

M68.00-0624-71 M68.00-0488-71 M68.00-0489-71

The “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) submenu shows The “Luftdruck” (Air pressure) submenu The “Kühlmittel” (Coolant) submenu dis-
whether doors, flaps or roof hatches are displays the supply pressures of brake plays the current coolant temperature (1).
open or closed. In the illustration, engine circuit 1 (1), brake circuit 2 (2) and spring
compartment flap (1) is open. cylinder brake circuit (3).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 141

Driver's area controls
Display screen

“Motor” (Engine) submenu “Batterie” (Battery) submenu “Reifen” (Tyres) submenu

M68.00-0490-71 M68.00-0491-71 M68.00-0492-71

The “Motor” (Engine) submenu displays
engine oil level (1) and the operating
hours accumulated by the engine (2).
Note
The engine oil level cannot be displayed
with the engine running.
The “Batterie” (Battery) submenu displays
the current battery voltage (1).
The “Reifen” (Tyres) submenu displays
the pressure of each tyre. In addition, the
nominal pressure, the temperature in the
tyre and the charge state of the sensor
battery can also be displayed.
Note
If the pressure in a tyre is too low or the
temperature is too high, the colour of
the display changes from white to yellow
or red.
As a consequence of tolerances and
temperature compensation, tyres with

142 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


the same inflation pressure may be dis-
played with different colours (white, yel-
low or red).
▶ To display the nominal pressure, tem-
perature and battery charge state,
press the “OK” button on steering
wheel (1).
M68.00-0493-71
(1): Display for axle 1.
(2): Displays the nominal pressure.
(3): Displays the actual pressure, temper-
ature and state of charge of the sensor in
the front left wheel.
Driver's area controls
Display screen
(4): Displays the actual pressure, temper- “Betriebsmeldungen” (Operating noti-
ature and state of charge of the sensor in fications) submenu
the front right wheel.
Note
If the battery symbol is displayed as
illustrated, the battery has sufficient
charge to last more than 24 months.
If the battery symbol is only half full,
the remaining battery life is between 7
and 24 months. If the battery symbol
meter is shown as empty, there is less
than 7 months of battery life remaining.
M68.00-0494-71
A service notification will also appear:
“Batterie im Radsensor schwach” (Wheel The “Betriebsmeldungen” (Operating noti-
sensor battery charge low). fications) submenu displays all active op-
erating notifications, e.g. air‐recirculation
mode (1).
4. “Meldungen” (Notifications) main
menu Note
In the “Meldungen” (Notifications) main For operating notifications and warning
menu, all operating notifications, fault messages, refer to “Operating, function
alerts and events are displayed. In addi- and warning notifications” in the “Prac-
tion, it is possible to query diagnostics tical advice” section.
and maintenance information.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 143
Driver's area controls
Display screen
“Fehlermeldungen” (Fault alerts) sub-
menu
M68.00-0495-71
In the “Fehlermeldungen” (Fault alerts)
submenu, all applicable fault alerts are
displayed, e.g. “Oil level too high” (1),
“Fuel gauge malfunction” (2), “Air cleaner
clogged” (3).
Note
Red alerts, yellow alerts and service
notifications (grey) are displayed here.
144 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
“Ereignisse” (Events) submenu
M68.00-0496-71
The “Ereignisse” (Events) submenu dis-
plays all stored events.
Note
Red alerts, yellow alerts and service
notifications (grey) are displayed here.
▶ To display the events individually,
press “OK” button (1) on the steering
wheel.
“Diagnose” (Diagnostics) submenu
M68.00-0498-71
In the “Diagnose” (Diagnostics) submenu,
pressing “OK” button (1) on the steer-
ing wheel displays stored fault codes, if
present, and the instructions associated
with them, refer to “Activating/evaluating
the Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS)”
in the “Practical advice” section.
 Driver's area controls
Display screen

“Textmeldungen” (Text messages) “Audio” and “Video” submenus “Telefon” (Telephone) submenu
submenu

M68.00-0500-71
In the “Textmeldung” (Text message)
submenu, it is possible to view worded
notifications. Pressing “OK” button (1)
enables further texts to be displayed.
5. “Infotainment” main menu
In the “Infotainment” main menu, it is
possible to call up and view information
relating to the audio, video (option) and
telephone systems (option).
M68_00-0569-71
In the “Audio” and “Video” submenus, it is
possible to call up various information and
functions made available by the Coach
Multimedia System (CMS).
The buttons on the steering wheel can
be used to scroll through the menus. The
respective selectable button is shown on
the display screen.
M68.00-0501-71
Pressing “OK” button (1) in the “Telefon”
(Telephone) submenu enables the fol-
lowing functions of a connected mobile
phone to be used:
● Phone book
● Missed calls
● Answered calls
● Dialled numbers.
▶ For notes on connecting a mobile
phone by Bluetooth, refer to “Mobile
phone Bluetooth® connection” in the
“Driver's area controls” section or

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 145

Driver's area controls
Display screen

to the separate “Coach Multimedia “Einstellmenü” (Settings menu) sub- “Buseinstellungen” (Bus settings) sub-
System (CMS)” user manual. menu menu

6. “Einstellungen” (Settings) main

menu
In the “Einstellungen” (Settings) main
menu, it is possible to change settings for
the clock, language and driver assistance
systems (bus and basic settings).
“Datum/Uhrzeit” (Date/time) submenu

M68.00-0504-71 M54.00-3015-71

In this “Einstellmenü” (Settings menu) In the “Buseinstellungen” (Bus settings)

submenu, it is possible to view the ad- submenu, it is possible to adjust the sens-
ditional menus “Buseinstellungen” (Bus itivity of rain sensor (1) and set the dis-
settings) and “Grundeinstellungen” (Basic play illumination dimming level (2), the
settings) by pressing the “OK” button. courtesy lighting switch‐off delay (3) and
the volume of the turn signal buzzer (4).
The buttons on the steering wheel can
be used to scroll through the menus. The
M68.00-0503-71 respective selectable button is shown on
The “Datum/Uhrzeit” (Date/time) sub- the display screen.
menu displays the current date and time.
The setting is linked to the digital tacho-
graph where it is possible to set the time.

146 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


“Grundeinstellungen” (Basic settings)
submenu
M68.00-0509-71
In the “Grundeinstellungen” (Basic set-
tings) submenu, it is possible to select the
preferred units of measurement and time
format using the buttons on the steering
wheel. The respective selectable button is
shown on the display screen.
“Systeme” (Systems) submenu
M68.00-0523-71
In the “Systeme” (Systems) submenu, it
is possible to activate various systems of
the vehicle.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver's area controls
Display screen
M54.00-3016-71
Examples of selectable systems:
● Attention Assist
● Creep mode
● PPC
● Door courtesy lighting.
If tick (3) is displayed after the system,
this means that the system is activated.
The buttons on the steering wheel can
be used to scroll through the menus. The
respective selectable button is shown on
the display screen.
The functions and operation of the “Atten-
tion Assist” and “PPC” assistance systems
147
Driver's area controls
Display screen

are described in the “Assistance systems”

( → page 232) section.
▶ For a description of creep mode,
refer to the “Operating the GO 250-8
transmission (option)” ( → page 222)
section.
“Sprache” (Language) submenu

M68.00-0527-71

In the “Sprache” (Language) submenu,

it is possible to select the preferred lan-
guage setting for the display screen.

148 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Display screen menu control logic
Display screen sequence at start-up
M68.00-0624-71
After the ignition has been switched on,
the first display to appear on the dis-
play screen is the standby screen with
the marque logo. If a fault occurs at this
point, a corresponding fault alert will be
displayed. If no fault occurs, the system
checks whether there are any event no-
tifications present. If there are, the as-
sociated pop-up windows open and the
driver has to acknowledge the event no-
tifications in order of their urgency. The
system then verifies whether the supply
Driver's area controls
Display screen menu control logic
pressures for the various compressed-air
circuits are at acceptable levels. If so, the Note
bus graphic in the “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) The operating pressure can be
main menu is then displayed. However, if monitored in main menu 3 “Fahrzeug”
a supply pressure is too low, which may (Vehicle), submenu 2 “Vorratsdruck” (Air
be the case if the vehicle has been parked pressure).
up for a long period, a pop-up window
displaying the supply pressures for the Menu selection
various compressed-air circuits opens.
The driver can select menus manually
The pop-up window closes automatic-
using the buttons on the steering wheel.
ally as soon as the necessary operating
In addition, provided specific conditions
pressure is reached. If the driver acknow-
are fulfilled, the menus alternate
ledges the pop-up window using the but-
between the “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) and
tons on the steering wheel before the
“Fahrerassistenz” (Driver assistance) main
correct pressure has been reached, an-
menus automatically so that the driver is
other pop-up window opens and displays
always provided with all the necessary
a red alert informing the driver once more
information while the bus is stationary or
that the operating pressure is still too
in motion without the driver having to
low. If the necessary operating pressure
select these menus manually.
is now reached, or if the driver acknow-
ledges the red alert, the bus graphic in the
“Betriebsmeldungen” (Operating notifica-
tions) main menu will be displayed.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 149
Driver's area controls
Display screen menu control logic

Display screen notification with bus ance has been started. The view reverts
Note to the “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) main menu as
stationary
The “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) main menu soon as one of the doors is opened.
continues to be displayed during
slow‐speed manoeuvres if luggage
compartment flaps are still open.

Display screen notification while the

bus is in motion

M68.00-0624-71

The driver is shown the “Fahrzeug”

(Vehicle) main menu if any of the doors
or flaps are open. The menu is also
displayed immediately after the ignition is
switched on. If the driver changes menu
manually, the “Fahrassistenz” (Driver
M68.00-0483-71
assistance) main menu will no longer
appear automatically while the vehicle is As soon as the bus pulls away with all
in motion. doors and flaps closed, the view automat-
ically changes to the “Assistenz” (Assist-
ance) submenu or the “Navigation” sub-
menu, provided the vehicle is equipped
with a navigation system and route guid-

150 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Warning messages

Warning messages Yellow alert display

Warning messages on the display
screen
Warning messages on the display screen
appear in the form of pop‐up windows.
Depending on the importance of the in-
formation, a grey, yellow or red alert is
shown on the display screen and, where
applicable, the event is explained in more
detail by a symbol and some text.
M46.00-0199-71
It is possible to minimise pop‐up win-
dows and free up the display screen again ▶ Using buttons (3) and (6) on the M54.00-3144-71

by acknowledging them. However, the
warning message will remain active in the
background until its cause has been recti-
fied.
If multiple alerts are active at the same
time, each event will be displayed with a
sequential number.
For as long as the alert remains active, it
continues to be displayed in the “Meldun-
gen” (Notifications) main menu, “Fehler-
meldungen” (Fault alerts) submenu and
“Ereignisse” (Events) submenu.
steering wheel, it is possible to dis-
play any additional instructions that
are present.
Yellow alerts warn of functional limita-
tions; it is possible to drive on as long as
particular caution is exercised.
The alert is displayed in a pop‐up window
(2).
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 151

Driver's area controls
Warning messages
Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
▶ Have the cause of restricted
functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
▶ Stop driving as soon as possible and
consult an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Acknowledging a yellow alert
Danger
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic.
Use of the integrated information and
communication systems unavoidably
diverts some of the driver's attention.
▶ Before use of information and com-
munication systems, ensure suffi-
cient familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.
152 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Do not operate information and Red alert display
communication systems unless road
and traffic conditions permit this to
be done safely.
▶ If necessary, pull over safely with re-
gard for other traffic before operat-
ing information and communication
systems.
▶ For operation of the telephone, in-
tercom or other communications
equipment, be sure to observe ap-
plicable legal requirements.
M54.00-1992-71
To free up the display screen:
Red alerts describe safety‐relevant mal-
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK” functions. Continued driving would en-
button (1) on the steering wheel. danger the safety of passengers, other
◁ The pop-up window closes. road users and that of the driver.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in The alert is issued as a pop‐up window (2)
the status indicator field of the and an audible warning signal.
display screen.
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.
 Driver's area controls
Warning messages

Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
▶ If necessary, arrange further meas-
ures such as towing ( → page 446).
Acknowledging a red alert
To free up the display screen:
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK”
button (1) on the steering wheel.
◁ The pop-up window closes.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in
the status indicator field of the
display screen.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 153

Driver's area controls
Volume settings: audio sources, telephone, intercom system

Volume settings: audio sources, tele- Note Radio volume adjustment

phone, intercom system
Volume adjustment
The “Lautstärke” (Volume) pop-up window
enables the driver to adjust the volume for
the currently active audio source. There
must be no pop-up window currently on
the screen (exception: pop-up window for
a call in progress).
▶ Press the plus or minus button on the
steering wheel.
◁ The pop-up window for the currently
active audio source opens.
The radio is the active audio source.
If the plus or minus button is pressed
and held, the volume increases or de- ▶ Press the plus or minus button on the
creases until the button is released. steering wheel.
Note
As the change of volume comes into
effect immediately, the driver is given
an audible acknowledgement at the new
volume.

Note
M68.00-0535-71
If the active audio source is changed
while the pop‐up window is open, the ◁ “Lautstärke Fahrer” (Driver's volume)
content of the pop‐up window changes pop-up window (1) of the radio sys-
accordingly. tem opens.

▶ To adjust the volume, press the plus

or minus button on the steering
wheel.

154 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Note
The driver can close the pop‐up window
at any time using the “ok” button on the
steering wheel.
Note
The pop‐up window closes automatically
if no button is pressed within 8 seconds.
▶ To adjust the volume, press the minus
or plus button on the steering wheel.
Note
If the plus or minus button is pressed
and held, the volume increases or de-
creases until the button is released.
Note
As the change of volume comes into
effect immediately, the driver is given
an audible acknowledgement at the new
volume.
Driver's area controls
Volume settings: audio sources, telephone, intercom system
Adjusting the volume of the
passenger-compartment on-board PA
system
▶ Switch on the on-board PA system
using the “MIC” pushbutton on the
CMS control panel.
▶ Press the plus or minus button on the
steering wheel.
M68.00-0536-71
▶ Using the arrow buttons on the steer-
ing wheel, it is possible to toggle
between driver and passenger com-
partment.
Note
Only the volume of the currently selec-
ted audio zone is adjusted when the
M68.00-0613-71
minus or plus button is pressed.
◁ The “Lautstärke Fahrgastraum”
(Volume, Passenger compartment)
pop-up window of the PA system
opens.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 155
Driver's area controls
Volume settings: audio sources, telephone, intercom system
Note
The pop‐up window closes automatically
if no button is pressed within 8 seconds.
▶ To adjust the volume, press the minus
or plus button on the steering wheel.
Note
If the plus or minus button is pressed
and held, the volume increases or de-
creases until the button is released.
Note
As the change of volume comes into
effect immediately, the driver is given
an audible acknowledgement at the new
volume.
156 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Adjusting the volume of the intercom
in the sleeper cabin/on-board kit-
chenette
M82.00-0139-71
▶ While a call is in progress, press the
plus or minus button on the steering
wheel until the desired volume is set.
Note
The change of volume comes into effect
immediately.
Note
The volume in effect at the time the igni-
tion is switched off is retained when the
ignition is switched back on (if between
30 and 40). If a lower volume than this
was set, the volume will be set to 30
when the ignition is switched back on.
If a higher volume was set, the volume
will be set to 40 when the ignition is
switched back on.
▶ If both outer buttons on the intercom
handset are pressed simultaneously,
a brief alert tone will sound. It is then
possible to decrease or increase the
volume using the left or right outer
button respectively.
▶ At the call station in the sleeper
cabin, it is possible to block incoming
calls. Pressing and holding the
relevant button is followed by an
alert tone indicating that incoming
calls will now be blocked. The block
on incoming calls will be cancelled if
the same button is pressed and held
 Driver's area controls
Volume settings: audio sources, telephone, intercom system

again or if the ignition is switched off Telephone volume adjustment (op-

and on again. Note
tion)
The driver can close the pop‐up window
▶ While a call is in progress, press the at any time using the “OK” button on the
plus or minus button on the steering steering wheel.
wheel.
Note
The pop‐up window closes automatically
if no button is pressed within 8 seconds.
▶ To adjust the volume, press “-” but-
ton (1) or “+” button (2) on the steer-
ing wheel repeatedly until the desired
volume is set.

Note
As the change of volume comes into
M68.00-0542-71
effect immediately, the driver is given
◁ The “Lautstärke Cockpit” (Volume, an audible acknowledgement at the new
Cockpit) pop-up window opens. volume.
▶ To end the call, press the “hang up
the telephone” button on the steering
wheel.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 157

Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone

Intercom/on-board telephone: kit- Note Initiating an outgoing call using the

chenette, driver's rest area, driver's driver's area intercom (option)
area, mobile phone F = Driver
K = Kitchenette
Initiating an outgoing call using the
sleeper cabin, kitchenette intercom R = Sleeper cabin
(option) D = Upper deck (double‐decker buses
only)
◁ An attempt is made to establish a call
connection with the desired intercom
handset.

M68.00-0539-71

▶ Press the “pick up the telephone”

button on the steering wheel.
◁ The “Telefon” (Telephone) menu
M82.00-0139-71 opens.
▶ Pick up the handset and press the
desired button.
▶ To select the intercom, press the ar-
row buttons repeatedly until “Gegens-
prechanlage” (Intercom) is highlighted
in dark blue.
▶ Using the “right arrow” button on the
steering wheel, select the desired
intercom handset in the bus.

158 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone

Note
It is possible to cancel the connection
attempt using the “hang up the tele-
phone” button on the steering wheel.

Note
If the call is not answered after five
rings, the connection attempt is can-
celled and the last viewed display screen
notification reappears.
M68.00-0540-71 M68.00-0548-71

▶ An attempt is made to establish a call ▶ While the call is being established,

connection with the selected handset the message “Rufaufbau” (Connecting
when the “pick up the telephone” but- call) and the selected handset are
ton on the steering wheel is pressed. displayed in the “Telefon” (Telephone)
menu.

Note
Using the “OK” button on the steering
wheel, the driver is able to close the
pop‐up window without the connection
attempt being interrupted.
M54.00-3018-71

▶ While a call is in progress, the con-

nected party is displayed in the “Tele-
fon” (Telephone) menu. The driver can

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 159

Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone
end the call by pressing the “hang up
the telephone” button on the steering
wheel.
Note
Using the “OK” button on the steering
wheel, the driver is able to close the
pop‐up window without ending the call.
This frees up the display screen and
other menus can now be displayed. For
as long as the call remains active, the
driver can restore the pop‐up window
by pressing the “pick up the telephone”
button on the steering wheel.
160 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Answering an incoming call using the
driver's area intercom (option)
M68.00-0539-71
▶ Whenever a connection attempt is
received by the intercom, the “Tele-
fon” (Telephone) menu opens and the
driver is informed which handset in
the bus initiated the call.
▶ Using the “OK” button on the steering
wheel, the driver is able to close the
menu window and thereby reject the
call.
▶ The driver can answer the call by
pressing “pick up the telephone”
button (2) on the steering wheel.
M68.00-0540-71
▶ While a call is in progress, the con-
nected party (1) is displayed in the
“Telefon” (Telephone) menu window.
The driver can end the call by press-
ing the “hang up the telephone” but-
ton on the steering wheel.
Note
Using the “OK” button on the steering
wheel, the driver is able to close the
menu window without ending the call.
This frees up the display screen and
other menus can now be displayed. For
as long as the call remains active, the
driver can restore the menu window by

Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone
pressing the “pick up the telephone”
button on the steering wheel.
Driver's area controls
Mobile phone Bluetooth® connection ▶ Establish a Bluetooth® link between
the mobile phone and the radio unit in
Note the bus.
To be able to use the hands‐free func-
tion, a Bluetooth® link must have been
established between the mobile phone
and the radio unit.
Trouble‐free operation of the
Bluetooth® hands‐free system cannot
always be guaranteed with mobile phone
software versions that are older or
more recent than the approved version
because software version modifications
implemented by mobile phone
manufacturers also affect the functions M68.00-0576-71
supported by the mobile phone. ▶ Using left/right arrow button (1),
Trouble‐free operation of the select settings main menu (3). Using
Bluetooth® hands‐free system cannot up/down arrow button (1), select
always be guaranteed with mobile phone Bluetooth® submenu (4).
software versions that are older or ◁ The Bluetooth® menu opens.
more recent than the approved version
because software version modifications ▶ Turn rotary pushbutton (2) until “Ac-
implemented by mobile phone tivate Bluetooth®” is selected.
manufacturers also affect the functions ◁ Press rotary pushbutton (2) to ac-
supported by the mobile phone. tivate or deactivate the Bluetooth®
function.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 161
Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone
▶ In the Bluetooth® menu, turn rotary
pushbutton (2) until “Start external
authorisation” is selected.
◁ Press rotary pushbutton (2). The pass-
key entry dialogue window opens.
Note
The passkey is a code that identifies the
external Bluetooth® mobile phone to the
device. Enter any passkey up to 16 digits
on the device first. Remember and use
the same passkey when you come to
complete the Bluetooth® authorisation
process on the external device.
▶ Enter the desired passkey using but-
tons 1 - 0 and confirm using rotary
pushbutton (2).
Note
“Ready for external authorisation ...” is
displayed on the display screen.
◁ Now authorise the mobile phone and
be sure to use the same passkey.
162 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Mobile phone for outgoing calls
Note
The name of the connected mobile
phone briefly appears on the display
screen.
Note
For further information, refer to the
Coach Multimedia System (CMS) user
manual.
M68.00-0545-71
▶ Press the “pick up the telephone”
button on the steering wheel.
▶ Using the “up/down arrow” buttons,
it is possible to scroll through the
phone book to the desired letter. A
short press takes you to the next
entry; a long press takes you to the
next letter in the alphabet.
 Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone

Note
If the bus is equipped only with a mobile
phone (no intercom), no bus symbol will
be displayed, only the phone book.
▶ Using the arrow buttons on the steer-
ing wheel, it is possible to select the
phone book entry you wish to call.
▶ An attempt is made to establish a
call connection with this phone book
entry when the “pick up the tele- M68.00-0546-71 M68.00-0544-71
phone” button on the steering wheel
is pressed.
▶ The name of the selected phone book ▶ While a call is in progress,
entry is displayed while the call is “Rufbau...” (Connecting call...) and
being established. “Unbekannter Name” (Unknown
name) are displayed in the
Note “Telefon” (Telephone) pop-up window.
It may be some time before a mobile The driver can end the call by
phone connection can be established. pressing “hang up the telephone”
button (1) on the steering wheel.

Note
Using the “OK” button on the steering
wheel, the driver is able to close the
pop‐up window without the connection
attempt being interrupted.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 163

Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone
Note
In addition to the phone book, the
following call lists are also displayed:
“missed calls”, “accepted calls” and
“dialled calls”.
Note
At present, some mobile phone models
do not support the transfer of mobile
phone numbers. As a result, the name
assigned to the destination phone num-
ber cannot be displayed. “unbekannter
Name” (unknown name) and the tele-
phone number are therefore displayed
instead.
164 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Mobile phone for incoming calls
M54.00-2006-71
▶ Whenever a connection attempt is re-
ceived by the mobile phone, “Telefon”
(Telephone) pop-up window (1) opens
and the messages “Eingehender An-
ruf” (Incoming call) (2) and “Unbekan-
nter Name” (Unknown name) (3) are
displayed.
Note
If the caller's phone number is stored in
the phone book (and if this information
is transmitted on the network), the name
of the caller will be displayed.
Note
The caller may be able to prevent this
phone number from being transmitted.
Note
At present, some mobile phone models
do not support the transfer of mobile
phone numbers. As a result, the name
assigned to the destination phone num-
ber cannot be displayed. “unbekannter
Name” (unknown name) (3) is therefore
displayed instead.
▶ The driver can reject the call by press-
ing “hang up the telephone” but-
ton (5) on the steering wheel. The
menu window closes.
 Driver's area controls
Intercom/on-board telephone: kitchenette, driver's rest area, driver's area, mobile phone

▶ The driver can answer the call by

pressing “pick up the telephone”
button (4) on the steering wheel.
Note
The driver can reject the call by pressing
“hang up the telephone” button (5) on
the steering wheel. The pop‐up window
closes.

Note
At present, some mobile phone models
do not support the transfer of mobile
phone numbers. As a result, the name
assigned to the destination phone num-
ber cannot be displayed. “unbekannter
Name” (unknown name) (3) is therefore
displayed instead.
M54.00-2007-71

▶ While a call is in progress,

“Anruf” (Call) (2) and “Unbekannter
Name” (Unknown name) (3) are
displayed in the “Telefon” (Telephone)
menu window (1). The driver can end
the call by pressing “hang up the
telephone” button (4) on the steering
wheel.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 165

Driver's area controls
Accident data recorder (ADR) (option), operation
Accident data recorder (ADR) (op-
tion), operation
Operating states of the ADR
The accident data recorder (ADR) is a
system for detecting and recording ac-
cidents and driving events, e.g. pulling
away against a kerb or sudden braking.
Driving mode: In this operating mode, the
ADR continuously records the status of
connected controls and sensor data and
is able to store events in the memory. If
ever events exceeding a defined threshold
value are stored, the visual indicator (yel-
low LED) lights up.
Parked mode: The ADR enters parked
mode approximately five minutes after
the ignition has been switched off. The
duration of parked mode is set to three
days (default). If ever events worth report-
ing are stored, the visual indicator (yellow
LED) flashes. In this operating mode, the
acceleration sensors register “parking
prangs”. A registered event of this kind is
reported by an audible signal at ignition
switch‐on.
166 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Sleep mode: If the ignition remains
switched off for longer than three days,
the ADR enters sleep mode and spares
the vehicle battery. In this operating
mode, all inputs and outputs are inactive
and no vehicle movements of any kind are
detected. ADR returns to driving mode the
next time the ignition is switched on.
▶ For more information on data
storage, refer to the “Stored data”
( → page 19) section.
Automatic storage of events
M54_00-1502-71
Buzzer (4) and LED (2) are integrated in
control panel (3) (illustration below).
Accident data recorder (ADR), status
( → page 167)
▶ Switch on the ignition.
◁ An audible signal confirms that
the self-test was successful.
Manual storage of events
Following any critical traffic or accident
situation, it is possible to record an entry
manually.
▶ Briefly press pushbutton (1).
◁ Confirmation of storage by a
short signal tone.
◁ The data from the past 28
seconds and the next 15 seconds
are stored automatically.
Tip
If an accident occurred, briefly press
pushbutton (1) before the driver's
area is vacated. The data will remain
protected for some time before
being overwritten.
 Driver's area controls
Accident data recorder (ADR), status

Accident data recorder (ADR), status

The accident data recorder (ADR) is activated automatically when the ignition is switched on. The ADR remains active for 3 days after
the ignition has been switched off and continues to register all vehicle movements (e.g. parking prangs).
visual sig- audible
Meaning Measure
nal signal
ADR ready for operation, self‐test successfully
LED unlit 1x short none
completed
LED lit 1x short at least one event has been stored none
LED unlit 4x long System has detected a parking prang Check the vehicle for damage.
Have ADR read‐outs and resets carried out by
LED lit 8x short ADR memory almost full
service personnel.
Carry out a function check.
LED unlit 10x short ADR malfunction
Have the malfunction rectified by service personnel.
Carry out a function check.
LED unlit without Self‐test was not completed successfully
Have the malfunction rectified by service personnel.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 167

Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description
Brake systems, operation and func-
tion description
Functions:
● Brake systems
● Active safety systems
Safety precautions for the brake sys-
tems
Brake system malfunction
The bus is equipped with a variety of
safety and assistance systems. These also
rely on the brake systems to provide their
intended function.
Depending on the extent of the malfunc-
tion, a yellow or red alert appears on the
display screen and is described in more
detail by some text.
If a malfunction is present in one of the
brake systems, the functioning of the
safety and assistance systems could also
be affected.
▶ Ensure familiarity with the sever-
ity of the malfunction and the con-
sequences of functional limitations
168 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
in the event of warning messages
( → page 151).
Brake system yellow alert
Observe the indication on the display
screen and react appropriately.
▶ Brake carefully and vigilantly with
measured force, try to avoid max-
imum braking.
▶ If pedal travel increases or assistance
is reduced, adapt pedal pressure
accordingly.
▶ Stop driving as soon as possible and
consult an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Brake system red alert
Danger
Risk of accident from the malfunction
or failure of the brake system and assist-
ance systems including ABS. Braking too
hard would result in the wheels locking
and the vehicle would no longer respond
to steering input.
▶ Stop the bus immediately as soon as
traffic conditions permit this to be
done safely.
▶ In the event of partial failure, brake
with appropriate pedal pressure;
in the event of total failure, initiate
emergency braking manually using
the parking brake.
▶ Disable the bus and chock the
wheels for safety.
▶ Lead passengers to safety if neces-
sary.
▶ Warn other road users of the im-
mobilised vehicle in accordance with
the traffic code in force.
▶ If necessary, arrange further meas-
ures such as towing ( → page 446).
Safety precautions for the assistance
systems
Responsibility of the driver
Assistance systems support the driver in a
wide range of traffic situations.
Nevertheless, the driver bears responsibil-
ity for the safe control of the vehicle.
 Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description

Danger
Risk of accident from failure to adapt
driving style to the traffic situation. Even
with the active support of driver assist-
ance systems, responsibility rests with
the driver of the vehicle. Whenever a
driver assistance system is supporting
driving, always monitor the driving situ-
ation and:
▶ Observe the current traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Assess weather and road surface
conditions.
▶ Take the behaviour of other road
users into consideration.
▶ Adapt speed and distance to suit
road and traffic conditions.
Before use or deactivation of an assist-
ance system, observe the following:
▶ Ensure familiarity with how it func-
tions.
▶ Practise use.
▶ Be aware of limitations of use.
▶ Learn how the vehicle handles with
and without the assistance system.
Depending on the kind of assistance sys-
tem, it could be possible to deactivate it if
desired.
Danger
Risk of accident from deactivation or
failure of one or more electronic driver
assistance systems. The driving charac-
teristics of the vehicle could deteriorate
and, in critical situations, this could lead
to an accident.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to suit road
and traffic conditions.
▶ Do not use the retarder or brake
lever (if fitted) in fog, on black ice
or in difficult road and traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Maintain a safe following distance.
▶ Adapt driving speed.
▶ In the event of incorrect operation,
visit an OMNIplus Service Partner
immediately.
▶ Adapt driving style to suit road, traffic
and weather conditions.
Warning messages on the display
screen
Depending on the extent of the malfunc-
tion, a yellow or red alert appears on the
display screen and is described in more
detail by some text.
Brake systems
Overview
The bus is equipped with the following
brake systems:
● Service brake,
acts on all wheels and axles. Activa-
tion by brake pedal.
■ To be used while the bus is in
motion, for reducing speed even
down to a stop.
● Parking brake,
does not act on all axles. Activation
by hand lever.
■ To be used with the bus station-
ary and before the driver's area is
vacated.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 169

Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description
■ For securing the bus when parked
on flat ground.
■ For manual emergency braking in
the event of brake circuit failure.
● Bus stop brake,
acts like a weaker version of the park-
ing brake. Activation by pushbutton
on the instrument panel.
■ To be used with the bus station-
ary at a bus stop, while passen-
gers are embarking or disembark-
ing.
● Retarder,
acts on the drive train. Activation by
combination switch or slight pressure
on the brake pedal.
■ To be used while the bus is in
motion, for reducing speed.
Service brake
Function description
The service brake acts on all wheels and,
therefore, on all axles. The braking force
is realised by the pressure exerted on the
brake discs by the brake pads.
170 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Its operation is assisted by the brake
booster with the ignition switched on
in at least position 2 or with the engine
running. Without ignition power, the brake
pedal will need to be depressed further
and with greater pressure to achieve the
same braking effect.
Operation
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with brake and assist-
ance systems ( → page 168).
The service brake is designed to reduce
driving speed while the bus is in motion
and to bring the bus to a complete stop.
The braking effect is supported by Brake
Assist and, in the event of panic braking,
the brake lamps perform their adaptive
brake lamps function.
In the event of panic braking, ABS
(anti‐lock braking system) will also be
active. The ability to steer the vehicle is
retained.
Anticipatory driving and use of the re-
tarder reduce wear of the brake pads and
discs.
Warning
Risk of accident from a loss of func-
tions designed to assist the safe driving
of the vehicle, e.g. the power steering or
brake control system.
▶ Do NOT switch off the engine while
the bus is in motion.
▶ Do NOT switch off the ignition while
the bus is in motion.
▶ Do NOT remove the ignition key
while the bus is in motion.
Measures
▶ In the event of engine failure or if
the ignition switches off, bring the
vehicle safely to a halt.
▶ Use maximum effort for the contin-
ued use of the brakes and steering.
▶ Operate the brake pedal slowly and
smoothly to avoid endangering the
safety of passengers.
The braking effect is active only for as
long as the brake pedal is depressed.
The brake is released with release of the
brake pedal.

The service brake is not suitable as a
means of securing a parked vehicle.
▶ With the bus stationary and before
the driver's area is vacated, apply the
parking brake ( → page 171).
Brake Assist
In the event of panic braking, Brake Assist
acts to minimise braking distances.
Brake Assist interprets a potentially dan-
gerous situation from the speed with
which the brake pedal is depressed and
immediately generates maximum braking
force.
Brake Assist activates the adaptive brake
lamps.
▶ If panic braking is ever required, de-
press the brake pedal as far as pos-
sible to achieve optimum braking de-
celeration.
Limit of capability
Each wheel is equipped with sensors that
continuously record the rate of brake pad
wear.
Brake systems, operation and function description
An overly worn brake pad is indicated by a
yellow alert and the “Brake pads” symbol
on the display screen.
If the brake pads on one axle have ex-
ceeded the wear limit, even Brake Assist
would no longer be able to compensate
for the loss of braking effect.
Adaptive brake lamps
The adaptive brake lamps function makes
the brake lamps flash rapidly.
This provides a warning to road users
behind the vehicle.
This function is activated only if the bus is
travelling faster than 50 km/h and Brake
Assist is actively supporting the braking
process.
Parking brake
Function description
The parking brake does not act on all
axles. The braking force applied by the
parking brake is a mechanical spring
force, which presses the brake pads onto
the brake discs.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver's area controls
While the vehicle is in motion, the braking
force of the springs is unwanted and the
springs are held back by compressed
air. After the vehicle has been started, a
sufficient supply of compressed air needs
to be generated before the brakes are
released.
In critical situations, such as failure of
the service brake, the parking brake lever
can be used to initiate emergency braking
manually. There is no ABS assistance in
this case.
Operation
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with brake and assist-
ance systems ( → page 168).
The parking brake should be applied with
the bus stationary and before the driver's
area is vacated.
It is intended to secure the bus when
parked on flat ground.
171
Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description

Applying the parking brake

Danger
Risk of injury from unintended move-
ment and unauthorised operation of the
vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If M42.00-0853-71
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.
M42_00-0445-01 ▶ Let go of release lever (1.1) once the
▶ Pull hand lever (1) out of released parking brake is applied.
▶ On steep uphill or downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
position (a) and into applied position ◁ Parking brake indicator lamp (1)
(b). lights up in the instrument panel.
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure. ▶ Allow release ring (1.1) to engage. ◁ The driven axle of the vehicle
turns white in the display field of
the display screen.

172 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description

Releasing the parking brake

M54.00-2121-71 M42.00-0853-71

▶ Before the driver's area is vacated,
switch off the ignition and remove the
key.
▽ If the ignition is switched off
without the parking brake ap-
plied, a warning tone sounds and
a “Feststellbremse einlegen” (Ap-
ply parking brake) red alert ap-
pears.
▶ Apply the parking brake.
▶ If the bus is parked on a gradient,
chock the wheels as an additional
safeguard.
M42_00-0446-01
▶ Pull release ring (1.1) out of detent
position (b) and move hand lever (1)
towards released position (a) as far
as the stop.
▶ Observe the pressure reading for
the supply pressure. With sufficient
supply pressure, the parking brake
will disengage.
◁ Indicator lamp (1) goes out.
▽ If the indicator lamp does not
go out even if there is sufficient
supply pressure available:
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service
Partner.
Manual emergency braking
In the event of manual emergency braking
by use of the parking brake, the braking
forces act only on the drive wheels. ABS

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 173

Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description
would not be active and there would be an
increased risk of skidding.
Manual emergency braking should be
used only in the event of failure of both
brake circuits with the purpose of avoid-
ing serious harm or damage caused by an
accident.
For as long as the hand lever is not en-
gaged, its position can be used to moder-
ate the braking force. This requires the full
attention of the driver.
M42_00-0446-01
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with brake and assist-
ance systems ( → page 168).
174 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Pull release ring (1.1) up, hold it the “Parking brake emergency release
firmly at all times and keep it from device” section.
engaging. ● Manual emergency release of the
▶ Move hand lever (1) slowly towards parking brake.
applied position (b). Hold it firmly
The bus must be secured against rolling
at all times and guide it with careful
away.
control.
◁ The braking force varies with the Note
position of the hand lever. The
A manual emergency release of a brake
closer to the applied position
system may be carried out only by a
(b) it is moved, the stronger the
specialist. This impaired function would
braking effect will be.
▶ Guide the hand lever and keep it from seriously jeopardise the operating safety
snapping back into released position and reliability of the bus.
(a).
Emergency release of the parking
brake
Without sufficient pressure, the parking
brake cannot be released in the normal
way. A release is possible by:
● For notes on charging from an ex-
ternal compressed‐air connection,
refer to the “Practical advice” section.
● For notes on the emergency release
of the parking brake by automatic
emergency release device, refer to

Parking brake emergency release
device
If the compressed-air supply for the park-
ing brake is defective, it is possible to
release the parking brake using the emer-
gency release device: The emergency re-
lease device is combined with the parking
brake valve and is operated in exactly the
same way as the normal parking brake
(1). The valve automatically switches over
to the air reserve for the emergency re-
lease device and the spring cylinders are
released.
Warning
Risk of accident and injury from un-
intended movement and unauthorised
operation of the vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.
Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description
▶ On steep uphill and downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure.
Warning of damage to property
The parking brake spring cylinders
require a release pressure of 5.8 to
6.4 bar. At low supply pressures, there
is a risk that the brake may not be
fully released, that the friction pads
M42.00-0848-71
may make slight contact while the bus
is in motion and that the brake may
be subjected to unnecessarily high Function description: bus stop brake
thermal loads. When the parking brake is The bus stop brake acts on the wheels of
released, the corresponding icon on the all axles. It consumes less compressed
display screen must go out. air than the parking brake and can be re-
leased faster, but it has a weaker braking
effect.
Note
Due to its reduced braking power, the
bus stop brake is not suitable for use on
uphill or downhill gradients steeper than
15%. The additional use of the parking
brake will be required.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 175
Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description
The bus stop brake function is not avail-
able unless the on‐board power supply is
switched on. If the battery is disconnec-
ted from the on‐board power supply, the
bus stop brake will also be deactivated.
Operating the bus stop brake
Operation
Danger
Risk of injury from unintended move-
ment and unauthorised operation of the
vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.
▶ On steep uphill or downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure.
176 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Precondition:
● Bus stationary.
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with brake and assist-
ance systems ( → page 168).
▶ Press the bus stop brake pushbutton.
◁ All wheels are braked with a re-
duced pressure.
Haltestellen-
bremse aktiv
◁ The “Bus stop brake applied”
symbol appears on the display.
04003 ab-
fahrbereit
◁ The “Ready to depart” icon is
displayed if the bus stop brake
can be released by means of the
accelerator pedal.
Note
If the icon is not displayed, the im-
mobiliser is still active (e.g. open
door, extended lift).
▶ Depress the accelerator pedal.
◁ The “bus stop brake” function is
deactivated again and the icons
on the display screen go out.
Note
In an emergency, it is possible
to release the bus stop brake
using a dedicated switch, which
is fitted with a tamper‐evident
seal (refer to “Bus stop brake
emergency release switch”
( → page 455) in the “Practical
advice” section).
Immobiliser (option)
If the bus is equipped with an immobiliser,
the bus stop brake will be activated as
soon as a door is opened.

Function description: hillholder
The hillholder acts on the wheels of all
axles. It brakes all wheels with the pres-
sure that the driver applied using the
brake pedal with the bus stationary.
The hillholder function is not available
unless the on‐board power supply
is switched on. If the battery is
disconnected from the on‐board power
supply, the hillholder will also be
deactivated.
Operating the hillholder
Danger
Risk of injury from unintended move-
ment and unauthorised operation of the
vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
Brake systems, operation and function description
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.
▶ On steep uphill or downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure.
▶ Also apply the parking brake if the
driver's area is going to be vacated.
Preconditions:
● Bus stationary.
● Seat belt in the driver's area fastened.
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with brake and assist-
ance systems ( → page 168).
▶ Press the hillholder pushbutton.
◁ The “Hillholder applied” symbol
appears on the display.
◁ The hillholder has been activated.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver's area controls
Retarder
Function description
The retarder acts directly on the drive
train for virtually wear‐free braking.
The effect is proportional to driving speed.
The braking power of the retarder de-
creases with decreasing speed.
Some assistance systems rely on the re-
tarder to reduce the speed of the vehicle.
If more brake energy is converted into
heat in the retarder than can be dissip-
ated, the retarder could overheat. A warn-
ing message is displayed on the display
screen.
The retarder and engine brake are also
referred to as the continuous brake.
Operation
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with brake and assist-
ance systems ( → page 168).
177
Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description
Use of the retarder on a downhill
gradient
On long or steep descents, the mass of
the vehicle causes a continuous increase
in driving speed.
On very long and steep descents, the
brake systems are required to manage a
great amount of kinetic energy. This could
lead to overheating of the continuous
brake.
To protect the continuous brake, braking
power is reduced by the system if there
is a threat of overheating. A warning mes-
sage appears on the display screen.
Danger
Risk of accident from loss of control
over the vehicle caused by exceeding
the permissible maximum speed.
▶ Brake the vehicle to the permissible
speed.
▶ Select a lower gear to make use of
the engine braking effect.
▶ In the lead up to the descent, reduce
speed and select a lower gear.
178 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ If necessary, use the service brake to
avoid overheating.
Activation by combination switch
M54.00-1897-72
The retarder is activated by the right‐hand
combination switch, with a number of
stages available.
▶ 1st stage: Press the combination
switch downwards out of “zero” po-
sition (5) to the first detent, which is
“stage 1” position (5.1).
▶ For a more powerful braking effect,
move the combination switch down-
wards; to cancel the braking effect,
move the combination switch up-
wards.
Activation by brake pedal
With slight operation of the service brake
pedal, the braking effect is initially
provided by the retarder and only
afterwards by the service brake.
▶ To activate the retarder, depress the
brake pedal only a little.
◁ The indicator lamp in the display
instrument lights up.
Deactivating the retarder function of
the brake pedal (option)
It is possible to deactivate the pedal‐
activated retarder function.
 Driver's area controls
Brake systems, operation and function description

The following remain operational:
● activation by combination switch and
● functioning of assistance systems.
Note
The retarder will be reactivated at the
next engine start.
◁ The “Pedal-activated retarder Active safety systems
OFF” indicator lamp in the display
The bus is equipped with a multitude of
instrument lights up.
modern driving assistance systems de-
signed to support the driver.
Note
Depending on the version, the push- These are described in detail in the “As-
sistance systems” ( → page 232) section.
button may be dual‐function with:
upper section “ESP off”; lower sec-
tion “Retarder off” → refer to the “At
a glance” section.

Limit of capability
Some assistance systems, e.g. cruise
control, use the retarder function. If the
retarder becomes too hot, a warning mes-
sage appears on the display screen and
retarder power is reduced.
Depending on the driving situation, the
driver should compensate for the loss of
M54.00-1946-71
braking effect by actively intervening.
▶ Press “Retarder off” pushbutton (1) to
deactivate the retarder function.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 179

Driver's area controls
Master safety switch (emergency-off switch, option)

Master safety switch (emergency-off

switch, option)
When master safety switch (1) is oper-
ated, the engine is switched off if running.
The tachograph, instrument cluster (op-
tion), interior lighting and roof hatches re-
main operational. Operate the emergency-
off switch by pressing the red knob. Un-
lock the switch by turning the red knob
anti-clockwise.
M54.00-2123-71
Warning
Risk of accident from a loss of power
steering assistance and deactivation of
assistance systems.
▶ Do not operate the emergency‐off
switch unless a danger exists and
only with the bus stationary.

180 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Air suspension safety precautions

Air suspension safety precautions chassis and at the rear axle. These stop
buffers are unladen when the suspension
Warning is at normal level and are intended only to
Risk of accident and injury caused by prevent the body of the vehicle from drop-
restricted suspension performance or a ping onto the axle in the event of extreme
defect in the air suspension. suspension compression. The stop buffers
are not designed for permanent loading
▶ If the suspension becomes depres- and cannot be used as a replacement for
surised, drive on no faster than the normal suspension under any circum-
walking pace and only as far as the stances. The bodywork could otherwise
nearest lay‐by or OMNIplus Service suffer damage (cracks, etc.).
Partner.
▶ Before work is carried out on the air
suspension system, always underpin
the bodywork by placing jacks and
stands at the designated points.
▶ Do not drive any faster than walking
pace with the bus raised or lowered.
The forward section of the chassis and the
locating components of the driven axle
have been structurally designed in such
a way as to ensure that the bus remains
manoeuvrable when the suspension air
bags have been depressurised.
In this condition, the full weight of the
vehicle body is supported by the stop buf-
fers fitted at the forward section of the

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 181

Driver's area controls
Raising and lowering the bus
Raising and lowering the bus
A kneeling function makes it easier for
passengers to embark. When activated,
the bus is lowered on the door side or
at the front axle. Kneeling cannot be ac-
tivated unless the bus is travelling at a
speed of below 5 km/h. The immobiliser
is activated automatically.
To increase the approach angle, e.g. for
driving onto ferry ramps or into tight hair-
pin turns, it is possible to raise the bus
above normal level.
▶ Observe the safety precautions in the
“Air suspension safety precautions”
( → page 181) section.
Preconditions:
● Ignition switched on.
● Bus stationary.
● Doors closed.
● Operating pressure > 6.5 bar.
● Level control ready for operation.
182 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning
Risk of injury to persons under or im-
mediately next to the vehicle while the
vehicle is lowering.
▶ Do not lower the vehicle until it has
been made certain that no persons
are present under the vehicle and no
persons could become trapped.
Warning
Risk of accident from the increased
vehicle height with the bus raised.
▶ Do not exceed the maximum per-
missible vehicle height when driving
with the bus raised above normal
level.
▶ Observe national rules and require-
ments and check headroom clear-
ances.
▶ To raise or lower, press the upper
or lower section of the pushbutton
respectively.
◁ The suspension air bags are de-
flated or inflated and the body-
work is lowered or raised by
70 mm respectively.
◁ The corresponding symbol ap-
pears on the instrument cluster
display screen.
▶ To cancel or reverse the raising or
lowering movement, press the “Nor-
mal level” ( → page 184) pushbutton.
Note
The bus automatically returns to
normal level at a speed of over
30 km/h.
Note
If the bus is driven at a speed of
over 95 km/h continuously for
20 seconds, the front axle and rear
axle will be lowered by 20 mm. The
bus automatically returns to normal
 Driver's area controls
Raising and lowering the bus

level as soon as the speed of travel

falls below 70 km/h.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 183

Driver's area controls
Kneeling and normal level

Kneeling and normal level

Preconditions:
● Ignition switched on.
● Bus stationary.
● Doors closed.
● Operating pressure > 6.5 bar.
● Level control ready for operation.
Kneeling
To make it easier for passengers to em-
bark and disembark, the bus will lower at
the front right whenever the front board-
ing door is opened with kneeling activ-
ated.
▶ Press the lower section of the push-
button to lower the bus at the front
right.

Normal level
▶ Press the upper section of the push-
button to return the bus to normal
level.

184 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Activating/deactivating the axle load transfer for the trailing axle (3-axle buses only)
Activating/deactivating the axle load
transfer for the trailing axle (3-axle
buses only)
M54.00-1947-71
▶ The axle load transfer of the trailing
axle is activated by pressing pushbut-
ton (1) in the driver's area.
Note
The axle load transfer (pull‐away aid) is
primarily used in the winter for pulling
away or for reversing in wintry road con-
ditions. Tyre contact pressure at the
driven axle is increased because the
load on the trailing axle is reduced.
Driver's area controls
Note
When the function is activated, the sup-
ply of compressed air to the suspension
air bags on the trailing axle is interrup-
ted. The suspension air bags are then
vented of air by an overflow valve.
Note
The pull‐away aid cannot be activated
unless the ignition is switched on and
M54.00-1947-71
the bus is travelling at a speed of below
20 km/h. ▶ To deactivate the pull-away aid, press
rocker switch (1) again.
Note
Note
Whenever ASR intervenes, the pull‐away
aid is activated automatically. The pull‐away aid will be cancelled if
the air pressure in the suspension air
bags of the driven axle exceeds 7 bar
while the bus is in motion and the axle
load relief function is active. The load on
the suspension air bags is restored to
◁ When the pull-away aid is active, the normal balance.
LED lights up in the pushbutton and
the “Pull-away aid active” symbol
appears on the display screen.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 185
Driver's area controls
Activating/deactivating the axle load transfer for the trailing axle (3-axle buses only)

Note
Similarly, the pull‐away aid is deactiv-
ated as soon as the bus exceeds 30
km/h.

186 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Important information on the steer-
ing system
Warning
Risk of accident from failure of the
power steering and the much greater
effort that would then be needed to
steer.
▶ Drive the vehicle with increased
caution to the nearest lay‐by or
OMNIplus Service Partner.
▶ Have the malfunction rectified by an
OMNIplus Service Partner without
delay.
The dimensions of the steering system
and the mechanical steering transmis-
sion ratio were designed such that, in the
event of a malfunction in the hydraulic
power steering system, the effort required
to turn the steering wheel would not ex-
ceed a specific value deemed by legislat-
ors to be the maximum reasonable force.
For vehicles weighing over 12 t, this max-
imum operating force is 450 N (400 N
for vehicles between 3.5 t and 12 t) ap-
plied to the steering wheel rim in the
Driver's area controls
Important information on the steering system
straight‐ahead position. This force must
be sufficient to achieve a turning circle
with a radius of 20 m at a road speed of
approximately 10 km/h. No more than
6 seconds may elapse between the start
of turning and the moment the 20 m ra-
dius is achieved.
The driver must be aware that, in the
event of a sudden failure in the power
steering (e.g. due to a pump drive mal-
function), the bus will remain steerable
but considerably more effort will be re-
quired.
Since there is an extremely low probab-
ility of this situation occurring ‐ but if it
does occur, it often does so completely
unexpectedly ‐ the driver could wrongly
assume that the steering system has been
blocked. However, the bus does remain
steerable provided the driver applies the
necessary force.
This important information is intended to
clarify the scenario described and prevent
the driver from possibly misjudging the
situation.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 187
Driver's area controls
Turning the steering wheel when the bus is stationary

Turning the steering wheel when the Warning of damage to property

bus is stationary
Never have more than one person turn
▶ Observe the instructions and informa- the steering wheel. Do not pull the steer-
tion. ing wheel on one side only.

Note Note
To prevent damage to the steering We urge workshops in particular to ob-
column, the following points must be serve these instructions.
observed when turning the steering
wheel with the bus stationary, without
hydraulic support (engine switched off)
and without a turntable under the front
wheels (tyres in direct contact with the
ground):
▶ Release the steering wheel adjuster
and push the steering wheel fully
down. Lock the steering wheel ad-
juster in place. Turn the steering
wheel using both hands placed apart
at an angle of between 90° and 180°.

188 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver's area controls
Switching on the panorama camera (option)

Switching on the panorama camera

(option)

▶ Switch on the panorama camera us-

ing this switch. An image of the area
to the front of the bus is displayed on
the monitors inside the bus.

M82.00-0122-71

▶ There must be no objects positioned

between the windscreen and camera
(1).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 189

Driver's area controls

190 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Contents

Driver’s seat safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Adjusting the co-driver's seat and fastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Adjusting a passenger seat, fastening the seat belt, removing and fitting squabs and head restraints . . . . 201
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Passenger seat service set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 191

Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Driver’s seat safety precautions
Driver’s seat safety precautions
Stowing items in the driver's area
It is essential that the following instruc-
tions be observed:
● Stow items only in the compartments
provided.
● Hang coats on the coat hook.
Danger
Risk of fatal injury due to the reduced
deformation zone in the event of an acci-
dent. In the event of a frontal collision,
the driver's seat is designed to shift
backwards up to 20 cm to protect the
driver from injuries caused by the steer-
ing column.
▶ Do not store items, bags, blankets
or jackets behind the driver's seat.
▶ Use stowage compartments.
192 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning
Risk of accident from restricted pedal
travel or pedal obstructions caused by
items in the driver's footwell.
▶ Check the freedom of movement of
the pedals.
▶ Make sure that carpets or floormats
are adequately secured.
▶ Do not lay multiple floormats or
carpets on top of each other.
▶ Do not store any items in the
driver's footwell.
▶ Do not store any items next to or
behind the seat.
▶ Use stowage compartments.
Operation and use
Notes on operation must be read before
use.
Warning
Risk of accident from an unintended
change of seat position during seat ad-
justment. The accelerator and brake
pedals could then be out of reach, un-
controlled steering movements could
occur.
▶ Adjust the driver's seat to the cor-
rect position before the start of the
journey.
▶ Correct the seat position always
with the bus stationary and the park-
ing brake applied.
▶ Ensure familiarity with operation of
the driver's seat before the start of a
journey.
▶ Adjust all mirrors before the start of a
journey.
Note
The following descriptions provide a brief
overview of the control elements. The
manufacturer's operating instructions
provided must be observed in all cases.

Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt
Adjusting the driver's seat and
fastening the seat belt Note
Relieve load on backrest, pull
Grammer driver's seat controls lever upwards, move into
required position and release
lever.
2 Lateral support adjustment
Note
Individually adjustable lateral
support by two compressed‐air
chambers. (+): chamber fills
up, (−): chamber empties
3 Lumbar support (upper cham-
ber)
Note
(+): chamber fills up,
(−): chamber empties.
4 Lumbar support (lower chamber)
M91.00-0017-02
1 Backrest adjustment Note
(+): chamber fills up,
(−): chamber empties.
5 Height adjustment
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Note
Pull lever up = upwards
adjustment, press lever down =
downwards adjustment.
6 Damper setting
Note
The damper setting is infinitely
variable between soft and hard.
7 Rapid lowering
8 Seat belt buckle
9 Seat heating/seat climate con-
trol (option)
10 Seat squab angle adjustment
Note
Lean forwards away from the
backrest. Pull button upwards.
The seat angle can now be
adjusted.
11 Seat squab depth adjustment
193
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt

Note
Pull button upwards. The seat
squab can now be adjusted.
12 Driver's seat fore‐and‐aft adjust-
ment

Note
Pull lever upwards. The
seat can now be slid in the
longitudinal direction.

194 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt

ISRI 6860/875 driver's seat controls

(option)

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 195

Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt
1 Driver's seat fore‐and‐aft adjust-
ment
Note
Pull lever upwards: The
seat can now be slid in the
longitudinal direction.
2 Tilt adjustment
Note
Pull the handle up: the tilt
angle can be adjusted by
applying load on or relieving
load from the forward section
of the seat squab.
3 Seat squab depth adjustment
Note
Pull the lever up and slide
the seat squab forwards/
backwards. Engage the seat
squab again.
4 Heater
196 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Note
Thermostatically controlled
seat squab and backrest
heating.
5 Lowering
Note
Lower the seat by pressing the
rocker switch down. Move the
seat to the adjusted height by
pressing the rocker switch up.
6 Damper adjustment
Note
Handle up = minimum
damping. Handle down =
maximum damping.
7 Height adjustment
Note
Pull or press the handle and
adjust the seat to the desired
height.
8 Lumbar support
Note
Press the buttons to charge or
discharge the respective air
chambers.
9 Swivel release mechanism
10 Backrest adjustment
Note
Pull the handle up and move
the backrest to the desired
position.
11 Shoulder adjustment
Note
Pull the handle up and move
the upper half of the backrest
to the desired position.
12 Armrests
Note
The armrest can be adjusted
to any angle using the knurled
knob.

Using the seat belt on the driver's
seat
Fastening the seat belt
By law, the seat belt must be worn while
the bus is in motion (Section 21a of the
German road traffic regulations (StVO)).
The rules and regulations of the country
in which the vehicle is operated must be
observed.
The seat model that was fitted during
production has an integrated belt system.
Consequently, the user information and
instructions apply only to the factory‐
fitted belts.
Note
The driver has a duty to remind all oc-
cupants before departure of their oblig-
ation to wear a seat belt and, if neces-
sary, to provide assistance to ensure
that the seat belt is used correctly.
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt
▶ Keep the belt away from sharp
edges and chafe points.
▶ The belt must run freely in order for
its restraint function to work in an
emergency.
▶ Pass the seat belt untwisted and
tightly over the pelvis and shoulder.
▶ Insert the tongue securely into the
belt buckle and listen for engage-
ment.
M91.00-0059-71
Danger
Risk of fatal injury from incorrect use
of a seat belt.
▶ Each seat belt must be used by only
one person at a time.
▶ Fasten belts in accordance with the
instructions and check that they are
correctly secured.
▶ Do not carry hard or fragile objects
M91.00-0060-71
in clothing.
▶ Remove bulky clothing before the
▶ Adjust the seat belt to fit the body.
belt is fastened. ▶ Check the seat position, adjust if ne-
cessary, observe the safety precau-
tions for the driver. ( → page 192)
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 197
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting the driver's seat and fastening the seat belt

Releasing the seat belt

▶ Press the red button on the belt
buckle.
▶ Assist the inertia reel by feeding the
seat belt back.

198 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Adjusting the co-driver's seat and
fastening the seat belt
Folding the co-driver's seat up/down
Bus escorts/tour guides
The co‐driver's seat may be occupied only
by driving crew and their escort (tour
guide) or other persons with an equival-
ent legal entitlement. Occupation by any
other person is prohibited by law.
The seat belt must be worn when the co‐
driver's seat is occupied.
The co‐driver's seat cushion cannot be
engaged in the horizontal position. When
the occupant stands up, it swings back
into the folded‐up position to allow clear
passage.
Adjusting the co-driver's seat and fastening the seat belt
M91.00-0052-71
▶ Press catch lever (1) in the direction
of the arrow
▶ and fold the seat surface down by
grab handle (2).
▶ Hold the seat surface down with one
hand and sit down.
Note
Whenever the seat is vacated, the seat
surface swings back up into its original
position immediately. Be sure to fold the
seat surface down before sitting back
down.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Using the seat belt on the co-driver's
seat
Fastening the seat belt
By law, the seat belt must be worn while
the bus is in motion (Section 21a of the
German road traffic regulations (StVO)).
The rules and regulations of the country
in which the vehicle is operated must be
observed.
The seat model that was fitted during
production has an integrated belt system.
Consequently, the user information and
instructions apply only to the factory‐
fitted belts.
199
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting the co-driver's seat and fastening the seat belt

▶ Keep the belt away from sharp

edges and chafe points.
▶ The belt must run freely in order for
its restraint function to work in an
emergency.
▶ Pass the seat belt untwisted and
tightly over the pelvis and shoulder.
▶ Insert the tongue securely into the
belt buckle and listen for engage-
ment.
M91.00-0059-71 Releasing the seat belt
Danger
▶ Press the red button on the belt
buckle.
Risk of fatal injury from incorrect use ▶ Assist the inertia reel by feeding the
of a seat belt. seat belt back.
▶ Each seat belt must be used by only
one person at a time.
▶ Fasten belts in accordance with the
instructions and check that they are
correctly secured.
▶ Do not carry hard or fragile objects
in clothing.
▶ Remove bulky clothing before the
belt is fastened.

200 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Adjusting a passenger seat, fastening the seat belt, removing and fitting squabs and head restraints
Adjusting a passenger seat, fastening
the seat belt, removing and fitting
squabs and head restraints
Adjusting the passenger seats
Backrest
M91.00-0046-71
The backrests of the seats on the aisle
and window side can be tilted backwards.
There are several possible positions for
the backrest between the vertical starting
position and the fully tilted position.
▶ Aisle side: Operate the rear section of
rocker (1) or
▶ Window side: Pull back small black
lever (3) between the seat squab and
vehicle wall and
▶ while the backrest is released, push
back on the backrest with your upper
body.
▶ Release the rocker or lever when the
backrest is in the desired position.
◁ The backrest engages in this
position.
Sideways adjustment of aisle-side
seats
The aisle‐side seats can be moved side-
ways towards the aisle, increasing the
space between these seats and their
neighbouring seat.
▶ Operate the front section of rocker
(2) and
▶ at the same time, slide the seat to-
wards the centre aisle. Release the
rocker when the seat is in the desired
position.
◁ The seat engages in this position.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Folding the armrests up and down
The seats on the aisle side are equipped
with an armrest on the same side as the
centre aisle. Armrests for the window
seats are fitted between the seats as an
option.
▶ Folding up on the aisle side: Fold
armrest (4) up, it engages in the limit
position.
▶ Folding down on the aisle side: Grasp
armrest (4) by the arm support and
lift it slightly. Then carefully fold it
down.
▶ Window side: Fold the armrest up or
down as required.
Note
Before the seat is vacated, fold the arm-
rests down and reduce the gap from the
neighbouring seat. Move the backrests
to the upright position. This makes it
easier for everyone to disembark.
201
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting a passenger seat, fastening the seat belt, removing and fitting squabs and head restraints
Using the seat belt on a passenger
seat
Fastening the seat belt
By law, the seat belt must be worn while
the bus is in motion (Section 21a of the
German road traffic regulations (StVO)).
The rules and regulations of the country
in which the vehicle is operated must be
observed.
The seat model that was fitted during
production has an integrated belt system.
Consequently, the user information and
instructions apply only to the factory‐
fitted belts.
202 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Keep the belt away from sharp
edges and chafe points.
▶ The belt must run freely in order for
its restraint function to work in an
emergency.
▶ Pass the seat belt untwisted and
tightly over the pelvis.
▶ Insert the tongue securely into the
belt buckle and listen for engage-
ment.
M91.00-0061-71 Releasing the seat belt
▶ Press the red button on the belt
Danger
buckle.
Risk of fatal injury from incorrect use ▶ Assist the inertia reel by feeding the
of a seat belt. seat belt back.
▶ Each seat belt must be used by only
one person at a time.
▶ Fasten belts in accordance with the
instructions and check that they are
correctly secured.
▶ Do not carry hard or fragile objects
in clothing.
▶ Remove bulky clothing before the
belt is fastened.
 Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Adjusting a passenger seat, fastening the seat belt, removing and fitting squabs and head restraints

Removing a seat squab Removing a head restraint (Ambas-

sador seating)

M91.00-0047-71

▶ To remove the seat squab, grasp the

front of the seat squab with both
hands and pull upwards. Then pull
the squab in the direction of travel
and out of the guide and remove it
upwards.
M91.00-0057-72
Fitting a seat squab 1. Fully insert the tool into lock (1) and
▶ Lift the seat squab at the front slightly pull the head restraint out.
and slide the rear into the guide as 2. Remove the head restraint.
far as the stop. Press the front of 3. To fit, insert the head restraint until it
the seat squab down until you hear engages.
it engage.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 203

Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility
Carriage of persons with reduced
mobility
Reduced mobility
Persons with reduced mobility rely on
varying levels of assistance, depending on
the nature and severity of the impairment.
Impairments of a physical nature could
relate to:
● Movement or coordination.
● Effective muscular strength (e.g. safe
holding when standing).
● Sensory functions (e.g. vision).
The reason for such conditions could be
a disease or a previous accident, or even
the natural ageing of the person.
By communicating with the passenger or
the travel companion, the driver can find
out more about the type and extent of the
assistance that needs to be provided.
● Which areas of the vehicle are ac-
cessible for the passenger?
● To what extent does the passenger
need help with luggage and other
personal items?
204 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
● Does the passenger need help with
boarding or alighting?
● Is the passenger accompanied by a
travel companion who can offer the
driver some assistance?
● Is the passenger accompanied by an
assistance dog that will also need a
space?
Carriage of persons with rollators
Some persons with reduced mobility need
the rollator to get around safely on foot
and can use it as a seat to rest on. For
this reason, they might sit on their rollator
out of habit even when they are travelling
by bus.
Even if the rollator is parked with the
brakes applied, it has no connection
with the vehicle floor and would be
displaced under the forces of powerful
vehicle movements. The rollator therefore
constitutes a hazard for the passenger
and must not be used as a seat while the
bus is in motion.
▶ Make sure that even passengers with
rollators sit only on proper passenger
seats.
▶ Help passengers to find the desig-
nated seats intended for them.
Carriage of pushchairs
Infants and toddlers have not yet reached
the developmental age at which they are
able to secure themselves safely on their
own. Carriage on a normal passenger
seat without an adapted restraint system
cannot be recommended. In the event of
panic braking, the forces acting on the
child would reach such a level that even
an adult would no longer be capable of
restraining the child. Infants and toddlers
should be transported strapped into their
pushchair.
Even if the pushchair is parked with the
brakes applied, it has no connection with
the vehicle floor and would be displaced
under the forces of powerful vehicle
movements.

▶ Make sure that the pushchair is
placed as flush as possible against
the sidewall of the bus.
▶ Make sure that the brakes of the
pushchair are applied.
M86.00-0521-71
▶ The travel companion sits on folding
seat (2) and secures the pushchair.
Securement of wheelchairs
Carriage of wheelchair users
All vehicles and buses used for the car-
riage of persons in a wheelchair can be
equipped with special restraint installa-
tions.
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility
Observe national laws, rules and require-
ments.
Carriage of wheelchair passengers
Persons with reduced mobility are often
capable of using the passenger seats,
which means that the wheelchair can be
carried separately.
Note
Having the wheelchair user transfer
to a passenger seat is preferable to
allowing the user to remain seated in a
regular wheelchair. From a design point
of view, the passenger seat offers better
protection in critical traffic situations.
To reach a sound decision, it helps to ask
this question: Has the form and padding
of the wheelchair been specially made for
this person? Often, this kind of custom-
isation is required when the person needs
the wheelchair to sit up safely, e.g. due to
a lack of upper body stability. A passenger
seat would then be unsuitable for this par-
ticular person.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons on a passenger
seat
For the safe carriage of persons with re-
duced mobility, it is necessary to know
the particular needs of the individual pas-
senger.
The driver should obtain information with
the following questions:
● Which areas of the vehicle can the
passenger reach without a wheel-
chair?
● If the wheelchair can be carried in the
luggage compartment: Is it collapsible
and, if so, how? Is there anything that
should or should not be done to avoid
damage?
● For longer journeys, take into consid-
eration:
■ Seat selection to cater for
legroom and motion sickness.
■ Frequency of breaks, e.g. to visit
the lavatory or because of an
assistance dog.
■ Seat for a travel companion or a
space for an assistance dog.
205
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility
Carriage of wheelchair users
All vehicles and buses used for the car-
riage of persons in a wheelchair can be
equipped with special restraint systems.
Laws, regulations, rules and requirements
may vary from country to country.
In the securement of wheelchairs, a dis-
tinction is made between:
● Wheelchair facing opposite the direc-
tion of travel, where there is little or
no means of securing the wheelchair.
● Wheelchair facing in the direction
of travel, where the wheelchair is
secured to the floor rails via its force
nodes.
206 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Wheelchair facing opposite the direc-
tion of travel Warning
Risk of injury for all vehicle occupants
caused by inadvertent movement of the
wheelchair while the bus is in motion.
▶ Always secure the wheelchair using
the restraint system provided.
▶ Safely secure the person in the
wheelchair.
M86.00-0520-71
Some vehicles have a special rear‐facing
containment backrest. It offers greater
protection for the wheelchair passenger
thanks to its padded surface.
If no padded backrest is present, use the
folding seat in the centre of the vehicle as
the backrest instead.
M86.00-0521-71
▶ Position the backrest of the wheel-
chair flush against the backrest sur-
face or raised folding seat (2). If
neither of these is available, position

the wheelchair flush against the rear
side of the seat row in front.
▶ Secure the wheelchair using the
wheelchair parking brake. In the case
of powered variants, engage the elec-
tric drive (driving mode).
▶ If an additional seat belt (1) is fitted
in the vehicle, this must be used.
▶ Pass the seat belt untwisted and
tightly over the pelvis. There must
be no parts of the wheelchair frame
on the inside of the seat belt, e.g.
armrests or wheels.
▶ Otherwise, fasten the retaining strap
of the wheelchair. It is not a sub-
stitute for the seat belt fitted in the
vehicle.
Danger
Risk of fatal injury from incorrect use
of a seat belt.
▶ Each seat belt must be used by only
one person at a time.
▶ Fasten belts in accordance with the
instructions and check that they are
correctly secured.
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility
▶ Do not carry hard or fragile objects Wheelchair facing in the direction of
in clothing. travel
▶ Remove bulky clothing before the
belt is fastened.
▶ Keep the belt away from sharp
edges and chafe points.
▶ The belt must run freely in order for
its restraint function to work in an
emergency.
▶ When the belt buckle is fastened,
make sure that the tongue audibly
and securely engages.
M86.00-0522-71
The wheelchair is secured to the floor rails
by the 4‐point wheelchair restraint system
(1), (2) and (4).
The necessary floor rails (3) and (5) must
already be fitted in the vehicle.
▶ Before use, ensure familiarity with
operation of the 4-point of the wheel-
chair restraint system.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 207
Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility

Component parts of the 4-point

wheelchair restraint system

208 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility

1 Lap belt part 1, with connection

for the diagonal belt
1a Belt buckle tongue for diagonal
belt
2 Lap belt part 2
3 Front tensioning straps
3a Red button for releasing the belt
tensioner
3b Belt buckle for fastening to the
force node
M86.00-0524-71 M86.00-0525-71
4 Rear tensioning straps with
Special anchor points (force nodes) are Optimum routing of the tensioning straps:
rotary handle.
marked on the wheelchair. Only wheel- ● Extending to the front and rear: Width
4a Rotary handle chairs equipped with force nodes (see of the wheelchair frame plus 5° to
5 Diagonal belt for attaching to illustration) can be safely secured by the 10° outwards.
load‐bearing window pillar (op- 4‐point wheelchair restraint system.
tion) In some countries, these anchor points
are not fitted to a wheelchair as standard
and need to be retrofitted.
Securing wheelchairs using the 4-
point wheelchair restraint system
When the 4‐point wheelchair restraint
system is used, the wheelchair faces in
the direction of travel.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 209

Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility
M86.00-0528-71
● NEVER tie down the tensioning straps
diagonally across each other.
210 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M86.00-0526-71
Optimum routing of the tensioning straps:
● Side view: Rear tensioning strap 30°
to 45° from the horizontal, with the
larger angle preferred.
● Side view: Front tensioning strap 45°
to 60° from the horizontal.
M86.00-0527-71
● NEVER tie the front and rear tension-
ing straps to each other or diagonally
across each other.
▶ Position the wheelchair facing in
the direction of travel and centrally
between the floor rails. Leave suffi-
cient space to the front for the pas-
senger's feet.
▶ Check whether the parking brake
has been applied, as this must be
released. In the case of powered
variants, the gearbox must be dis-
engaged.
 Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility

M86.00-0529-71 M86.00-0530-71 M86.00-0531-71

▶ Engage the front tensioning straps
in the floor rails to the front of the
wheelchair.
▶ Press red button (3a) underneath the
belt reel and pull out the tie-down
belt.
▶ Feed the belt buckle tongue through
the front anchor points (force nodes)
and clip it into belt buckle (3b). Make
sure that the belt is routed untwisted.
▶ If a force node with belt buckle
tongue is fitted, do not feed the
tensioning strap through but clip it
directly into belt buckle (3b) of the
tensioning strap instead.
▶ Press red button (3a) underneath the
belt reel to take up the slack on the
tie-down belt.
▶ Engage the rear tensioning straps
in the floor rails to the rear of the
wheelchair.
▶ Press the red button underneath the
belt reel and pull out the tie-down
belt.
▶ Feed the belt buckle tongue through
the rear anchor points (force nodes)
and clip it into the belt buckle.
▶ If a force node with belt buckle
tongue is fitted, do not feed the
tensioning strap through but clip it
directly into the belt buckle of the
tensioning strap instead.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 211

Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility

▶ Press the red button underneath the
belt reel to take up the slack on the
tie-down belt.
▶ Tension further using rotary handle
(4a).
that is nearer to the outside of the
vehicle.
▶ Pass the seat belt untwisted and
tightly over the pelvis. Pass the lap
belts through between the backrest
and the armrests/wheels. There must
be NO parts of the wheelchair frame
on the inside of the seat belt.

M86.00-0532-71

▶ Clip the belt buckle of lap belt (1) M86.00-0534-71

onto the belt buckle tongue of the ▶ Guide the diagonal belt (optional) over
rear tensioning strap. Choose the the shoulder untwisted.
side that is nearer to the centre of the
vehicle.
▶ Clip the belt buckle of lap belt (2)
onto the belt buckle tongue of the
rear tensioning strap. Choose the side

212 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Carriage of persons with reduced mobility

M86.00-0533-71

▶ Clip the belt buckle of diagonal belt

(5) onto the unused belt buckle
tongue (1a) of the lap belt.
Pre-drive check
● Are all fastening points on the floor
rails engaged?
● Are the tensioning straps running
straight and are they taut?
● Are all belt buckles clipped in?
● Do the lap belt and diagonal belt lie
straight and close against the body?
● Is the passenger sitting upright?
● Have removable and loose parts been
safely stowed?

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 213

Driver’s seat/passenger seats
Passenger seat service set

Passenger seat service set 1 Reading lamp pushbutton

2 Reading lamp
3 Lamp lens
4 Ventilation grille
5 Ventilation grille regulator
6 Service call pushbutton (option)

214 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Gearshift system and transmission
Contents

Description of the GO 250-8 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Safety precautions for the GO 250-8 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Selector lever for GO 250-8 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Failsafe mode for GO 250-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 215

Gearshift system and transmission
Description of the GO 250-8 transmission
Description of the GO 250-8 trans-
mission
The GO 250‐8 transmission is adapted to
the engine by a dry clutch. As the clutch is
controlled automatically by the transmis-
sion system, there is no need for a clutch
pedal.
Gears are shifted and the clutch is oper-
ated electropneumatically. An electronics
unit attached to the transmission controls
the valves of the pneumatic actuating cyl-
inders at the gear, gate and clutch.
The direction of travel is selected by
means of the right‐hand combination
switch. The speed of the vehicle is then
controlled by use of the accelerator and
brake pedals. Advantage: The driver is
relieved of having to change gear and use
a clutch.
Using the selector lever on the steering
column, the driver can choose between
automatic and manual gear selection.
Manual gear selection should, however,
only be used in special cases, e.g. to
brake the bus or when driving over moun-
tainous terrain. Automatic mode should
216 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
be used for all normal driving conditions. The system has a failsafe mode that can
In automatic mode, 2 shift programs are be activated in the event of a fault in the
available: “Basic” and “Dynamic”. The “Ba- transmission shift system. In this mode,
sic” shift program is optimised for fuel it is possible to drive the bus away from
economy and should generally be the pro- areas of danger or to the nearest work-
gram of choice. In the “Dynamic” shift shop. Even if no faults are present, it
program, upshifts take place at higher en- is possible to activate failsafe mode for
gine speeds. Although this offers faster training purposes as preparation for this
acceleration, it also results in higher fuel situation.
consumption. This program is beneficial Refer to “Operation of GO 250‐8 failsafe
when the bus is fully laden and has only mode” in this section.
a short sliproad on which to accelerate
before joining the motorway.
As the basis for selecting the appropriate
gear, the intelligent gear selection func-
tion in automatic mode takes into con-
sideration the driver's commands (opera-
tion of the accelerator pedal and service
brake), the current engine operating state,
uphill or downhill gradients and the load
on the bus. This achieves the optimum
compromise between comfort, fuel eco-
nomy and wear.
The display screen in the instrument panel
shows all necessary system information
(e.g. gear, malfunction, etc.) to the driver.

Safety precautions for the GO 250-8
transmission
Gearshifts
The GO 250‐8 transmission is not an
automatic transmission and could suf-
fer damage if misused.
▶ Observe warning messages.
▶ Intervene promptly to avoid damage.
Gear selection
The transmission enables automatic or
manual gear selection.
In either operating mode, the driver could
be required to intervene.
Caution
Physical damage due to overloading of
the drive train caused by overspeeding
in the engine and transmission. On a
downhill gradient, the transmission does
not shift up a gear automatically unless
the accelerator pedal is operated. At
2,300 rpm, a yellow alert will appear
on the display screen with the prompt
“Bremse betätigen” (Apply the brake). At
2,500 rpm, a red alert will appear and a
Gearshift system and transmission
Safety precautions for the GO 250-8 transmission
warning tone will sound. Depending on
the driving situation:
▶ Brake the vehicle.
▶ Shift up a gear manually or briefly
operate the accelerator pedal to
initiate an automatic gearshift.
▶ Bear in mind that the engine braking
effect would be interrupted during
the gearshift and the bus would
accelerate.
▶ Do NOT shift the transmission to
neutral while the bus is in motion.
Caution
Physical damage caused by overload-
ing of the clutch in the event of incorrect
use. The GO 250-8 transmission does
not offer the same range of functions as
an automatic transmission.
▶ On uphill gradients, use the bus stop
brake, parking brake or the service
brake to hold the bus stationary and
do not use the accelerator pedal for
this purpose.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Allow the vehicle to roll and select
the appropriate gear for the desired
speed.
▶ To use the service brake, depress
the pedal through at least 10 % of
its travel to ensure that the clutch
opens.
▶ Ensure familiarity with the function
principle before the start of a journey.
Changing the direction of travel
Caution
Physical damage due to overloading
of the transmission and clutch caused
by counter-rotation of the gears in the
transmission.
▶ Do not allow the vehicle to roll in
the opposite direction to the gear
currently selected.
▶ Shift the transmission to “N”
(neutral) first before any attempt to
change the direction of travel.
▶ Observe the gear indication shown
on the display screen as this is the
only reliable indication of which gear
is currently selected.
217
Gearshift system and transmission
Safety precautions for the GO 250-8 transmission
▶ Stop the vehicle before any attempt
to change the direction of travel.
Vacating the driver's area
Conduct under normal circumstances
Caution
Physical damage caused by overload-
ing if the transmission is used incor-
rectly.
▶ For longer stops, shift the transmis-
sion to “N” (neutral).
▶ Do not leave the driver's area with a
gear engaged.
▶ Apply the parking brake before the
driver's area is vacated.
▶ Switch off the engine and remove the
key.
Conduct under exceptional circumstances
In rare, exceptional cases, (e.g. repair),
it may be necessary to leave the engine
running.
218 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Danger
Risk of accident from inadvertent
movement of the vehicle if the driver's
seat is vacated with the engine still
running. With the engine running, the
driver's seat must not be vacated until
all prerequisites have been fulfilled:
▶ It has been made sure that no pas-
sengers are present in the passen-
ger compartment.
▶ The vehicle has been secured
against unauthorised entry.
▶ The transmission is at “N” (neutral).
▶ The parking brake is applied.
▶ On steep uphill or downhill gradi-
ents, the wheels of the bus have
been chocked as an additional safe-
guard.
▶ Observe all warning messages on the
display screen ( → page 218).
▶ Make sure that the driver's area is
adequately secured against unauthor-
ised use.
Warning messages
Warning messages on the display
screen
Warning messages on the display screen
appear in the form of pop‐up windows.
Depending on the importance of the in-
formation, a grey, yellow or red alert is
shown on the display screen and, where
applicable, the event is explained in more
detail by a symbol and some text.
It is possible to minimise pop‐up win-
dows and free up the display screen again
by acknowledging them. However, the
warning message will remain active in the
background until its cause has been recti-
fied.
If multiple alerts are active at the same
time, each event will be displayed with a
sequential number.
For as long as the alert remains active, it
continues to be displayed in the “Meldun-
gen” (Notifications) main menu, “Fehler-
meldungen” (Fault alerts) submenu and
“Ereignisse” (Events) submenu.
 Gearshift system and transmission
Safety precautions for the GO 250-8 transmission

Yellow alert display

Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
▶ Have the cause of restricted
functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
M46.00-0199-71

▶ Using buttons (3) and (6) on the
steering wheel, it is possible to dis-
play any additional instructions that
are present.
M54.00-3144-71
Yellow alerts warn of functional limita-
tions; it is possible to drive on as long as
particular caution is exercised.
The alert is displayed in a pop‐up window
(2).
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.
▶ Stop driving as soon as possible and
consult an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Acknowledging a yellow alert
Danger
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic.
Use of the integrated information and
communication systems unavoidably
diverts some of the driver's attention.
▶ Before use of information and com-
munication systems, ensure suffi-
cient familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 219

Gearshift system and transmission
Safety precautions for the GO 250-8 transmission
▶ Do not operate information and
communication systems unless road
and traffic conditions permit this to
be done safely.
▶ If necessary, pull over safely with re-
gard for other traffic before operat-
ing information and communication
systems.
▶ For operation of the telephone, in-
tercom or other communications
equipment, be sure to observe ap-
plicable legal requirements.
To free up the display screen:
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK”
button (1) on the steering wheel.
◁ The pop-up window closes.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in
the status indicator field of the
display screen.
220 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Red alert display
M54.00-1992-71
Red alerts describe safety‐relevant mal-
functions. Continued driving would en-
danger the safety of passengers, other
road users and that of the driver.
The alert is issued as a pop‐up window (2)
and an audible warning signal.
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.
Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
▶ If necessary, arrange further meas-
ures such as towing ( → page 446).
Acknowledging a red alert
To free up the display screen:
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK”
button (1) on the steering wheel.
◁ The pop-up window closes.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in
the status indicator field of the
display screen.
 Gearshift system and transmission
Selector lever for GO 250-8 transmission

Selector lever for GO 250-8 transmis-

sion Note
To switch from manual mode
to automatic mode, press and
hold the button.

Note
To change from “Basic” to
“Dynamic” in automatic mode,
press the button briefly.
5 To activate the continuous
brakes (retarder and engine
brake)

M54.00-1897-72

1 To select the driving direction

2 Manual upshift
3 Manual downshift
4 To select automatic mode/
change shift program

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 221

Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission
▶ Ensure familiarity with operation and
use before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of the trans-
mission ( → page 217).
Operating modes
With the PowerShift transmission shift
system, it is possible to drive in one of
two operating modes:
● Manual mode: The shift point and
shift direction are determined and
executed by the driver.
■ On difficult sections of road, this
could prevent unwanted upshifts
and the resulting interruption of
tractive force.
● Automatic mode: The driver simply
has to select the direction of travel.
The PowerShift transmission shift sys-
tem then changes gear automatically,
depending on the engine speed, ac-
celerator pedal position, load on the
engine, operating status of the con-
tinuous brake, load on the bus and
gradient of the road.
222 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
■ It is possible to choose between
two driving profiles, “Basic” and
“Dynamic”.
The automatic transmission is controlled
pneumatically and could fail in the event
of a pressure loss.
This failure could lead to hazardous situ-
ations because it would not be possible
to drive away from areas of danger when
necessary (rail crossing).
The transmission's failsafe mode makes it
possible to drive the bus to the nearest
workshop even if faults occur in the
transmission shift system → refer to the
“Failsafe mode” section.
▶ Observe the displayed warning mes-
sages ( → page 218).
▶ In the event of a “Vorratsdruck im
Nebenverbraucher” (Supply pressure
in auxiliary consumer) yellow alert,
visit a specialist workshop without
delay.
Interruption of power flow
To prevent stalling of the engine, the auto-
matic transmission interrupts the flow of
power below the critical engine speed.
Danger
Risk of accident from the vehicle rolling
forwards or backwards out of control.
Whenever the engine speed drops below
the critical range, the electronics unit
opens the automatic clutch. The creep
function would be interrupted and the
vehicle would roll forwards or backwards
(depending on gradient direction).
▶ Keep the engine speed above 600
rpm.
▶ Use the service brake to brake.
Do not release it until the parking
brake is holding the vehicle, or, to
pull away again, use the accelerator
pedal to gain a sufficient increase in
engine speed.
▶ Observe the engine speed.
 Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission

Changing the mode of operation
M26.00-0197-71
▶ Press button (4) briefly to change
M54.00-1897-72
An operating mode is always active, either
“manual” or “automatic”.
▶ Press and hold button (4) to change
from “manual mode” to “automatic
mode”.
◁ On the display screen, the letter
“A” for automatic mode appears
below gear indicator (1).
between the “Basic” and “Dynamic”
shift programs.
◁ The “A” indication (for automatic
mode) is supplemented by “eco”
for the “Basic” shift program and
“dyn” for “Dynamic”.
To select the driving direction
Caution
Physical damage due to overloading
of the transmission and clutch caused
by counter-rotation of the gears in the
transmission.
▶ Do not allow the vehicle to roll in
the opposite direction to the gear
currently selected.
▶ Shift the transmission to “N”
(neutral) first before any attempt to
change the direction of travel.
▶ Observe the gear indication shown
on the display screen as this is the
only reliable indication of which gear
is currently selected.
The transmission shifts into neutral
position “N” if a change is initiated too
quickly.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 223

Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission
◁ On the display screen, the gear
currently engaged appears in
gear indicator (1).
◁ The transmission shift system
shifts into 2nd gear to pull away.
Note
If the transmission detects an
uphill gradient, 1st gear is se-
lected as the starting gear auto-
matically. 1st gear is also selec-
ted automatically if there is a
direct change from “R” to “D”.
▶ Pull away by slowly depressing the
accelerator pedal and simultaneously
releasing the parking brake.
◁ Clutch engagement takes place
M54.00-1897-72 above the critical engine speed.
Forward travel The bus pulls away.
The bus is stationary and the service brake
or the parking brake is applied. Note
During hill starts in particular,
▶ Turn driving direction switch (1) up to
wait until the torque of the drive
“D”
train can be felt before slowly
releasing the brake.
▶ Release the brake completely.
224 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Alternatively: The bus rolls forwards, the
transmission is in neutral “N”.
▶ Turn driving direction switch (1) up to
“D”.
◁ The transmission shift system
selects the optimum gear.
◁ On the display screen, the gear
currently engaged appears in
gear indicator (1).
Reverse
The bus is stationary and the service brake
or the parking brake is applied.
▶ Turn driving direction switch (1) down
to “R”.
◁ On the display screen, an “R”
appears in gear indicator (1).
▶ Pull away by slowly depressing the
accelerator pedal and simultaneously
releasing the parking brake.
◁ Clutch engagement takes place
above the critical engine speed.
The bus pulls away.
▶ Release the brake completely.
Alternatively: The bus rolls backwards, the
transmission is in neutral “N”.

▶ Turn driving direction switch (1) down
to “R”
◁ The transmission shifts into re-
verse gear.
Neutral
Transmission neutral position “N” can be
selected directly from any gear.
Warning
Risk of accident from driving out of
control due to a loss of engine braking
effect or transmission torque.
▶ Do not shift the transmission to “N”
while the bus is in motion.
▶ Execute the gearshift swiftly when
changing gear.
▶ Turn driving direction switch (1) to
“N” in the middle.
◁ On the display screen, an “N”
appears in gear indicator (1).
Manual and automatic gear changes
In manual mode, the driver determines
the shift point and the shift direction.
Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission
In automatic mode, the driver is able to
initiate a gearshift at any time. This is
done either directly by using the selector
lever on the steering column or indirectly
by influencing the shift point with the po-
sition of the accelerator or service brake
pedal.
Manual gear change
Shifting with the selector lever
▶ Pull the selector lever towards the
steering wheel to the resistance point
once (2).
◁ The transmission shifts up a gear.
▶ Pull the selector lever towards the
steering wheel to the resistance point
twice (2).
◁ The transmission shifts up two
gears.
▶ To shift down, press the selector lever
towards the instrument panel once or
twice (3).
◁ The transmission shifts down one
or two gears.
◁ If the gear selected is too low
given the current driving speed,
the transmission shifts down to
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
a more suitable gear to prevent
damage to the engine.
Note
In manual mode, the transmission
shifts into the ideal gear whenever
the selector lever is held in the
pulled or pressed position.
Automatic gear change
Shifting in response to the accelerator
and brake pedals
Acceleration
Whenever the maximum engine speed for
the current gear is reached, the transmis-
sion shifts into the next gear up.
In automatic mode, the position of the
accelerator pedal influences the shift
point:
▶ With little throttle, the gear change
takes place sooner.
▶ With more throttle, the gear change
takes place later.
▶ Kickdown: Depress the accelerator
pedal beyond the pressure point as
far as the stop.
225
Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission
◁ The transmission shifts down to a
lower gear if necessary.
◁ The bus accelerates powerfully.
▶ When the desired speed is reached,
ease off the accelerator pedal.
◁ The transmission shifts up a gear
if necessary.
Caution
Physical damage due to overloading of
the drive train caused by overspeeding
in the engine and transmission. On a
downhill gradient, the transmission does
not shift up a gear automatically unless
the accelerator pedal is operated. At
2,300 rpm, a yellow alert will appear
on the display screen with the prompt
“Bremse betätigen” (Apply the brake). At
2,500 rpm, a red alert will appear and a
warning tone will sound. Depending on
the driving situation:
▶ Brake the vehicle.
▶ Shift up a gear manually or briefly
operate the accelerator pedal to
initiate an automatic gearshift.
226 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Bear in mind that the engine braking Stopping and parking the bus
effect would be interrupted during Stopping
the gearshift and the bus would
If the bus is brought to a stop on an uphill
accelerate.
gradient under heavy load (e.g. towing),
▶ Do NOT shift the transmission to the transmission will shift down into first
neutral while the bus is in motion. gear to avoid overloading of the clutch
▶ Brake the vehicle and, if necessary, when the bus pulls away again.
initiate a gearshift manually.
Braking
Whenever the minimum engine speed for
the current gear is reached, the transmis-
sion shifts into the next gear down.
▶ Release the accelerator pedal.
▶ Slowly depress the service brake
pedal and/or operate the continuous
brake.
◁ The transmission shifts down to a
lower gear if necessary.
Note
In automatic mode, operation of the
continuous brake causes the system
to shift down so that the optimum
engine braking effect is achieved.

M54.00-1897-72
▶ Brake the vehicle to a stop.
◁ The transmission disengages
the clutch before idling speed
is reached.
◁ After the vehicle has come to a
stop, the PowerShift transmission
shift system will determine and
select the ideal starting gear.
Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission
Parking
▶ With the bus stationary, apply the
parking brake.
M26.00-0198-71
▶ Move driving direction switch (1) to
neutral “N”.
◁ On the display screen, an “N”
appears in gear indicator (1).
▶ Switch off the engine.
Parking with a gear engaged.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
If the bus is parked with a gear engaged
and the engine is left running (parking
brake or service brake applied):
● A warning tone sounds after approx-
imately 4 minutes.
● “N” flashes on the display screen.
● The transmission control shifts into
neutral position after approximately 5
minutes.
Parking with a gear engaged is materially
damaging and not permitted.
Caution
Physical damage caused by overload-
ing if the transmission is used incor-
rectly.
▶ For longer stops, shift the transmis-
sion to “N” (neutral).
▶ Do not leave the driver's area with a
gear engaged.
Creep mode
The creep function is available at all times
after an engine start and is activated
after the vehicle has pulled away for the
first time. The creep function enables
227
Gearshift system and transmission
Operating the GO 250-8 transmission

the vehicle to creep forwards independ-

ently when the service brake is released
with the engine idling without the driver
having to use the accelerator pedal. The
vehicle crawls along at idling speed until
the driver uses the service brake to stop
or until the creep function is deactivated
or cancelled.

Note
Creep mode can be activated or deac-
tivated in the “Einstellungen” (Settings)
main menu, “Systeme” (Systems) sub-
menu.

Warning of damage to property

To avoid premature clutch wear, the
creep function must not be used in
stop‐and‐go traffic.

228 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Gearshift system and transmission
Failsafe mode for GO 250-8

Failsafe mode for GO 250-8 ▶ Select the “Assistenz” (Assistance) ◁ The “Ersatzfahrbetrieb” (Failsafe
submenu. mode) pop-up menu appears on
Function description
▶ Select the “Ersatzfahrbetrieb” the display screen.
In the event of a malfunction in the Power-
(Failsafe mode) submenu. ▶ Confirm activation of failsafe mode
Shift transmission shift system (warning
▶ Proceed further as for “Activation due using “OK” steering wheel button (1).
message on the display screen), failsafe
mode makes it possible to drive to a to a warning message” ◁ The indication on the display
workshop. screen changes.
Activation due to a warning message
It is not possible to change gear while the If a malfunction occurs, a yellow or red
bus is in motion. level warning message will appear.
As the vehicle handles differently in
failsafe mode, increased attention will be
required.
The engine could stall if the vehicle is
braked too hard.
Activating failsafe mode
Activation for practice purposes
For training purposes, it is possible to M68.00-0485-71
practise driving in failsafe mode even if a ▶ Using “right arrow” steering wheel
malfunction has not occurred. button (2), confirm when the parking
M68.00-0484-71
The bus is stationary, the engine is run- brake has been applied.
ning, the transmission is in “N” (neutral) ▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible ◁ A gear selection menu appears.
and the parking brake is applied. (traffic conditions permitting) and
apply the parking brake.
▶ Open the main menu on the display
screen.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 229

Gearshift system and transmission
Failsafe mode for GO 250-8
M68.00-0486-71
▶ Using the “up/down arrow” steering
wheel buttons, move the cursor on
the display screen to the desired
gear.
◁ The current gear is highlighted
blue, here “N”. The technically
available gears are displayed
in white, other gears cannot be
selected.
▽ Where arrows/gears are greyed
out, an upshift or downshift is not
possible.
Depending on the malfunction,
failsafe mode might not be pos-
230 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
sible and the vehicle will have to ● “D2”, fast forward gear for pulling
be towed. away on a downhill gradient to avoid
▶ Confirm using the “right arrow” but- overrevving of the engine.
ton on the steering wheel ■ In this gear, there is an increased
◁ The “ready to depart” symbol probability of the engine stalling
appears on the display screen. if driving speed needs to be re-
▶ Depress the accelerator pedal within duced. For this reason, change to
the next 10 seconds to pull away. “D1” on flat ground.
● “R” for manoeuvring in reverse.
● “Abschleppen” (Towing) is the com-
pulsory selection if the bus is being
▽ After this time, the selected gear towed.
will no longer be active.
▶ Using the steering wheel
buttons, select the gear again
and confirm.
Changing gear in failsafe mode
It is not possible to change gear while the
bus is in motion. The appropriate gear
should be selected in advance.
For a gear change, the bus has to be sta-
tionary with the parking brake applied.
Recommended gear selection
● “D1”, slow forward gear on normal
topography.
 Assistance systems
Contents

Glossary of terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Safety precautions for the assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Function of brake and acceleration systems: EBS, ABS, ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Function of driving stability systems: ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Function of lane assistance systems: LDWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Function of emergency braking system: ABA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Function of Attention Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Operation: ESP, ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Operation: LDWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Operation: ABA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Sideguard Assist (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 231

Assistance systems
Glossary of terms
Glossary of terms
Overview
Braking and acceleration systems
EBS (electronic brake system) supports
optimum braking of the vehicle.
ABS (anti-lock braking system, anti-lock
protection) prevents the wheels from
locking under braking.
ASR (acceleration skid control) prevents
the wheels from spinning under accelera-
tion.
Driving stability systems
ESP (Electronic Stability Program) stabil-
ises the vehicle under the effects of lat-
eral acceleration, e.g. cornering.
Speed and brake systems
Speed limiter/CBL (continuous braking
limiter) prevents the maximum speed of
100 km/h from being exceeded.
Temposet (variable speed limiter) prevents
the selected maximum speed from being
exceeded.
Cruise control (propulsion + braking) main-
tains the set speed.
232 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
EcoDrive supports economical driving by
specifying the allowable tolerance before
cruise control or ART should intervene
with braking.
PPC (Predictive Powertrain Control, op-
tion) saves fuel by evaluating the route
topography and incorporating coasting
phases without drive force over hilltops or
towards the end of a descent.
ART (distance cruise control) maintains
the set speed and reduces it if the vehicle
in front is driving more slowly. ART issues
a warning if the critical following distance
is encroached.
Stop Assist (option) supports stopping and
pulling away in congested traffic. It uses
the ART function.
Lane assistant system
LDWS (lane departure warning system)
issues a warning if the driver inadvertently
drifts across the road marking.
Emergency braking systems
ABA (Active Brake Assist) reduces the risk
of colliding with slow or stationary traffic
in front.
Attention Assist
ATA (Attention Assist) warns the driver
whenever it detects signs of drowsiness
or inattention.
Function and operation of assistance
systems
Certain assistance systems are always
ready for operation, and some of these
can be deactivated by the driver. As some
of these systems rely on each other to ful-
fil their function, deactivating one system
will affect the functioning of those other
systems.
Some assistance systems do not become
functional until activated by the driver.
In the information below, a function de-
scription of all assistance systems is
provided first, followed by a description
of how they are operated.

Safety precautions for the assistance
systems
Responsibility of the driver
Assistance systems support the driver in a
wide range of traffic situations.
Nevertheless, the driver bears responsibil-
ity for the safe control of the vehicle.
Danger
Risk of accident from failure to adapt
driving style to the traffic situation. Even
with the active support of driver assist-
ance systems, responsibility rests with
the driver of the vehicle. Whenever a
driver assistance system is supporting
driving, always monitor the driving situ-
ation and:
▶ Observe the current traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Assess weather and road surface
conditions.
▶ Take the behaviour of other road
users into consideration.
▶ Adapt speed and distance to suit
road and traffic conditions.
Safety precautions for the assistance systems
Before use or deactivation of an assist-
ance system, observe the following:
▶ Ensure familiarity with how it func-
tions.
▶ Practise use.
▶ Be aware of limitations of use.
▶ Learn how the vehicle handles with
and without the assistance system.
Depending on the kind of assistance sys-
tem, it could be possible to deactivate it if
desired.
Danger
Risk of accident from deactivation or
failure of one or more electronic driver
assistance systems. The driving charac-
teristics of the vehicle could deteriorate
and, in critical situations, this could lead
to an accident.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to suit road
and traffic conditions.
▶ Do not use the retarder or brake
lever (if fitted) in fog, on black ice
or in difficult road and traffic condi-
tions.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
▶ Maintain a safe following distance.
▶ Adapt driving speed.
▶ In the event of incorrect operation,
visit an OMNIplus Service Partner
immediately.
▶ Adapt driving style to suit road, traffic
and weather conditions.
Warning messages on the display
screen
Depending on the extent of the malfunc-
tion, a yellow or red alert appears on the
display screen and is described in more
detail by some text.
Warning messages
Warning messages on the display
screen
Warning messages on the display screen
appear in the form of pop‐up windows.
Depending on the importance of the in-
formation, a grey, yellow or red alert is
shown on the display screen and, where
applicable, the event is explained in more
detail by a symbol and some text.
233
Assistance systems
Safety precautions for the assistance systems

It is possible to minimise pop‐up win- Yellow alert display

dows and free up the display screen again
by acknowledging them. However, the
warning message will remain active in the
background until its cause has been recti-
fied.
If multiple alerts are active at the same
time, each event will be displayed with a
sequential number.
For as long as the alert remains active, it
continues to be displayed in the “Meldun- M46.00-0199-71
gen” (Notifications) main menu, “Fehler- ▶ Using buttons (3) and (6) on the M54.00-3144-71
meldungen” (Fault alerts) submenu and steering wheel, it is possible to dis- Yellow alerts warn of functional limita-
“Ereignisse” (Events) submenu. play any additional instructions that tions; it is possible to drive on as long as
are present. particular caution is exercised.
The alert is displayed in a pop‐up window
(2).
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.

234 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
▶ Have the cause of restricted
functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
▶ Stop driving as soon as possible and
consult an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Acknowledging a yellow alert
Danger
Risk of accident and injury from being
distracted from the road and traffic.
Use of the integrated information and
communication systems unavoidably
diverts some of the driver's attention.
▶ Before use of information and com-
munication systems, ensure suffi-
cient familiarity with their operation,
handling and use.
Assistance systems
Safety precautions for the assistance systems
▶ Do not operate information and Red alert display
communication systems unless road
and traffic conditions permit this to
be done safely.
▶ If necessary, pull over safely with re-
gard for other traffic before operat-
ing information and communication
systems.
▶ For operation of the telephone, in-
tercom or other communications
equipment, be sure to observe ap-
plicable legal requirements.
M54.00-1992-71
To free up the display screen:
Red alerts describe safety‐relevant mal-
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK” functions. Continued driving would en-
button (1) on the steering wheel. danger the safety of passengers, other
◁ The pop-up window closes. road users and that of the driver.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in The alert is issued as a pop‐up window (2)
the status indicator field of the and an audible warning signal.
display screen.
In addition, status indicator (3) lights up
in the status indicator field of the display
screen.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 235
Assistance systems
Safety precautions for the assistance systems

Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.
▶ If necessary, arrange further meas-
ures such as towing ( → page 446).
Acknowledging a red alert
To free up the display screen:
▶ Acknowledge the alert using “OK”
button (1) on the steering wheel.
◁ The pop-up window closes.
◁ Status indicator (3) remains in
the status indicator field of the
display screen.

236 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Function of brake and acceleration
systems: EBS, ABS, ASR
Descriptions:
● EBS Electronic brake system
● ABS Anti-lock braking system
● ASR Acceleration skid control
EBS Electronic brake system
Function description
The assistance system begins monitoring
the brake system after an engine start. It
cannot be disabled.
The electronic brake system (EBS) sup-
ports the braking process whenever the
vehicle is braked by use of the brake
pedal.
Each wheel is equipped with sensors that
continuously record the current degree of
brake pad wear. Under partial braking, the
brake pressures for the front axle and rear
axle are adapted based on the remaining
thickness of the brake pads.
This continuous adaptation of brake pres-
sure helps to achieve:
Function of brake and acceleration systems: EBS, ABS, ASR
● uniform wear of the brake pads.
● a consistently optimum braking ef-
fect.
Note
If the wear limit is reached, a “Brems-
beläge” (Brake pads) yellow alert will be
displayed in the instrument cluster.
Associated systems
The functions of the ABS and ASR sys-
tems are integrated in the EBS.
Limit of capability
EBS distributes braking power to all
wheels.
If the brake pads on one axle have ex-
ceeded the wear limit, even EBS would no
longer be able to compensate for the loss
of braking effect.
ABS Anti-lock braking system
Function description
This assistance system is always ready for
operation after an engine start and cannot
be disabled.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
ABS regulates brake pressure in order to
prevent the wheels from locking under
braking (anti‐lock protection). The ability
to steer the vehicle is retained.
ABS is ready to respond once the bus has
reached a speed equivalent to walking
pace and intervenes in slippery conditions
even under gentle braking.
Optimum functioning is guaranteed only
if:
● wheels of the approved size are fitted.
● the tyre pressures have been adapted
to suit the load.
● appropriate tyres (M + S) are fitted in
winter.
Associated systems
The functions of the ABS and ASR sys-
tems are integrated in the EBS. For as
long as ABS is actively intervening, re-
tarder operation will be deactivated.
Limit of capability
ABS optimises the transition of the wheel
from turning (i.e. steerable) to stopping
(i.e. braking) and thereby improves lane
237
Assistance systems
Function of brake and acceleration systems: EBS, ABS, ASR

holding and steerability under heavy brak- Associated systems Limit of capability
ing. If ASR is deactivated, ABS functionality ASR is not able to steer a vehicle that has
However, the anti‐locking protection is will be retained. lost grip due to overspeeding back into
not able to avert the consequences of, Please note: ASR and ESP ( → page 239) the desired lane.
for example, driving at an unsafe distance are mutually dependent systems. If ASR has been deactivated, over‐acceler-
behind a vehicle in front or driving at too ating could result in the vehicle skidding.
high a speed through bends. Note
ASR and ESP cannot be deactivated
ASR Acceleration skid control separately.
Function description ASR in action
This assistance system is always ready for
operation after an engine start and can be
disabled by the driver at any time.
Acceleration skid control (ASR) prevents
the drive wheels from spinning when the
vehicle pulls away or accelerates.
The reduction in drive torque helps to
retain traction and driving stability.
On loose ground, on snow chains
(anti‐skid chains) or on the brake
dynamometer, it might be preferable to M54.00-2188-71

deactivate ASR, → refer to “Deactivating If ASR is active and intervenes in the driv-
ESP, ASR”. ing situation, “TC” (Traction Control) indic-
ator lamp (1) in the instrument cluster will
light up.

238 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Function of driving stability systems:
ESP
Descriptions:
● ESP Electronic Stability Program
● Function description: ESP in the event
of understeer
● Function description: ESP in the event
of oversteer
ESP Electronic Stability Program
Function description
This assistance system is always ready for
operation after an engine start and can be
disabled by the driver at any time.
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
supports vehicle handling by:
● reducing engine power output.
● selectively braking individual or mul-
tiple wheels.
For further information, refer also to
the description of ESP on understeer
( → page 240) or oversteer ( → page 240).
Assistance systems
Function of driving stability systems: ESP
Optimum functioning is guaranteed only ESP in action
if:
● wheels of the approved size are fitted.
● the tyre pressures have been adapted
to suit the load.
● appropriate tyres (M + S) are fitted in
winter.
On loose ground, on snow chains
(anti‐skid chains) or on the brake
dynamometer, it might be preferable
to deactivate ESP and ASR, → refer to
“Deactivating ESP, ASR”. M42.00-0846-71
“ESP active” indicator lamp (1) flashes
Associated systems
whenever ESP detects a critical situation
ASR ( → page 238) and ESP are mutually
while the bus is in motion and is actively
dependent systems.
intervening.
Note ESP malfunction
If ESP is deactivated, ASR will also be Indicator lamp (2) lights up permanently if
inoperative. ESP has malfunctioned. The bus behaves
as it would with ESP deactivated.
Limit of capability
ESP reduces engine power output and
also brakes individual wheels selectively
if the vehicle is under‐ or oversteered.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 239
Assistance systems
Function of driving stability systems: ESP
ESP thereby maintains the intended line
of travel, subject to the laws of physics.
However, ESP is not able to avert the
consequences of driving at excessive
speed.
If ESP has been deactivated, over‐acceler-
ating could result in the vehicle skidding.
Function description: ESP in the
event of understeer
2-axle bus as an example
M42_25_0003_01
The bus slides sideways at the front axle,
the front end skids towards the outside of
the corner (2) and deviates from the in-
240 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
tended line of travel (1). ESP strategically from the intended line of travel (4). ESP
brakes inside rear wheel (3) and stabilises strategically brakes outside front wheel
the bus. (6) and stabilises the bus.
Note Note
In the case of 3‐axle buses, the 3rd axle In the case of 3‐axle buses, the 3rd axle
is regulated separately as necessary. is regulated separately as necessary.
Function description: ESP in the
event of oversteer
2-axle bus as an example
M42_25_0002_01
The bus breaks traction at the rear axle
and kicks out, the front end turns towards
the inside of the corner (5) and deviates

Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Function: speed limiter, Temposet,
cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART,
Stop Assist
Descriptions:
● Speed limiter
● Variable speed limiter (Temposet)
● Cruise control
● EcoDrive tolerance value
● ART Distance cruise control (option)
● PPC Predictive Powertrain Control
(option)
● Stop Assist (option)
Speed limiter
Function description
This assistance system is always ready for
operation after an engine start and cannot
be disabled.
The speed limiter (continuous braking
limiter, CBL) initiates control interventions
if a speed of 100 km/h is exceeded. EU
requirements effective since 01.01.2005
are thereby fulfilled.
Assistance systems
The value cannot be altered, but is a fixed
setting in the system and remains in ef-
fect even on journeys outside the EU.
Associated systems
The speed limiter relies on the engine
control and retarder to fulfil its function.
Manual decoupling of the retarder func-
tion from the brake pedal has no influence
on this assistance system.
Speed limiter in action
M54_00-1967-71
If the vehicle exceeds the permissible
“Retarder” indicator lamp (1) lights up.
maximum speed of 100 km/h in overrun
After 30 seconds, a warning message
mode, the system acts to reduce engine
appears on the display screen.
power output.
Applying more throttle with the acceler- Limit of capability
ator pedal has no effect. The braking effect of the retarder is de-
pendent on:
On steep descents, the reduction in en-
● the gear engaged.
gine power output is not sufficient to
brake the vehicle. ● the steepness of the downhill gradi-
ent.
If speed increases to 104 km/h, the as- ● the coolant temperature.
sistance system will activate the retarder.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 241
Assistance systems
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Danger
Risk of accident from loss of control
over the vehicle caused by exceeding
the permissible maximum speed.
▶ Brake the vehicle to the permissible
speed.
▶ Select a lower gear to make use of
the engine braking effect.
Retarder power is reduced automatically
in the event of overheating.
Responsibility for the speed of the vehicle
always rests with the driver.
242 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning messages
M54.00-2957-71
If speed increases to 107 km/h, a warn-
ing message will be displayed on the dis-
play screen.
A warning tone sounds.
Note
The menu that was displayed at the time
of the warning returns to the display
screen as soon as the speed of the bus
drops back below the defined maximum
speed.
Variable speed limiter (Temposet)
Function description
Temposet is inactive after an engine start
and has to be activated by the driver
when required.
Once activated, Temposet limits the max-
imum speed to the value selected by the
driver. The assistance system prevents
the set maximum speed from being ex-
ceeded subject to technical feasibility.
The driver continues to use the acceler-
ator pedal, brake pedal and retarder as
normal.
Setting a limit speed is also possible with
the bus stationary.
The lowest selectable speed is 15 km/h.
Associated systems
Temposet interacts with accelerator pedal
operation.
Manual decoupling of the retarder func-
tion from the brake pedal has no influence
on this assistance system.

Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Variable speed limiter in action
If, in overrun mode, the vehicle exceeds
the selected maximum speed by more
than the tolerance value entered by the
driver (default value is 4 km/h), the sys-
tem acts to reduce engine power output.
Further, normal use of the accelerator
pedal to apply throttle has no effect.
If the reduction in engine power output
is not sufficient, the assistance system
activates the retarder.
M54.00-2479-71
Indication (3) flashes.
It is possible to exceed the stored max-
imum speed, e.g. when overtaking → refer
to “Operation”.
After this manoeuvre, the assistance sys-
tem brakes the vehicle to the stored max-
imum speed.
M54.00-2666-71
If the set maximum speed is exceeded,
a yellow alert appears with the warning
message “Limiter passiv” (Speed limiter
passive) until driving speed is reduced to
the set maximum speed again.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Limit of capability
The assistance system does not recognise
whether the selected maximum speed:
● exceeds prevailing speed limits, or
● is suitable for the road, traffic and
weather conditions.
The braking effect of the retarder is de-
pendent on:
● the gear engaged.
● the steepness of the downhill gradi-
ent.
● the coolant temperature.
Responsibility for the speed of the vehicle
always rests with the driver.
Cruise control
Function description
Cruise control is inactive after an engine
start and has to be activated by the driver.
Once activated, cruise control maintains
the driver's chosen cruising speed with
the assistance of the engine control and
retarder.
243
Assistance systems
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
The driver does not need to operate the
accelerator pedal, the brake pedal or the
retarder but must remain ready to act at
all times.
The lowest selectable cruising speed is
15 km/h.
Associated systems
Cruise control relies on the engine control
and retarder to fulfil its function.
Cruise control in action
If, in overrun mode, the vehicle exceeds
the selected cruising speed by more than
the tolerance value entered by the driver
(default value is 4 km/h), the system acts
to reduce engine power output.
If the reduction in engine power output
is not sufficient, the assistance system
activates the retarder.
It is possible to exceed the stored cruising
speed, e.g. when overtaking → refer to
“Operation”.
After this manoeuvre, the assistance sys-
tem brakes or accelerates the vehicle to
resume the stored cruising speed.
244 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Limit of capability
The assistance system does not recognise
whether the selected cruising speed:
● exceeds prevailing speed limits, or
● is suitable for the road, traffic and
weather conditions.
The braking effect of the retarder is de-
pendent on:
● the gear engaged.
● the steepness of the downhill gradi-
ent.
● the coolant temperature.
Responsibility for the speed of the vehicle
always rests with the driver.
EcoDrive tolerance value
The tolerance value is the range by which
the set cruising speed is allowed to be
exceeded before the braking function of
cruise control intervenes.
It can be set to between 2 and 15 km/h,
→ refer to “Setting the EcoDrive toler-
ance”.
This makes it possible to save fuel by
making better use of the downward mo-
mentum gained before reaching the bot-
tom of a descent.
EcoDriverFeedback (EDF)
EcoDriverFeedback (EDF) is a driver as-
sistance system that helps to achieve an
ecologically and economically improved
driving style.
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
The system evaluates the following cri-
teria:
● Uniformity of speed (tourist coach
only)
● Coasting, deceleration, braking, stop-
ping
● Use of the retarder and engine brake
● Use of the accelerator pedal
The current evaluation ratings (green bar)
are based on the pattern observed over
the last 2 minutes. If the evaluation rating

Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
drops below 24 %, the bar turns red. As
soon as the evaluation rating exceeds 25
% once more, the bar turns green again.
The average value is the average evalu-
ation rating since the last reset.
In each window, the system actively sup-
ports with advice for economical driving.
Uniformity of speed (tourist coach
only)
M54.00-3010-71
The system evaluates whether rates of
acceleration and deceleration within the
last 30 seconds have exceeded specific
threshold values.
Higher rates of acceleration are tolerated
at slower speeds than at faster speeds.
Changes in speed due to topography,
manoeuvring and traffic‐related fluctu-
ations (under 30 +km/h) are not evalu-
ated.
Positive evaluation criteria are:
● a speed change in one direction only
(i.e. deceleration or braking).
Negative evaluation criteria are:
● violation of upper threshold values
(acceleration) and lower threshold
values (braking).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Deceleration, stopping
M54.00-3011-71
The system evaluates driving in overrun
mode, in EcoRoll mode (only vehicles
with PowerShift transmission), use of the
continuous brakes and service brake, and
stationary periods.
Positive evaluation criteria are:
● long coasting phases
● anticipatory adaptation of speed
● good ratio between braking intensity
and overall deceleration
● during downhill driving, maximum use
of the braking power of the wear‐free
brake
245
Assistance systems
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist

● managing to avoid unnecessary stops
before obstacles, slow pulling away.
Negative evaluation criteria are:
● no coasting
● unnecessary braking
● poor ratio between braking intensity
and overall deceleration
● use of the service brake on a downhill
gradient despite potential for the
wear‐free brake
● ignoring the sequence: accelerate
‐ coast ‐ wear‐free brake ‐ service
brake
● simultaneous use of the accelerator
and brake pedal
● unnecessary stopping.
Continuous brake
M54.00-3012-71
In this module, the system evaluates how
the wear‐free brakes are used.
Positive evaluation criteria are:
● downshift phase during retarder oper-
ation
● step‐by‐step selection of retarder
stages (no skipping).
Negative evaluation criteria are:
● retarder active, accelerator pedal
depressed
● skipping stages with the retarder
lever
● retarder active despite engine torque
request, e.g. when the bus is station-
ary.
Accelerator pedal
M54.00-3013-71
In this module, the use of the accelerator
pedal is evaluated.
Positive evaluation criteria are:
● correct use of kickdown, then ap-
proximately 85 % accelerator pedal
position
● uniform accelerator pedal use.

246 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Negative evaluation criteria are:
● accelerator pedal movements with no
increase in driving speed (pumping),
including when stationary
● short kickdown phases not followed
by 85 % accelerator pedal position.
ART Distance cruise control (option)
Function description
ART is not operational after an engine
start and does not intervene in the driving
process unless activated.
ART supplements the cruise control func-
tion with an adaptive distance control
function. The system decelerates or ac-
celerates the bus without driver input and
maintains a set distance from the vehicle
in front.
This function relieves the burden on the
driver in heavy congestion or queuing
traffic.
ART detects traffic up to 200 meters
ahead and evaluates following distances
and speed differences.
ART is active at a speed of 10 km/h.
Assistance systems
The function is restricted in the event of:
● dirty or obscured sensors.
● snowfall or heavy rain.
Associated systems
ART uses the control functions of cruise
control and adds functions of its own.
ART can be optionally equipped with Stop
Assist. Further information → refer to Stop
Assist.
While ART and ABA augment each other
M54_00-1976-71
optimally, they are independent systems.
If ABA has been disabled, a distance warn- Whenever ART detects a vehicle in front,
ing will be issued but there will be no the display screen shows:
emergency braking. ● the absolute distance (4) to the
vehicle in front and its speed (5).
ART passive
● The most recently selected cruising
After an engine start, ART is not opera- speed (2) and speed tolerance (3) ( →
tional and refer to EcoDrive) remain greyed out
● “ART” symbol (1) appears in grey for as long as ART remains inactive.
in the status indicator field of the ART activated
display screen (see illustration below). Whenever ART has been activated:
● the most recently selected cruising
speed (2) in the status indicator field
of the display screen turns white and
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 247
Assistance systems
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
the speed tolerance (3) ( → refer to
EcoDrive) turns green.
● the same information is displayed
on the display screen as in passive
mode.
● “ART” symbol (1) in the status indic-
ator field of the display screen turns
white whenever a vehicle has been
detected in front.
ART now initiates control interventions:
It maintains the preset speed and brakes
when the traffic in front is driving more
slowly.
Note
If ART is active and there is no vehicle
within detection range, the small car in
“ART” symbol (1) turns grey and there
will be no indication of distance and
speed on the display screen.
Preset distance
The preset specified distance is approx-
imately 60 % of the speedometer value at
the current driving speed.
248 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
It can be adjusted in 5 increments
between 40 % and 100 % → refer to
“Operating ART/Adjusting the specified
distance for ART”.
After the ignition has been switched off,
the preset specified value reverts to ap-
proximately 60 % when the function is
reactivated.
Limit of capability
ART is designed for driving in streams of
traffic and calculates the difference in
speed of the vehicle in front. ART does
not detect a speed differential where the
speed difference between the bus and
stationary traffic is too high, e.g. before
the tail of a traffic jam or a broken‐down
vehicle.
The system brakes with a maximum de-
celeration of approximately 2 m/s², which
corresponds to a gentle and passenger‐
friendly braking action.
This helps to avoid strong forces being ex-
erted on passengers or luggage in normal
driving situations.
This rate of deceleration might not be
sufficient in some traffic situations. The
driver would then have to intervene act-
ively and increase the rate of deceleration
using the retarder or service brake.
Responsibility for maintaining a safe fol-
lowing distance always rests with the
driver.
ART does not detect ambient conditions
and should be deactivated in the event of:
● fog.
● slippery road surface.
● difficult road and traffic conditions
(e.g. dense traffic, traffic with con-
tinuously varying speeds, winding
road profiles).
● steep uphill or downhill gradients.
● built‐up areas.
● frequent road diversions, e.g. through
roadworks.
● bus outside normal level (defective air
suspension or similar).
False warning messages could be issued
or, despite critical situations, there might
be no warnings issued at all.

Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Warning messages
M54_00-1978-71
If the rate of deceleration is not sufficient
to maintain the distance required, Active
Brake Assist issues a red alert on the
display screen accompanied by a warning
tone, refer to the “Function of emergency
braking systems: AEBS (standard), ABA
(option)” section.
The driver must actively intervene and
brake the vehicle with greater braking
force.
PPC Predictive Powertrain Control
(option)
Function description
PPC is activated automatically from a
speed of 30 km/h with cruise control or
ART active and can be deactivated from
the menu by the driver.
PPC uses GPS to compare the vehicle's
position with the stored map data. As
long as PPC is able to locate the position
of the vehicle, the driver will be actively
supported.
Optimum shifting on hills
On an uphill gradient, PPC promptly de-
termines whether it would be sensible to
shift down. Gearshifts are optimised and
minimised.
Coasting over the hilltop
On an uphill gradient, PPC identifies the
point at which drive power can be re-
duced to allow the vehicle to go over the
hilltop under its own momentum. In the
process, the vehicle loses only as much
speed as the lower tolerance value set by
the driver.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
The lower tolerance range can be set
between ‐10 km/h and 0 km/h. This
means that the vehicle will lose no more
than 10 km/h in speed by the time it
reaches the hilltop.
Accelerating away from a descent
On a downhill gradient, PPC identifies
the point at which braking power can be
interrupted in order to build momentum
coming out of the descent. In the process,
the vehicle gains only as much speed
as the upper tolerance value set by the
driver.
The upper tolerance range can be set
between +2 km/h and +15 km/h. The
tolerance of 104 km/h enforced by the
speed limiter as the maximum limit speed
cannot be overridden. This means that
the vehicle can reach a maximum of
104 km/h before the retarder initiates a
braking intervention.
As an example, the maximum possible
tolerance of +15 km/h has been set,
cruise control has been set to 80 km/h
and the vehicle is driving on a downhill
gradient. PPC identifies the point at which
249
Assistance systems
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
braking power can be interrupted in order
to accelerate to a maximum of 95 km/h
(80+15) coming out of the descent.
For notes on setting the upper and lower
tolerance → refer to “Setting the PPC
tolerance”.
Associated systems
PPC integration always requires ART.
PPC in action
Whenever PPC has identified the route
and is accessing stored data, the PPC
indication is illuminated with a white back-
ground. The system is ready to control
speed on uphill and downhill gradients.
As soon as PPC identifies the opportunity
to save fuel by exploiting the route profile,
it actively intervenes in the engine control
and the PPC indication turns green.
PPC actively intervenes by:
● shifting into a more economical gear.
● optimising gearshifts.
● activating EcoRoll, if useful.
● adopting a predictive driving strategy
based on the route profile.
250 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Limit of capability
The system is dependent on stored map
data and compares this with the GPS loc-
ation of the vehicle. PPS does not actively
perceive the current surroundings, which
means that it is unable to ascertain the
current traffic situation.
The assistance system does not recognise
whether the selected cruising speed:
● exceeds prevailing speed limits, or
● is suitable for the road, traffic and
weather conditions.
The braking effect of the retarder is de-
pendent on:
● the gear engaged.
● the steepness of the downhill gradi-
ent.
● the coolant temperature.
Responsibility for the speed of the vehicle
always rests with the driver.
Stop Assist (option)
Function description
Stop Assist supplements the ART function
in the speed range below 10 km/h.
If the traffic in front slows down in a
traffic jam, Stop Assist acts to control the
stopping and continued movement of the
vehicle.
Associated systems
Stop Assist is integrated only in conjunc-
tion with ART and its operation is based
on the functions of ART.
Stop Assist in action
Stop Assist, in combination with ART,
detects that the vehicle in front is coming
to a stop. The bus is braked and brought
to a halt.
For stop times under 2 seconds, the sys-
tem will initiate pulling away autonom-
ously.
In order for the bus to pull away, the fol-
lowing conditions must be fulfilled:
● The seat belt on the driver's seat is
buckled.
 Assistance systems
Function: speed limiter, Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist

● The vehicle in front is pulling away.

● Forward gear selected.
● No brake is applied (parking brake,
continuous brake or service brake).
For stop times over 2 seconds, the driver
has to intervene actively to make the
bus pull away by briefly depressing the
accelerator pedal or pressing the “RES‐”
button on the steering wheel.

Note
For the entire stop time, the bus is act-
ively prevented from moving off.
Limit of capability
This assistant system is not intended for
use in urban traffic, it has been designed
for use on major roads such as motor-
ways or expressways.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 251

Assistance systems
Function of lane assistance systems: LDWS
Function of lane assistance systems:
LDWS
LDWS Lane departure warning sys-
tem
Function description
LDWS (lane departure warning system)
issues a warning if the driver inadvertently
drifts across a road marking.
It is enabled automatically from a speed
of 60 km/h and can be disabled by the
driver at any time, e.g. through long
stretches of roadworks.
The camera fitted behind the windscreen
continuously monitors the position of
the bus in the current lane by tracking
the road markings. The lane assistant is-
sues a warning by causing the driver's
seat squab to vibrate. In addition, a warn-
ing message is displayed on the display
screen.
No warning is issued if road markings are
crossed and:
● driving speed is below 60 km/h.
● a turn signal is switched on.
● the vehicle is being decelerated.
252 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Associated systems Warning message
LDWS works independently, it is not
linked to other assistance systems.
If LDWS is deactivated, the other driver
assistance systems will remain functional.
Limit of capability
The function is restricted in the event of:
● incomplete or unclear road markings.
● corners and roadworks.
● snow, slush or heavy dirt on the car-
riageway or extreme light conditions
M54_00-1985-71
affected by dark shadow.
● heavy rain, snowfall or heavy dirt on ● If the vehicle drifts over a road mark-
ing on one side, this side turns red
the windscreen in the area of the
camera. (1) and the corresponding side of the
seat squab vibrates.
Thick seat covers would damp the vibra- ● In addition, the corresponding side
tion of the seat squab and the vibrating is also displayed as a red line (2) in
effect would be diminished. the status area of the display screen.
In this way, a warning will still be
Note displayed even if the display screen
Use only seat covers that are thin and is occupied by a different message.
would not damp vibrations.

Function of emergency braking sys-
tem: ABA
ABA Active Brake Assist
Function description
ABA is always ready for operation after an
engine start and can be disabled by the
driver at any time.
ABA reduces the risk of colliding with
slow‐moving or stationary objects in front.
In critical situations, ABA helps to reduce
the severity of an accident.
The area in front of the bus is scanned
continuously and objects that are good at
reflecting radar beams (e.g. metallic ob-
jects) are evaluated. A warning is issued if
the critical distance from a slower‐moving
vehicle or a stationary object in front is
encroached. This gives the driver the op-
portunity to address the critical situation
first by braking or taking evasive action.
If no driver response is detected, the sys-
tem acts independently to decelerate the
vehicle gradually to a halt.
In its fourth generation, ABA also reacts
to persons moving in front of the vehicle.
Function of emergency braking system: ABA
Whenever ABA has detected one or more
persons present in the vehicle's line of
travel, the driver is alerted by a visual and
an audible warning and partial braking is
initiated at the same time. No maximum
braking is initiated in response to detec-
ted persons. The automatic warning and
braking response of this pedestrian detec-
tion function takes place up to a vehicle
speed of 50 km/h
ABA does not issue a warning and does
not respond to:
● oncoming vehicles,
● cross traffic,
● narrow vehicles (motorbikes, bicycles,
etc.) not moving in the centre of the
lane in which the bus is travelling,
● stationary pedestrians or pedestrians
in tunnels.
Associated systems
While ABA and ART augment each other
optimally, they are independent systems.
If ART has been disabled, all the warning
messages and functions of ABA will con-
tinue.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Note
Disabling ABA does not deactivate dis-
tance cruise control ART. To deactivate
ART, refer to the “ART Distance cruise
control” section. As a general rule, ABA
should not be disabled.
Note
In the description that follows, decel-
eration is expressed as a percentage.
This percentage is relative to the gravit-
ational acceleration of Earth (approxim-
ately 10 m/s²). A deceleration of 20 %
means that the vehicle is being deceler-
ated at a rate of approximately 2 m/s².
Accordingly, all persons and items in-
side the vehicle would be subjected to
an inertial force equal to approximately
20 % of their own mass. Under maximum
braking on a road with good grip, decel-
eration rates can reach 70 % or more.
Occupants would therefore have to op-
pose a force equivalent to 70 % of their
own body weight in order not to fall over
or slide out of their seat. For the unpre-
253
Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA

pared, this is possible only with the aid
of a buckled seat belt.
ABA in action
● 1st stage:
Red alert and intermittent tone. Mut-
ing of telephone and driver's area
loudspeakers.
● 2nd stage:
Red alert, intermittent tone and par-
tial braking at a deceleration rate in-
creasing up to 40 %. The brake lamps
are activated.
Note
In cases where persons are moving in
the line of travel, stages 1 and 2 take
place simultaneously. The early initiation
of partial braking shortens the stopping
distance. Maximum braking with sub-
rate of deceleration (more than 70 % ● in the traffic situations shown below
on roads with good grip). The brake (see illustrations).
lamps flash if braking is initiated at a
Complex driving situations could lead
speed of more than 50 km/h.
to false distance warnings or even no
● 4th stage: distance warnings at all.
Emergency braking ends and the bus
The radar sensor of ABA detects vehicles
is secured against rolling away for
straight ahead of the bus.
approximately 3 seconds. The hazard
warning lamps are activated if braking
was initiated at a speed of more than
50 km/h.
Note
The assistance system escalates to the
next stage only if there has been no
driver intervention in the present stage.
An overview can be found in the “Se-
quence of emergency braking by ABA”
section.
M54.70-0045-71

sequent rollaway prevention (stage 3 Limit of capability Cornering:

and stage 4) does not take place.
● 3rd stage:
Red alert, continuous warning tone
and maximum braking (emergency
braking) at the maximum possible
ABA functioning is restricted:
● if the sensor is dirty or obscured.
● in snowfall or heavy rain.
● if the road surface is covered by ice,
snow, water or similar.
● Vehicles in the same lane are outside
detection range. A warning would not
be issued in good time.
Do not wait for the warning, but react
promptly and appropriately.

254 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA

M54_00-1004-01 M54_00-1005-01 M54_70-0032-01

Cornering:
● Vehicles in a different lane could
trigger a false warning.
Do not wait for the warning, but react
promptly and appropriately.
Hard shoulders and driving on a different
line:
● Vehicles moving into a different lane
do so gradually and continue to be
detected by the assistance system
during this time.
● Braking by the vehicle moving into
the different lane would lead to a
further reduction in distance and
could trigger a warning sooner.
Interrupt the intervention by the assist-
ance system promptly.
Exit sliproads and vehicles turning off:
● Vehicles moving into a different lane
do so gradually and continue to be
detected by the assistance system
during this time.
● Braking by the vehicle moving into
the different lane would lead to a
further reduction in distance and
could trigger a warning sooner.
Interrupt the intervention by the assist-
ance system promptly.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 255

Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA
M54_00-1006-01
Entry sliproads and driving on a different
line:
● Vehicles moving into the same lane
as the bus do not enter the detection
range immediately and are detected
too late. A warning would not be is-
sued in good time.
Do not wait for the warning, but react
promptly and appropriately.
256 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M54_00-1007-01
Narrow vehicles and vehicles cutting in:
● Narrow vehicles could be outside the
cone of the detection range and a
timely warning would not be given.
● Vehicles that cut in too close in front
of the bus would be detected too late.
A warning and braking intervention
would take place too late.
Do not wait for the warning, but react
promptly and appropriately.
M54_00-1009-01
Overtaking other vehicles:
● Whenever the bus is accelerated and
steered into the next lane to overtake,
the distance to the vehicle in front
decreases and this could trigger a
warning.
Interrupt the intervention by the assist-
ance system promptly.
 Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA

Warning messages

M54_70-0005-71 M54_70-0030-01

Obstacles in corners: Stopping vehicles: M54_00-1983-71

● Stationary posts, crash barriers,
traffic signs or bridge pillars on the
outside of the bend could trigger a
warning, as could moving pedestrians
on the outside of the bend.
Interrupt the intervention by the assist-
ance system promptly.
● Vehicles in front could brake irregu-
larly or more heavily all of a sudden
and this could trigger a warning mes-
sage.
Depending on the situation, support or in-
terrupt the intervention by the assistance
system promptly.
If the assistance system could not be
activated during an engine start or in
response to the control button, a warning
message will appear.
A warning message will also appear if a
malfunction occurs while the assistance
system is active.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 257

Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA

M54_00-1982-71

Warning messages (1) display:

● icon (1.1),
● relevant text message (1.2) and in-
dication in the status area of display
screen (3).
● A warning tone sounds.
The bus behaves as it would with ABA
deactivated.

258 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA

Sequence of emergency braking by

ABA

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 259

Assistance systems
Function of emergency braking system: ABA

1. Warning level 1: ABA issues a 4. Emergency braking ends, grey

red alert and an intermittent alert.
warning tone. The hazard warning lamps are
If ABA reacts to persons, partial activated if maximum brak-
braking is also initiated at the ing was initiated at a speed of
same time. more than 50 km/h (have to
2. Warning level 2: Partial braking, be switched off manually by the
red alert, intermittent warning driver).
tone and the brake lamps are
activated.
ABA brakes with increasing force
up to 40 %.
3. Maximum braking (except for
response to persons), red alert
and continuous tone.
ABA brakes with the maximum
possible rate of deceleration.
The brake lamps flash if max-
imum braking is initiated at a
speed of more than 50 km/h.

260 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Function of Attention Assist
ATA Attention Assist
Function description
Attention Assist (ATA) warns the driver
if a change in the driver's normal driving
behaviour is detected. Changes occur
as a result of increasing drowsiness and
inattention.
The active profile is determined within the
first few minutes at the start of every jour-
ney and is stored as the normal driving
behaviour. While the bus is in motion, ATA
compares the current driving data with
the stored profile and, in this way, it can
recognise changes under consideration of
the following criteria:
● Personal driving style, e.g. steering
behaviour.
● Journey conditions, e.g. driving time.
ATA will be activated after every engine
start automatically from a speed of ap-
proximately 60 km/h, but it can be deac-
tivated by the driver at any time.
Note
The assistance system will be reactiv-
ated at the next engine start.
Associated systems
ATA has no access to the stored data of
the tachograph.
ATA in action
If ATA detects the typical signs of drowsi-
ness or an increasing level of driver inat-
tention, it issues a warning message on
the display screen.
Note
The warnings issued by ATA are inde-
pendent of legally enforced rules for
driving and rest times.
Limit of capability
ATA also works by evaluating steering
movements and driving profile.
Warnings will be given later or not at all
on:
● winding roads.
● journeys on which the average speed
is slower than 60 km/h.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Function of Attention Assist
Responsibility for observing legally en-
forced driving and rest times always rests
with the driver.
Active profile
The active profile is created when the
engine is started and acts as the basis
for comparison in the evaluation of the
current driving situation.
If the vehicle is stopped for a period of
over 15 minutes, the evaluation basis of
the active profile will be cleared and a
new one will be created when the journey
resumes. This reset takes place regard-
less of the status of the engine or ignition
(i.e. “ON” or “OFF”).
261
Assistance systems
Function of Attention Assist

Warning messages Thick seat covers would damp the vibra-

tion of the seat squab and the vibrating
effect would be diminished.

Note
Use only seat covers that are thin and
would not damp vibrations.

M68.00-0573-71

Whenever ATA detects the signs of

drowsiness or inattention, it issues
warnings with the:
● “Pause” (Break) message (1) on the
display screen.
● Vibrating of the seat squab.
After message acknowledgement, the
warning continues to be displayed in
status area (2) of the display screen.
Any new warning after this will not be
issued for at least 15 minutes.

262 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Operation: ESP, ASR
Operating ESP, ASR
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description
for ESP ( → page 239) and ASR
( → page 238).
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Disabling ESP, ASR
ESP and ASR cannot be disabled separ-
ately.
Danger
Risk of accident from deactivation or
failure of one or more electronic driver
assistance systems. The driving charac-
teristics of the vehicle could deteriorate
and, in critical situations, this could lead
to an accident.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to suit road
and traffic conditions.
▶ Do not use the retarder or brake
lever (if fitted) in fog, on black ice
Assistance systems
Operation: ESP, ASR
or in difficult road and traffic condi-
tions. Note
▶ Maintain a safe following distance. Depending on the version, the
▶ Adapt driving speed. pushbutton may be dual‐func-
tion with: upper section “ESP
▶ In the event of incorrect operation,
off”; lower section “Retarder
visit an OMNIplus Service Partner
off” → refer to the “At a glance”
immediately.
section.
▶ Before the system is disabled, ensure
familiarity with the function principle
and consequences of a disabled sys-
tem.
M42.00-0846-71
▶ The disabling of ASR and ESP is indic-
ated by:
M54.00-3006-71 ◁ “ESP off” (2) and “TC off” (1)
warning lamps light up in the
▶ Press “ASR/ESP OFF” pushbutton
instrument cluster.
(1).
◁ ESP and ASR are disabled.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 263
Assistance systems
Operation: ESP, ASR

Activating ESP, ASR

Note
Note Depending on the version, the push-
The ESP and ASR systems will be react- button may be dual‐function with:
ivated automatically at the next engine upper section “ESP off”; lower sec-
start. tion “Retarder off” → refer to the “At
a glance” section.

M54.00-3006-71

▶ Press “ASR/ESP OFF” pushbutton (1)

again.
◁ ESP and ASR have been reactiv-
ated.
◁ “ESP off” (2) and “TC off” (1)
warning lamps are unlit.

264 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Operation: Temposet, cruise control,
EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Operating the variable speed limiter
(Temposet)
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description for
the variable speed limiter (Temposet)
( → page 242).
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Danger
Risk of accident from failure to adapt
driving style to the traffic situation. Even
with the active support of driver assist-
ance systems, responsibility rests with
the driver of the vehicle. Whenever a
driver assistance system is supporting
driving, always monitor the driving situ-
ation and:
▶ Observe the current traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Assess weather and road surface
conditions.
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
▶ Take the behaviour of other road
users into consideration.
▶ Adapt speed and distance to suit
road and traffic conditions.
▶ Before the system is activated, en-
sure familiarity with the function prin-
ciple and consequences of an activ-
ated system.
Standby mode and activation
Standby mode:
After the ignition has been switched on,
it is necessary for the driver to set the as-
sistance system to standby mode before
use.
In standby mode, no active support of the
driver takes place.
Standby mode is not deactivated until the
ignition is switched off.
Precondition for activation:
The seat belt on the driver's seat is
buckled.
Retarder not active.
▶ Enable Temposet by pressing “LIM”
button (3).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
◁ The variable speed limiter is now
selected and the “LIM” symbol
appears in grey in the status area
of the display screen.
Active mode:
No driver support takes place until the
assistance system has been activated.
If the assistance system is deactivated, it
reverts to standby mode.
▶ Activate the assistance system by
pressing the “SET+” button on the
steering wheel or by resuming the
desired maximum speed using the
“RES-” button on the steering wheel
while the bus is in motion.
◁ The variable speed limiter is now
active and the “LIM” symbol on
the display screen is highlighted
in white.
265
Assistance systems
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
◁ The assistance system actively
supports the driver.
Warning
Risk of accident from unexpected
vehicle behaviour. If the driver activates
an assistance system and this system
resumes values that the driver has pre-
viously stored, the vehicle could acceler-
ate or decelerate without warning.
▶ Before activation, check the values
that have been set and make sure
that these are suitable for the driv-
ing situation.
▶ If necessary, set new values or re-
frain from activating the assistance
system.
▶ Monitor vehicle behaviour and inter-
vene if necessary.
Activating Temposet with the bus sta-
tionary
▶ Switch the ignition to position 2.
266 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M46.00-0200-71
▶ Press “LIM” button (3).
◁ On the display screen, a pop-up
window appears and “LIM” is
displayed in grey in the status
indicator.
▶ Set the maximum speed using “SET+”
button (6) and “RES-” button (8).
▶ To increase the value, press “SET+”
button (6) briefly.
◁ The value increases in increments
of 0.5 km/h.
▶ Or press and hold “SET+” button (6).
◁ The value increases in increments
of 5 km/h.
▶ To reduce speed, use the “RES-” but-
ton in the same way.
◁ The value is stored after a long
period of inactivity since the
value was set.
◁ The assistance system is now in
standby mode.
▶ After the bus has pulled away, resume
the stored speed by pressing the
“RES +” button.
◁ “LIM” symbol (3) on the display
screen is highlighted in white.
◁ The assistance system is now
active.
Activating Temposet while the bus is
in motion
▶ Press “LIM” button (3) if the assist-
ance system is not yet in standby
mode.
◁ The variable speed limiter is now
selected and the “LIM” symbol
on the display screen turns grey.
◁ The assistance system is now in
standby mode.
▶ Use the accelerator pedal to acceler-
ate the bus up to the desired speed.

▶ Press “SET+” button (6) to adopt
the current speed as the maximum
speed.
M54.00-2479-71
▶ Alternatively, press “RES-” button
(8) to resume a previously stored
maximum speed.
◁ The variable speed limiter is act-
ive (1) and resumed maximum
speed (2) is set.
◁ “LIM” symbol (3) on the display
screen is highlighted in white.
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Manually adjusting the stored max-
imum speed
It is possible to adjust the stored max-
imum speed using the buttons on the
steering wheel.
→ Refer to “Activating Temposet with the
bus stationary”.
Braking with Temposet activated
The variable speed limiter remains active
if braking is initiated with:
● Retarder by means of the combina-
tion switch.
● Use of the service brake while re-
tarder braking is in progress.
Overtaking with Temposet activated
It is possible to exceed the stored max-
imum speed, e.g. when overtaking.
▶ To deactivate the variable speed lim-
iter, depress the accelerator pedal
briefly beyond the full-load position as
far as the stop.
▶ Complete the overtaking manoeuvre.
▶ Release the accelerator pedal briefly
after the overtaking manoeuvre and
depress it again.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
◁ The assistance system is react-
ivated and the limit speed set is
restored.
If the driving speed after the overtaking
manoeuvre is higher than the set max-
imum speed, the assistance system will
brake the vehicle.
A “Limiter passiv” (Speed limiter passive)
yellow alert remains displayed until the
set maximum speed is reached.
Deactivating Temposet
If the assistance system is not needed in
the current driving situation, it can be set
to standby mode by the following actions:
▶ Press “OFF” button (1).
◁ “LIM” symbol (3) on the display
screen turns grey.
◁ The most recently set maximum
speed turns grey in the status
area of the display screen (next
to the LIM symbol).
▶ To reactivate Temposet, refer to: →
“Activating Temposet while the bus is
in motion”.
267
Assistance systems
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Operating cruise control
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description for
cruise control ( → page 243).
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Danger
Risk of accident from failure to adapt
driving style to the traffic situation. Even
with the active support of driver assist-
ance systems, responsibility rests with
the driver of the vehicle. Whenever a
driver assistance system is supporting
driving, always monitor the driving situ-
ation and:
▶ Observe the current traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Assess weather and road surface
conditions.
▶ Take the behaviour of other road
users into consideration.
▶ Adapt speed and distance to suit
road and traffic conditions.
268 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Before the system is activated, en- Activating cruise control while the bus
sure familiarity with the function prin- is in motion
ciple and consequences of an activ-
ated system.
Warning
Risk of accident from unexpected
vehicle behaviour. If the driver activates
an assistance system and this system
resumes values that the driver has pre-
viously stored, the vehicle could acceler-
ate or decelerate without warning.
▶ Before activation, check the values M46.00-0200-71
that have been set and make sure ▶ Press “Speedometer” button (5) if
that these are suitable for the driv- the assistance system is not yet in
ing situation. standby mode.
▶ If necessary, set new values or re- ◁ In the status area of the display
frain from activating the assistance screen, the “Speedometer” sym-
system.
bol appears in grey and cruise
▶ Monitor vehicle behaviour and inter- control is selected.
vene if necessary.
◁ The assistance system is now in
standby mode.
▶ Use the accelerator pedal to acceler-
ate the bus up to the desired speed.
▶ Press “SET+” button (6) to adopt the
current speed as the cruising speed.

▶ Release the accelerator pedal.
M54_00-1971-71
▶ Alternatively, press “RES-” button (8)
to resume a previously stored cruising
speed.
◁ Cruise control is active (1) and
resumed cruising speed (2) is set.
◁ “Speedometer” symbol (3) on the
display screen is highlighted in
white.
Manually adjusting the stored cruising
speed
It is possible to adjust the stored cruising
speed using the buttons on the steering
wheel.
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
▶ Adjust the cruising speed using
“SET+” button (6) and “RES-” button
(8).
▶ To increase the value, press “SET+”
button (6) briefly.
◁ The value increases in increments
of 0.5 km/h.
▶ Or press and hold “SET+” button (6).
◁ The value increases in increments
of 5 km/h.
▶ To reduce speed, use the “RES-” but-
ton in the same way.
◁ The value is stored after a long
period of inactivity since the
value was set.
Braking with cruise control activated
Cruise control remains active if braking is
initiated with:
▶ Retarder by means of the combina-
tion switch
▶ Retarder by means of the combina-
tion switch and additionally with the
service brake.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Cruise control is deactivated as soon
as the retarder is deactivated with the
combination switch.
Braking with the service brake deactivates
cruise control immediately, refer to “De-
activating cruise control”.
Overtaking with cruise control activ-
ated
It is possible to exceed the stored cruising
speed, e.g. when overtaking.
▶ Depress the accelerator pedal as nor-
mal during the overtaking manoeuvre.
▶ Complete the overtaking manoeuvre.
▶ Release the accelerator pedal after
the overtaking manoeuvre.
If the driving speed after the overtaking
manoeuvre is higher than the set cruising
speed, the assistance system will brake
the vehicle; if the vehicle is travelling
more slowly, it will accelerate.
Deactivating cruise control
If the assistance system is not needed in
the current driving situation, it can be set
to standby mode again.
269
Assistance systems
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
Any one of the following events deactiv-
ates the assistance system:
▶ Apply the service brake while cruise
control is driving the vehicle.
▶ Press the “OFF” button on the steer-
ing wheel.
◁ “Speedometer” symbol (3) on the
display screen turns grey.
◁ The most recently set maximum
speed turns grey in the status
area of the display screen (next
to the speedometer symbol).
▶ Transmission in position “N” (neutral,
no gear engaged) for longer than
5 seconds.
◁ A short warning signal will sound.
Setting the EcoDrive tolerance
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description for
cruise control ( → page 243).
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
270 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Cruise control intervenes to brake with
the assistance of the retarder if the set
cruising speed is exceeded by a pre-
defined tolerance value. It is possible
to set a tolerance value from 2 to 15
km/h. A higher value allows the vehicle
to come away from descents with more
momentum, which helps to save fuel.
Danger
Risk of accident from loss of control
M54_00-1987-71
over the vehicle caused by exceeding
the permissible maximum speed. ▶ Press the “Driving systems menu
window” button on the right-hand
▶ Brake the vehicle to the permissible side of the steering wheel repeatedly
speed. until the “EcoDrive” input window
▶ Select a lower gear to make use of appears on the display screen.
the engine braking effect. ◁ The tolerance value currently set
▶ Observe speed restrictions. (2) is displayed.

M46.00-0199-71
▶ Using arrow buttons (3) or (6), set the
speed tolerance to the desired value.
◁ Incremental adjustment with
each button press: 1 km/h
▶ Confirm by pressing “OK” button (1)
or wait 3 seconds without pressing
any button.
◁ The value is stored.
Operating distance cruise control
ART
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description for
ART ( → page 247).
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Danger
Risk of accident from failure to adapt
driving style to the traffic situation. Even
with the active support of driver assist-
ance systems, responsibility rests with
the driver of the vehicle. Whenever a
driver assistance system is supporting
driving, always monitor the driving situ-
ation and:
▶ Observe the current traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Assess weather and road surface
conditions.
▶ Take the behaviour of other road
users into consideration.
▶ Adapt speed and distance to suit
road and traffic conditions.
▶ Before the system is activated, en-
sure familiarity with the function prin-
ciple and consequences of an activ-
ated system.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Activating ART while the bus is in mo-
tion
ART is not active after an engine start and
does not intervene in the driving process
unless activated. Whenever a vehicle in
front is detected, ART displays the dis-
tance and speed in the “Assistenz” (As-
sistance) menu.
To activate while the bus is in motion,
accelerate to the desired speed and adopt
this speed using the “SET+” button on the
steering wheel.
Precondition for activation:
The seat belt on the driver's seat is
buckled.
Retarder not active.
Warning
Risk of accident from unexpected
vehicle behaviour. If the driver activates
an assistance system and this system
resumes values that the driver has pre-
viously stored, the vehicle could acceler-
ate or decelerate without warning.
271
Assistance systems
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
▶ Before activation, check the values
that have been set and make sure
that these are suitable for the driv-
ing situation.
▶ If necessary, set new values or re-
frain from activating the assistance
system.
▶ Monitor vehicle behaviour and inter-
vene if necessary.
▶ If a speed is stored already, this will
be displayed in grey in the status
area of the display screen. Check
before reactivating, set a new value if
necessary.
272 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
◁ Values for distance and speed are
displayed on the display screen
→ refer to “ART activated” in
the “ART function description”
section.
◁ ART now initiates control inter-
ventions: It maintains the preset
speed and brakes with the assist-
ance of the continuous brakes
when the traffic in front is driving
more slowly.
M46.00-0200-71
▶ Store the current speed using “SET+”
button (6), or resume a stored speed
using “RES-” (8).
▶ If necessary: Adjust the cruising
speed using “SET+” button (6) and
“RES-” button (8), → refer to “Operat-
ing cruise control”.
▶ Release the accelerator pedal.
◁ ART is now activated.
▽ “- - - km/h” appears on the dis-
play screen if the request is in- M54_00-1978-71
valid. ▶ In the event of a critical violation of
▶ Check preconditions for ac- the specified distance, the Active
tivation and repeat the pro- Brake Assist emergency braking sys-
cess. tem issues a red alert on the display

screen accompanied by a warning
tone, refer to the “Function of emer-
gency braking systems: AEBS (stand-
ard), ABA (option)” section. In this
case, use the service brake for addi-
tional braking force.
Braking with ART activated
ART remains active if braking is initiated
with:
▶ Retarder by means of the combina-
tion switch
▶ Retarder by means of the combina-
tion switch and additionally with the
service brake.
ART is deactivated as soon as the re-
tarder is deactivated with the combination
switch.
Braking with the service brake deactivates
ART immediately → Refer to “Deactivating
ART”
Changing lane with ART activated
As soon as the vehicle in front is no longer
detected, e.g. if the bus changes lane, if
the vehicle in front pulls out or in tight
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
corners, the bus will accelerate to the
selected cruising speed.
If a vehicle cuts in front, decelerates and
travels more slowly than the bus, braking
of the bus will be initiated. This rate of
deceleration might not be sufficient in
some traffic situations.
The Active Brake Assist emergency brak-
ing system issues a warning message. If
necessary, brake the bus using the ser-
vice brake.
If the driver of the bus starts to overtake
and accelerates with the accelerator
pedal, the distance from the vehicle in
front could decrease to such an extent
that a distance warning is issued.
The lane change should have been com-
pleted by this point at the latest, other-
wise, depending on the distance from the
vehicle in front, heavy braking could be
initiated and constitute a dangerous inter-
ruption in the overtaking manoeuvre.
▶ Depress the accelerator pedal to
overtake and interrupt the ART con-
trol intervention.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
▶ Release the accelerator pedal after
the overtaking manoeuvre.
If the driving speed after the overtaking
manoeuvre is higher than the set cruising
speed, the assistance system will brake
the vehicle; if the vehicle is travelling
more slowly, it will accelerate.
Deactivating ART
If the assistance system is not needed in
the current driving situation, it can be set
to standby mode again.
Deactivate ART before exiting motorways
or expressways. Whenever ART does not
detect a vehicle in front, it accelerates
to the stored cruising speed. This can be
unwelcome on exit sliproads and smaller
roads.
Any one of the following events deactiv-
ates the assistance system:
▶ Apply the service brake while ART is
driving the vehicle.
273
Assistance systems
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
M46.00-0200-71
▶ Press “OFF” button (1).
◁ “ART” symbol (3) is greyed out
in the status area of the display
screen.
◁ The most recently set cruising
speed turns grey in the status
area of the display screen (next
to the speedometer symbol).
▶ for reactivation, refer to: → “Activat-
ing ART while the bus is in motion”.
274 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Bus speed drops below 10 km/h and
Stop Assist is not fitted.
▶ Transmission in position “N” (neutral,
no gear engaged) for longer than
5 seconds.
▶ Engagement of reverse gear.
▶ Bus no longer at driving ride height.
▶ A malfunction occurs in the brake
system.
▶ Initialisation of the distance sensor
has not yet completed (clean the M46.00-0200-71
front bumper if dirty).
▶ Press “Menu” button (7) repeatedly
Adjusting the specified distance for until the “ACC Abstand” (ACC dis-
ART tance) menu window is displayed.
The specified distance can be set to any
of 5 increments between 40 % and 100 %,
with the default setting being approxim-
ately 60 % of the current driving speed.
Approximately 60 % means:
● Driving speed of 100 km/h corres-
ponds to a specified distance of ap-
proximately 60 metres.
● Driving speed of 50 km/h corres-
ponds to a specified distance of ap-
proximately 30 metres.

M54_00-1975-71
The current specified distance set is rep-
resented by white bars (1).
The more white bars there are, the greater
the specified distance that has been set.
● 1 bar corresponds to approximately
40 %
● 3 bars correspond to approximately
60 %
● 5 bars correspond to approximately
100 %
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
M46.00-0199-71
▶ Pressing arrow buttons (4) and (8)
adjusts the specified distance.
▶ To close the input window, press
“OK” button (1).
◁ If no button is pressed within
3 seconds, the most recently
set specified distance is stored
automatically.
◁ If no button is pressed within
10 seconds, the input window
closes automatically.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Note
Switching off the ignition resets the
specified distance to the default
value of approximately 60 %.
Setting the PPC tolerance
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description
for PPC (Predictive Powertrain Control)
( → page 249).
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
PPC allows the vehicle to drive faster or
slower than the stored cruising speed by
the predefined tolerance value. A toler-
ance value of 2 to 15 km/h can be set for
exceeding the cruising speed. For a drop
in speed, it is possible to select a value
between ‐10 and 0 km/h.
275
Assistance systems
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist

until the “Eco-Drive” input window Operating Stop Assist (option)

Danger appears on the display screen.
Risk of accident from loss of control The functions and limits of capability are
over the vehicle caused by exceeding described in the function description for
the permissible maximum speed. Stop Assist ( → page 250).

▶ Brake the vehicle to the permissible
speed.
▶ Select a lower gear to make use of
the engine braking effect.
▶ Observe speed restrictions.
M46.00-0199-71
▶ Using arrow buttons (4) or (8), select
the upper or lower tolerance value
and, using arrow buttons (3) or (6),
set the upper or lower speed toler-
ance to the desired value.
◁ Incremental adjustment with
each button press: 1 km/h
▶ Confirm by pressing “OK” button (1)
M54.00-2966-71
or wait 3 seconds without pressing
▶ Press the “Driving systems menu any button.
window” button on the right-hand
side of the steering wheel repeatedly
◁ The value is stored.
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Function description
If the traffic in front slows down in a
traffic jam, Stop Assist acts to control the
stopping and continued movement of the
vehicle.
ART and Stop Assist (option)
Whenever ART is activated, the Stop As-
sist function is enabled and ready for op-
eration.
▶ Ensure familiarity with the operation
of ART ( → page 271) first.
Stop Assist in operation
Stop Assist is active whenever all pre-
conditions have been fulfilled, e.g. in
the stop‐and‐go traffic of a traffic jam,
on major roads such as motorways. This

276 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


function is not designed for use in urban
traffic.
Preconditions for operation are:
● The seat belt has been fastened.
● ART is active (“ART” symbol on the
display screen is white and the set
speed is displayed).
● A vehicle in front has been detected
by ART.
M46.00-0200-71
As soon as the vehicle in front stops, the
bus will also be braked to a halt and the
assistance system will secure the bus
against rolling away.
Operation: Temposet, cruise control, EcoDrive, PPC, ART, Stop Assist
For stop times under 2 seconds, the sys-
tem will initiate pulling away autonom-
ously.
For stop times longer than 2 seconds:
▶ Briefly depress the accelerator pedal
or press “RES-” button (8).
◁ The bus now pulls away and
adapts its speed to that of the
vehicle in front.
◁ The system works based on the
distance and cruising speed set
for ART.
Stop Assist inoperative
Any one of the following events deactiv-
ates the assistance system or prevents
activation:
▶ Deactivate ART.
▶ The seat belt on the driver's seat is
not buckled.
Warning messages
With Stop Assist ready for operation, a
“Feststellbremse einlegen” (Apply parking
brake) red alert will appear on the display
screen if:
● the driver's belt buckle is released.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
● the engine is switched off.
The braking effect of the assistance sys-
tem is cancelled and the bus could roll
away.
Danger
Risk of injury from unintended move-
ment and unauthorised operation of the
vehicle.
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake after stopping and parking;
engage the lever fully.
▶ Always remove the ignition key be-
fore the driver's area is vacated.
▶ Always watch over the vehicle. If
this is not possible, close and lock
the vehicle correctly.
▶ On steep uphill or downhill gradi-
ents, turn the wheels towards the
kerb and place wheel chocks as an
additional safety measure.
▶ Apply the parking brake before the
driver's area is vacated.
277
Assistance systems
Operation: LDWS
Operation: LDWS
Operating LDWS
The functions and limits of capability are
described in the function description for
LDWS ( → page 252).
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Disabling LDWS
The system is enabled automatically
above a speed of 60 km/h and can
be disabled by the driver at any time,
e.g. for driving through long stretches
of roadworks with multiple, closely
spaced road markings that would trigger
unnecessary warnings.
Danger
Risk of accident from deactivation or
failure of one or more electronic driver
assistance systems. The driving charac-
teristics of the vehicle could deteriorate
and, in critical situations, this could lead
to an accident.
278 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to suit road
and traffic conditions.
▶ Do not use the retarder or brake
lever (if fitted) in fog, on black ice
or in difficult road and traffic condi-
tions.
▶ Maintain a safe following distance.
▶ Adapt driving speed.
▶ In the event of incorrect operation,
visit an OMNIplus Service Partner
immediately.
M54.00-3005-71
▶ Before the system is disabled, ensure ▶ Press “Lane assistant warning system
familiarity with the function principle off” pushbutton (1).
and consequences of a disabled sys- ◁ LDWS (lane assistant warning
tem. system) is disabled.
◁ The LED in the pushbutton lights
up red.
Note
The pushbutton is dual‐function
with: upper section “Lane assist-
ant warning system off”; lower sec-
tion “ABA off” → refer to the “At a
glance” section.
 Assistance systems
Operation: LDWS

Note
The assistance system will be react-
ivated at the next engine start.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 279

Assistance systems
Operation: ABA

Operation: ABA ▶ In the event of incorrect operation,

visit an OMNIplus Service Partner Note
Operating ABA immediately. Depending on the version, the push-
The functions and limits of capability are button may be dual‐function with:
▶ Before the system is disabled, ensure upper section “Lane assistant warn-
described in the function description for
familiarity with the function principle ing system off”; lower section “ABA
ABA ( → page 253).
and consequences of a disabled sys- off” → refer to the “At a glance” sec-
▶ Observe the safety precautions for tem. tion.
the interaction with assistance sys-
tems ( → page 233).
Disabling ABA

Danger
Risk of accident from deactivation or
failure of one or more electronic driver
assistance systems. The driving charac-
teristics of the vehicle could deteriorate
and, in critical situations, this could lead
to an accident.
M54.00-3078-71
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to suit road M54.00-2982-71
and traffic conditions. ▶ Press “ABA off” pushbutton (1).
▶ Do not use the retarder or brake ◁ The LED in the pushbutton lights ▶ The disabling of ABA is indicated by:
lever (if fitted) in fog, on black ice up red. ◁ “ABA off” warning lamp (2) lights
or in difficult road and traffic condi- up in the instrument cluster.
tions.
▶ Maintain a safe following distance.
▶ Adapt driving speed.

280 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Note
If the driver does not reactivate
the ABA system manually, it will be
reactivated automatically after 10
minutes or at the next engine start.
Activating ABA
M54.00-3078-71
▶ Press “ABA off” pushbutton (1).
◁ The LED in the pushbutton is no
longer lit.
◁ The “ABA off” warning lamp in the
instrument cluster goes out.
Driver conduct in the event of warning
and intervention
While the emergency braking system
provides the driver with support, it is no
substitute for driving with anticipation.
Even with level 1 warning messages, the
driver must judge and react to the situ-
ation independently of the assistance sys-
tem.
Warning
Risk of injury caused by items being
thrown around. The forces arising in the
event of rapid changes of direction or an
accident could cause unsecured items to
be propelled at high speed.
▶ Make sure that heavy, hard and
pointed items are adequately se-
cured.
▶ Brake using the service brake to
make use of the full braking distance.
▶ If necessary, use the service brake to
increase braking power to maximum
braking if the system has already
initiated partial braking.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Assistance systems
Operation: ABA
▶ Interrupt the intervention by the as-
sistance system in the event of a false
warning.
After emergency braking by the assist-
ance system:
▶ Park and secure the bus, removing it
from the danger zone if applicable.
▶ Attend to passengers and check state
of health.
Interrupting the intervention
In warning levels 1 and 2, i.e. even if par-
tial braking has already been initiated, the
driver can still actively intervene with the
following actions:
▶ Depress the brake pedal (warning
level 1)
▶ Depress the brake pedal harder than
required for partial braking (warning
level 2)
▶ Briefly and forcefully depress the
accelerator pedal (at least 25 % of
pedal travel) or kickdown
▶ Switch on the turn signals
281
Assistance systems
Operation: ABA

◁ If maximum braking has already

Note been initiated by the system, this
If ABA is reacting to persons, the will be cancelled.
ABA intervention will not be inter-
rupted by the turn signals being
switched on.
▶ Steering input (to evade an obstacle)
▶ Press the “ABA off” switch
◁ The audible warning messages
are suppressed, the warning
messages on the display screen
continue.
◁ If partial braking has already been
initiated by the system, this will
be cancelled.
In warning level 3, i.e. where maximum
braking has already been initiated, the
driver can actively intervene with the
following actions:
▶ Depress the accelerator pedal fully
(kickdown)
▶ Press the “ABA off” switch
◁ The audible warning messages
are suppressed, the warning
messages on the display screen
continue.

282 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Assistance systems
Sideguard Assist (option)

Sideguard Assist (option)

Turn Assist (option)

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 283

Assistance systems
Sideguard Assist (option)

1 Warning indicator

Note
Sideguard Assist (Turn Assist)
detects moving pedestrians,
cyclists and stationary objects
in the monitoring zone along
the right‐hand side of the
vehicle in order to warn the
driver of their presence.

Note
Warning indicator (1) lights
up yellow if an obstacle is
residing in the driver's blind
spot. In response to steering
input or if the turn signals are
switched on, the indication
in the mirror flashes red five
times. If the driver still does
not react, indication (1) lights
up permanently in red.

284 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Assistance systems
Sideguard Assist (option)

Sideguard Assist - system description ● A yellow or red warning signal on

the display screen in the “Assistenz”
(Assistance) menu.
● The right side of the driver's seat
squab vibrates (haptic warning).
Lane Change Assist (>36 km/h): Assists
the driver when changing to the lane on
the right.
Sideguard Assist issues a visual and
haptic warning of vehicles at risk of
collision as described above.
M54.00-3048-71
Note
Sideguard Assist combines two main
functions: Towed trailers are not recognised as be-
ing part of the vehicle, but are detected
Turn Assist: Assists the driver at junctions
as if they are objects following behind.
and detects moving persons and vehicles
when the bus makes a right‐hand turn.
If Sideguard Assist detects persons,
vehicles or other objects when the bus
is making a right‐hand turn, the driver is
warned by the following signals:
● A visual warning signal in right‐side
exterior mirror (1).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 285

Assistance systems

286 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Refrigerant
Contents

Notes on refrigerants in air-conditioning systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 287

Refrigerant
Notes on refrigerants in air-conditioning systems

Notes on refrigerants in 4. CO₂‐equivalent of the refrigerant

Note used.
air-conditioning systems
All applicable rules and regulations 5. Applicable SAE standard.
Note and SAE standard J639 must be 6. “A” item number (vehicle‐specific).
observed.
The air‐conditioning system of your 7. GWP (global warming potential) of the
vehicle is filled with refrigerant R‐134a ▶ If the engine compartment flap is refrigerant used.
and contains fluorinated greenhouse exchanged, new information labels 8. Trademark (Durable common auto-
gas. must be affixed to the replacement motive parts).
flap. 9. Refrigerant grade.
Information about the refrigerant can be
found on the information label on the
inside of the engine compartment flap.
▶ Open the engine compartment flap.
▶ Use only refrigerant R-134a.
▶ Use only the ester oils approved by
Mercedes-Benz.
▶ Do not mix approved ester oil with es-
ter oils that have not been approved
for refrigerant R­134a.
▶ Have servicing work, e.g. addition of
refrigerant or replacement of com- M83.30-0190-71 M83.30-0191-71
ponents, carried out only at a certified 1. Symbol for hazard and servicing in- 10. Languages.
specialist workshop. formation.
2. Amount of refrigerant in kg.
3. Reference to workshop documenta-
tion.

288 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Contents

Safety precautions for the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (HVAC) control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Display of main menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Demisting the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Regulation of the driver's area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Regulation of the passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Activating air-recirculation mode in the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Activating the reheat function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Activating the air-conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Preselecting the auxiliary heating, preheating the engine, programming switch-on times . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Setting the activation period for functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 289

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Safety precautions for the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (HVAC)

Safety precautions for the heating, ▶ Ensure complete familiarity with the
ventilation and air-conditioning sys- operation and use of the auxiliary
tem (HVAC) heating before it is used. Unintended
programming of the preset function
▶ Keep the driver's window and roof
and starting of the auxiliary heating
hatches closed to ensure trouble-free
could lead to hazardous situations.
regulation.
▶ In the front compartment, keep the
openings underneath the spare wheel
clear. Make sure that no objects can
cover these openings by becoming
displaced while the bus is in motion.
The functioning of the heating, vent-
ilation and air-conditioning system
could otherwise be impaired.
▶ Maintenance work on the
air-conditioning system must be
carried out only by expert personnel.
▶ Before work is carried out in the vi-
cinity of ventilation blowers of the
condenser or evaporator unit, switch
off the engine and remove the ig-
nition key. With the automatic air-
conditioning system switched on, the
ventilation blower would start auto-
matically and pose a hazard.

290 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (HVAC) control panel

Heating, ventilation and

air-conditioning system (HVAC)
control panel

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 291

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (HVAC) control panel
1 Air-recirculation/Smog button. Air
recirculation ON: LED lit in red.
Note
Pushbuttons 2 ‐ 7 are dual‐function.
The default assignments of pushbut-
tons 2 - 7 are:
2 Zone changeover
Note
Pushbuttons 2 ‐ 7 are dual‐function.
These can be used to navigate within the
menu (blue pictograms).
3 Auxiliary heating enable. Enabled
state activated: LED lit in red.
292 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
4 Enabling of the refrigerant
compressor. Enabled state activated:
LED lit in red.
5 Reheat button. The air-conditioning
system is switched to heating con-
trol: LED lit. In the refrigerant heat
exchanger, the recirculated air or re-
duced amount of fresh air is cooled.
The water that it contains condenses.
The dehumidified air is then reheated
and returned to the interior.
6 Menu activation
7 Menu OFF: With the engine running,
switches off passenger-compartment
regulation. With the engine switched
off, switches off the entire control
panel.
If the menu is active, the blue icons
on the buttons are lit
2 To navigate in the main menu: Go
left from the active main menu (light
blue).
5 To navigate in the main menu: Go
right from the active main menu (light
blue).
3 To navigate in the submenu: Go up
from the active submenu (light blue).
4 To navigate in the submenu: Go down
from the active submenu (light blue).
6 To confirm changes to settings or to
navigate into a lower menu level.
 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system (HVAC) control panel

7 To navigate into a higher menu level
or to quit the menu: To apply set-
tings, confirm with “OK” first (refer
to “Screen display”).
flaps are set and adjusted automat-
ically. The auxiliary heating and air-
conditioning compressor are enabled
for operation. Air-recirculation mode
is deactivated.

8 Demisting
13 Display screen

9 Driver's area flap adjustment

10 Speed adjustment / flap adjustment:

With blower adjustment preselec-
ted, it is possible to adjust the blower
speed. With flap adjustment preselec-
ted, it is possible to adjust the way in
which air is supplied to the driver's
area.

11 Temperature adjustment

12 AUTO: Pressing the AUTO button dir-

ectly selects the comfort temperat-
ure of 24 °C. The blower speed and

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 293

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Display screen

Display screen The display screen comprises

four basic elements:
1 Display field for main menus

Note
Display field (1) shows the
main menus. The active main
menu appears in light blue.
2 Title bar

Note
In title bar (2), the name of
the active menu window is
displayed.
3 Display field for submenus

Note
Display field (3) shows the
submenus. The active submenu
appears in light blue.
4 Display area

294 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Display screen

Note
In display area (4), the
on‐board computer shows
the menu window or an
event notification. An event
notification is displayed
automatically and contains a
message or information about
a malfunction.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 295

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Display of main menus

Display of main menus 1 System information

2 Auxiliary heating
3 Activation period
4 Operating modes
5 Display and services

296 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Demisting the windscreen

Demisting the windscreen Note

After 10 minutes, the system
reverts to the values previously
set.

Note
It is possible to cancel the wind-
screen demister function by
pressing button (8) again, by
adjusting the blower speed or
temperature, or by activating
M83.00-0919-71
the “AUTO” function.
▶ Press button (8) on the control panel.
◁ Button activated: LED lit in red.
◁ The front box blower and the
temperature are set to maximum.
◁ The windscreen flap is opened
and the footwell flap is closed.
◁ The auxiliary heating is activated.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 297

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Regulation of the driver's area
Regulation of the driver's area
Preselecting the driver's area temper-
ature
M83.00-0920-71
▶ Set the desired temperature by turn-
ing rotary control (11).
◁ Regulation is dependent on in-
terior temperature.
◁ Turning the rotary control all the
way up/down demands max-
imum heating/cooling power.
This will override any target val-
ues that have been set.
298 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Adjusting the blower speed in the Adjusting the flap position in the
driver's area driver's area manually
1. Activate “Driver's area flap adjust-
ment” button (9).
◁ LED lit in red.
M83.00-0919-71
1. Zone selection by button (2) is inact-
ive.
2. Turning rotary control (10) clockwise M83.00-0919-71
or anti-clockwise increases or de-
2. Turning rotary control (10) adjusts
creases the blower speed.
the flaps.
◁ The blower speed currently set is ◁ The position of the flaps is shown
shown on the display screen.
on the display screen.
◁ The indication on the display
screen goes out after 10 seconds
and the selected setting is ap-
plied.
 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Regulation of the driver's area

Note
On the display screen, two ad-
justment ranges are displayed
as separate bars. To switch to
the other range, turn the rotary
control at the end point of one
bar through 6 turns until the dis-
play point changes to the other
range.
◁ The indication on the display
screen goes out after 10 seconds
and the selected setting is ap-
plied.
◁ If the “Einstellung nicht verfüg-
bar” (Adjustment not available)
display appears on the display
screen, the “passenger compart-
ment zone changeover” has been
activated.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 299

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Regulation of the passenger compartment

Regulation of the passenger compart- 3. Turning the rotary control all the way
ment up/down demands maximum heat-
ing/cooling power. This will override
Adjusting the passenger- any target values that have been set.
compartment temperature ◁ A thermometer is displayed in
place of the setpoint temperature
value.

Adjusting the blower speed in the

passenger compartment
1. Activate “passenger compartment M83.00-0919-71

zone changeover” button (2). 2. Turning rotary control (10) clockwise

◁ LED lit in red. or anti-clockwise increases or de-
creases the blower speed.
◁ The blower speed currently set is
M83.00-0920-71
shown on the display screen.
1. Activate “Zone changeover” button ◁ The indication on the display
(2). screen goes out after 10 seconds
◁ The LED is lit in red. and the selected setting is ap-
◁ Passenger-compartment temper- plied.
ature control is activated.
2. Set the desired temperature by turn-
ing rotary control (11).
◁ Regulation is dependent on in-
terior temperature.

300 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Activating air-recirculation mode in the interior

Activating air-recirculation mode in ◁ Air-recirculation mode is deac-

the interior tivated automatically after 10
minutes. It is possible to adjust
this time allowance via the menu.
◁ There are three settings, with the
active setting being displayed
on the display screen. Each sub-
sequent press of “Air recircula-
tion / Smog” button (1) advances
to the next setting.
2. Air-recirculation mode deactivated
by “Air recirculation / Smog” button
(1) while one of the settings is active
M83.00-0920-71 (LED lit).
1. Activate “Air-recirculation mode” ◁ LED unlit.
button (1).
Note
The reheat and defrost functions can
be activated independently of air‐
◁ The “Air-recirculation mode” recirculation / smog mode.
symbol appears on the display
screen.
◁ LED lit in red.
◁ The roof hatches close automatic-
ally.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 301

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Activating the reheat function

Activating the reheat function ▽ A symbol or corresponding mes-

sage appears on the display
Note screen.
Reheat mode is possible only from an The switch-on conditions for air-
outside temperature of above 5 °C. After conditioning mode have not been
30 minutes of operation, the function fulfilled. Reheat mode does not
switches off automatically. start automatically.
2. Activate “Reheat” button (5).

▽ A symbol or corresponding mes-

sage appears on the display
screen.
This vehicle is not equipped with
an air-conditioning system. Re-
heat mode is not possible.
3. Reheat mode deactivated by “Reheat”
M83.00-0919-71 button (5) while the function is active
1. Activate “Reheat” button (5). (LED lit).
◁ LED unlit.

◁ LED lit.
◁ The roof hatches close automatic-
ally.

302 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Activating the air-conditioning
M83.00-0920-71
1. Activate “Enable refrigerant com-
pressor” button (4).
◁ A symbol or corresponding mes-
sage appears on the display
screen.
◁ LED lit.
◁ If the switch-on conditions for air-
conditioning operation have been
fulfilled, the air-conditioning sys-
tem starts up automatically after
Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Activating the air-conditioning
a short delay. Air-conditioning op- ◁ LED unlit.
eration is dependent on the set ◁ If the set target temperature
target temperature and the out- has not yet been reached, the
side and interior temperature. ventilation program is activated
2. Activate automatic A/C mode. automatically.
▽ A symbol or corresponding mes-
sage appears on the display
screen.
The switch-on conditions for
air-conditioning mode have not
been fulfilled. The air-conditioning
system does not start.
3. Activate automatic A/C mode.
▽ A symbol or corresponding mes-
sage appears on the display
screen.
This vehicle is not equipped with
an air-conditioning system.
4. Switch off automatic A/C mode using
button (4).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 303
Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Preselecting the auxiliary heating, preheating the engine, programming switch-on times
Preselecting the auxiliary heating,
preheating the engine, programming
switch-on times
Danger
Risk of poisoning and burns from ex-
haust gases and hot parts of the exhaust
system.
▶ Do not operate the engine or auxili-
ary heating in enclosed spaces, e.g.
garages, without an appropriate ex-
haust extraction system.
▶ Ensure a sufficient supply of fresh
air.
▶ Keep well clear of hot parts.
▶ Wear suitable protective clothing if
necessary.
Danger
Risk of fire from hot parts of the ex-
haust system.
▶ Switch off the auxiliary heating in-
doors and at filling stations.
▶ Do not park next to, over or on dry
grass or harvested crop fields.
304 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Keep well clear of fuel installations ▶ Observe the safety precautions at the
and parking vehicles. start of this section.
▶ Avoid areas prone to the build up of
gases or dust, such as gas depots,
Activating the auxiliary heating unit
coal stores or timber yards or sim-
ilar.
Note
▶ Use only air extraction systems ap-
proved for these exhaust temperat- Auxiliary heating operation is possible
when the outside temperature is at least
ures.
6 °C below the setpoint value selected
Event notifications (passenger compartment).
M83.00-1020-71
M83.00-0920-71
▶ Observe message (1) “Achtung Heiße
1. Ignition switched on: Activate “Enable
Abgase” (Attention Hot exhaust
auxiliary heating” button (11).
gases).

Preselecting the auxiliary heating, preheating the engine, programming switch-on times
◁ The auxiliary heating unit is en-
abled. After approximately 20
seconds, a symbol appears on
the display screen.
◁ LED lit.
◁ If the switch-on conditions have
been fulfilled, the auxiliary heat-
ing starts automatically.
2. Activate “Enable auxiliary heating”
button (11).
▽ The “Auxiliary heating not avail-
able” symbol appears on the dis-
play screen.
This vehicle is not equipped with
an auxiliary heating system.
3. Activate “Enable auxiliary heating”
button (11).
Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
▽ A symbol or corresponding mes- Programming auxiliary heating
sage appears on the display switch-on times
screen.
The switch-on conditions for
heating mode have not been
fulfilled. The auxiliary heating unit
does not start.
Preheating the engine using the auxil-
iary heating
1. The ignition is switched off and button
(3) is pressed and held for at least 3
seconds. M83.00-0925-71
◁ The auxiliary heater is switched 1. Press “Menu activation” button (6).
on directly.
◁ LED lit in red, the display screen
◁ After 30 minutes of operation, is active.
the function switches off auto-
matically. The countdown time is
shown on the display screen.
2. Press button (3) again while the aux-
iliary heating is active and the count-
down time is shown on the display
screen.
◁ The auxiliary heating is deactiv-
ated and switches off.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 305
Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Preselecting the auxiliary heating, preheating the engine, programming switch-on times

5. Button label as for first illustration:

Navigation to the desired setting
option for weekdays and start time
by the blue arrows of buttons (3) and
(4).
◁ To proceed, press “OK” to select
the next menu level down.

M83.00-0923-71
2. Button label as for previous illustra-
tion: Press “blue right arrow” button
(5) once.
◁ In the main menu, the “Stand-
heizung” (Auxiliary heating) menu
is highlighted in light blue.
◁ In the submenu, “Aktivierung
und Anpassung” (Activation and
customisation) menu (4) is high-
lighted in light blue.
◁ The current status of preset
timer (1) is shown on the display
screen.
M83.00-0926-71
3. To proceed, press “OK” (2) to select
the next menu level down.
◁ The first switch-on time is high-
lighted in light blue.
4. To proceed, press “OK” (2) to select
the next menu level down.
◁ The setting options are shown on
the display screen.
◁ Preset timer activated by “OK”.
▽ If activation of the preset timer
is not possible, a corresponding
message will appear on the dis-
play screen.
▶ Check adjustment.
Note
In the “Aktivitätsdauer” (Ac-
tivation period) submenu, it is
possible to set times of between
10 and 120 minutes. The ac-
tivation period for the station-
ary preheater with the ignition
switched off is set in the “Funk-
tionsprofile, Standvorwärmung”
(Function profiles, Stationary
preheater) menu.
Note
In the “Heizkreisläufe” (Heating
circuits) submenu, it is possible
to set the zones for the timer‐
controlled activation of the
auxiliary heating.

306 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Preselecting the auxiliary heating, preheating the engine, programming switch-on times

6. To go back or close: Press the “OFF”

button.
◁ Depending on when the button is
pressed, the next menu level up
is selected or the menu is closed.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 307

Heating/ventilation/air-conditioning
Setting the activation period for functions

Setting the activation period for func- desired function using the blue ar-
tions rows of buttons (3) and (4).
◁ The editable function is high-
lighted in light blue.
5. To proceed, press “OK” to select the
next menu level down.
◁ Follow the instructions on the
display screen. To go back or
close: Press the “OFF” button.
◁ Depending on when the button is
pressed, the next menu level up
M83.00-0922-71
is selected or the menu is closed.
2. Button label as for previous illustra-
M83.00-0925-71
tion: Press “blue right arrow” button
(5) twice.
1. Press “Menu activation” button (6).
◁ LED lit, the display screen is act- ◁ In the main menu, the “Aktivier-
ungsdauer” (Activation period)
ive.
menu is highlighted in light blue.
◁ In the submenu, “Umluftbetrieb”
(Air-recirculation mode) menu (4)
is highlighted in light blue.
3. To proceed, press “OK” (2) to select
the next menu level down.
4. Button label as for first illustration:
If a different setting for the function
duration is desired, navigate to the

308 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Opening/locking
Contents

Safety and warning notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Locking/unlocking doors; embarking/disembarking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Operating doors/flaps while the bus is in motion; status indicators on the display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 309

Opening/locking
Safety and warning notes
Safety and warning notes
Before departure
Doors and flaps provide a means of exit
and escape for passengers in an emer-
gency. Doors that are mechanically locked
and secure must be unlocked before the
start of a journey.
Warning
Risk of injury from passenger panic
caused by locked doors. Locked doors
cannot be used as an escape route in
emergency situations.
▶ Unlock and function‐test all doors
before the start of a journey.
▶ In the event of a malfunction, have
the door system inspected by an
OMNIplus Service Partner without
delay.
What to do in the event of a door mal-
function
Door malfunctions are shown on the dis-
play screen.
310 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
The door concerned appears in yellow or
red, or an associated yellow or red alert is
displayed.
In the event of a door malfunction, take
remedial action. If the door malfunction
cannot be rectified, lock the door manu-
ally.
The carriage of passengers with a manu-
ally locked door is permitted only in ex-
ceptional circumstances.
Danger
Risk of injury if persons fall out of the
bus if the doors are opened or depres-
surised while the bus is in motion or
stationary. Stopping anywhere but at
designated bus stops or places of similar
safety puts persons at greater risk from
passing traffic.
▶ Open doors only at bus stops or
places of similar safety and always
with the bus stationary.
▶ For automatic doors: Enable only by
means of the door enabling switch.
▶ Always restore operation of the
doors after an emergency operation.
▶ Do NOT pull away with an emer-
gency‐released immobiliser or if the
doors have not been closed.
▶ Park at bus stops to rectify malfunc-
tions, watch over the door.
▶ Have the vehicle repaired by an
OMNIplus Service Partner without
delay.
Display screen warning messages
▶ Observe warning messages on the
display screen:
Yellow alerts
warn of functional limitations; it is pos-
sible to drive on as long as particular cau-
tion is exercised.
Caution
Physical damage caused by restricted
functioning or potential failure of vehicle
systems. The driving characteristics of
the bus could deteriorate.
▶ Adapt driving behaviour to the con-
tent of the warning message.
 Opening/locking
Safety and warning notes

▶ Have the cause of restricted

functioning professionally repaired
without delay.
Red alerts
describe safety‐relevant malfunctions.
Continued driving would endanger the
safety of passengers, other road users
and that of the driver.

Danger
Risk of accident from the compromised
operating safety and roadworthiness of
the bus.
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Contact an OMNIplus Service Part-
ner if necessary.
▶ Do not drive on until the malfunction
has been rectified.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 311

Opening/locking
Locking/unlocking doors; embarking/disembarking the vehicle
Locking/unlocking doors; embark-
ing/disembarking the vehicle
Opening / closing doors manually
from the outside
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors
( → page 310).
Unlocking doors
M72_00-0244-01
▶ Insert the vehicle key into lock (1) on
door 1 and turn clockwise (3).
312 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Also turn rotary handle (2) clockwise
(3).
▶ Turn the vehicle key and rotary handle
back to their initial position and re-
move the key.
◁ The doors are unlocked.
◁ The fuel filler flap is unlocked.
◁ The exterior emergency release
handles of the roof hatches are
unlocked.
▶ Press exterior pushbutton (5).
◁ Door 1 opens.
Note
The key with the marque logo closes
locks on the outside of the vehicle.
The key with the grid pattern closes
locks in the interior.
Locking doors
Precondition
● Ignition switched off and ignition key
removed.
The bus has been parked correctly.
All doors and flaps are closed, except
for front door 1.
▶ Press exterior pushbutton (5).
◁ Door 1 closes.
▶ Insert the vehicle key into lock (1)
and turn clockwise (4).
▶ Turn rotary handle (2) anti-clockwise
(4).
▶ Turn the rotary handle and vehicle
key back to their initial position and
remove the key.
◁ The doors are locked.
◁ The fuel filler flap is locked.
◁ The exterior emergency release
handles of the roof hatches are
locked.
Note
Otherwise, the luggage compart-
ment flaps will be locked automatic-
ally approximately 43 minutes after
ignition OFF.

Opening/closing the doors by remote
control
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors
( → page 310).
Unlocking doors
M80.00-0056-71
▶ Press button (2) on the remote con-
trol.
◁ The turn signals on the bus flash
once briefly.
◁ The doors are unlocked.
◁ The fuel filler flap is unlocked.
Locking/unlocking doors; embarking/disembarking the vehicle
◁ The exterior emergency release
handles of the roof hatches are
unlocked.
Note
Pressing and holding button (2)
for longer than 2 seconds initiates
opening of door 1.
▶ Open door 1 using the exterior push-
button within 1 minute.
◁ After one minute, all doors and
flaps will be relocked.
▶ Alternatively: Press and hold button
(2) on the remote control for at least
2 seconds.
◁ Door 1 opens.
Opening a door with the anti-theft alarm
system primed (option)
▶ After unlocking and door opening, the
ignition must be switched on within
the next 30 seconds.
▽ Otherwise, the anti-theft alarm
system will activate an alarm.
▶ To deactivate the alarm →
switch on the ignition.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Opening/locking
Unlocking the luggage compartment flaps
▶ Short-press button (2) on the remote
control 2x.
▶ Open a luggage compartment flap
within 1 minute.
◁ The luggage compartment flaps
are unlocked.
◁ After one minute, all flaps will be
relocked.
▶ Alternatively: Unlock the luggage
compartment flaps using the push-
button in the driver's area refer to
“Opening/closing doors by pushbut-
ton from the inside” ( → page 316).
To enable loading and unloading of lug-
gage, it is possible to lock the doors of the
vehicle and control only the locking and
unlocking of the luggage compartment
flaps.
▶ Lock the vehicle.
▶ Press and hold buttons (1) and (2) on
the remote control simultaneously for
at least 1 minute.
◁ The vehicle switches to a differ-
ent mode.
313
Opening/locking
Locking/unlocking doors; embarking/disembarking the vehicle
◁ In this mode, it is now possible to
lock and unlock only the luggage
compartment flaps.
▶ To quit this mode: Press and hold
buttons (1) and (2) on the remote
control simultaneously for at least
1 minute.
◁ The mode is deactivated and it
is possible to lock all doors and
flaps again.
▶ Before departure, carry out a visual
check to make sure that all flaps are
closed and there are no obstacles in
the area around the bus.
Locking doors
Precondition
● Ignition switched off and ignition key
removed.
● The bus has been parked correctly.
● All doors, flaps and windows are
closed, except for front door 1.
▶ Press the opening/closing exterior
pushbutton at the door.
◁ The door closes.
314 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M80.00-0056-71
▶ Alternatively: Press and hold button
(1) on the remote control for longer
than 2 seconds.
◁ The doors and roof hatches close.
▽ The windows and flaps do NOT
close.
▶ Close the windows and flaps
manually.
▶ Press button (1) on the remote con-
trol.
◁ The turn signals on the bus flash
briefly three times.
◁ The doors are locked.
◁ The fuel filler flap is locked.
◁ The luggage compartment flaps
are locked.
◁ The exterior emergency release
handles of the roof hatches are
locked.
◁ (Option) The anti-theft alarm
system is primed, the LED in the
driver's area flashes red.
▽ If no locking takes place and a
buzzer sounds for 10 seconds:
▶ Close the open doors, lug-
gage compartment flaps,
windows or roof hatches.
▶ Lock the vehicle again.
Locking the vehicle from the inside
It is possible to disarm the anti‐theft
alarm system if the driver would like to
remain inside and lock the vehicle.
▶ Press the upper section of the “Anti-
theft alarm system” pushbutton.
▶ Lock the vehicle using radio remote
control button (1).
◁ The LED in the driver's area lights
up red to indicate that interior
protection has been disabled.

Operating doors/flaps while the bus is in motion; status indicators on the display screen
Operating doors/flaps while the bus
is in motion; status indicators on the
display screen
Status of doors, ramps and flaps
Door status display screen notification
M54.00-2197-71
The display screen notification differs by
vehicle model (vehicle length and door
quantity).
The status of the doors, flaps and, where
applicable, ramps is displayed as follows
(example with luggage compartment flaps
opened):
● white: opened flaps
Opening/locking
● grey: closed door, ramp or flap. ▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
● white: opened door, ramp or flap. on the handling and use of doors
● yellow or red: door malfunction ( → page 310).
Opening the door
Preconditions:
● Bus stationary.
● Transmission in neutral (N).
● Bus stop brake active or parking
brake applied.
● Ignition switched on or engine run-
ning.
● Doors mechanically unlocked (op-
tional function).
M54.00-2195-71
In the event of a warning message, ob-
serve the display screen notification.
Act in accordance with safety instruc-
tions.
Opening/closing doors by pushbut-
ton from the inside
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
M68.00-0578-71
▶ Press pushbutton (1).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 315
Opening/locking
Operating doors/flaps while the bus is in motion; status indicators on the display screen
◁ The LED in door 1 pushbutton
lights up.
◁ Door 1 opens.
▶ Press pushbutton (2).
◁ The LED in door 2 pushbutton
lights up.
◁ Door 2 opens.
Closing the door and pulling away
If the bus is equipped with a bus stop
brake (option) and it is activated, this
state will be indicated on the display
screen.
▶ Press pushbutton (1).
◁ Door 1 closes.
◁ The LED in door 1 pushbutton
goes out.
▶ Press pushbutton (2).
◁ Door 2 closes.
◁ The LED in door 2 pushbutton
goes out.
▶ Release the bus stop brake or parking
brake and pull away.
▶ To pull away with an immobiliser (op-
tion), depress the accelerator pedal.
316 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
◁ The immobiliser is released, the
bus moves off.
Door malfunctions during opening and
closing
If the door does not open or close fully,
the LED in the respective pushbutton
flashes.
The opening or closing procedure could
be impaired by the following causes:
● Insufficient operating pressure.
■ Allow the engine to run in order
to generate sufficient supply
pressure in the compressed‐air
circuit.
● If emergency valve operated before-
hand:
■ Press reset pushbutton (3) and
press door 1 pushbutton (1)
again.
● If the door does not close fully be-
cause the door is not latched com-
pletely:
■ Open and close the door again.
Door reversal during the opening or
closing procedure
▶ Ensure familiarity with how the anti-
entrapment protection ( → page 318)
functions.
Pulling away with an opened door
If the bus is moved with an opened door
and exceeds a speed of 3 km/h, a warn-
ing will appear on the display screen.
▶ In the event of a “Tür Störung” (Door
malfunction) message, stop the bus
immediately.
▶ Rectify the door malfunction before
continued driving.
Locking/unlocking the luggage com-
partment flaps by pushbutton from
the inside
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors and
flaps ( → page 310).
 Opening/locking
Operating doors/flaps while the bus is in motion; status indicators on the display screen

Luggage compartment flaps side when viewed in the direction

Preconditions of travel.
● Sufficient supply pressure. ◁ The LED in the pushbutton lights
up red.
Unlocking the luggage compartment flaps
▶ Open luggage compartment flaps
from the outside by the handle, traffic
conditions permitting.
◁ The luggage compartment light-
ing switches on.
Locking the luggage compartment flaps
▶ Close the luggage compartment flaps
fully and press on them towards the
bus.
▶ Press pushbutton (1) or (2).
◁ The luggage compartment flaps
M54.00-1900-71
are locked.
▶ Press pushbutton (1).
◁ The luggage compartment flaps Note
are unlocked on the left-hand Otherwise, the luggage compart-
side when viewed in the direction ment flaps will be locked automatic-
of travel. ally approximately 43 minutes after
◁ The LED in the pushbutton lights ignition OFF.
up red.
▶ Press pushbutton (2).
◁ The luggage compartment flaps
are unlocked on the right-hand

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 317

Opening/locking
Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps
Door anti-entrapment protection (re-
versing); emergency operation of
doors and flaps
Door-activated anti-entrapment pro-
tection (reversing)
Opening of the door
If a door leaf makes contact with an
object when opening, this door leaf is
switched to reduced‐power pushback.
The indicator lamp in the pushbutton for
the respective door flashes. In the case of
pneumatic doors, the door then continues
to move in the opening direction with
reduced force.
Closing of the door
If a door leaf makes contact with an ob-
ject when closing, the closing motion is
reversed to open the door again. The in-
dicator lamp in the pushbutton for the
respective door flashes.
With automatic doors, the closing move-
ment is reinitiated after the hold‐open
time has elapsed. Automatic doors are
doors that can be opened by the passen-
ger if enabled by the driver.
318 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Press the pushbutton again to restore
normal operation of the door.
▽ The door is not restored to nor-
mal operation
▶ → refer to the “Operating an
emergency valve” or (option)
“Teaching-in doors”.
Operating and resetting a door emer-
gency valve
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors
( → page 310).
Operating an emergency valve
In an emergency, it is possible to unlock
the doors using the emergency valves.
There is an emergency valve on the in-
side at each door and, depending on the
vehicle, on the outside at specific doors.
In the event of danger (fire), passengers
will be able to exit the vehicle and emer-
gency rescue services will have access
from the outside. Doors must not be in
locked condition.
Warning
Risk of injury from passenger panic
caused by locked doors. Locked doors
cannot be used as an escape route in
emergency situations.
▶ Unlock and function‐test all doors
before the start of a journey.
▶ In the event of a malfunction, have
the door system inspected by an
OMNIplus Service Partner without
delay.
When the emergency valve is operated,
the associated door valve is vented of air.
This depressurises the door system and
the door can be moved by hand.
Operation is automatically inhibited while
the bus is in motion.

Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps
M72_00-0023-01
Depending on the vehicle model and vari-
ant, the installation position and arrange-
ment may vary.
▶ Front door 1: Turn exterior emergency
valve (3) / interior emergency valve
(3.1) in the direction of the arrow.
◁ The door is depressurised and
can be operated by hand.
◁ In the driver's area, a warning
message appears on the dis-
play screen and a warning tone
sounds.
▶ Centre door 2: Turn exterior emer-
gency valve (3.2) / interior emer-
gency valve (3.3) in the direction of
the arrow.
◁ The door is depressurised and
can be operated by hand.
◁ In the driver's area, a warning
message appears on the dis-
play screen and a warning tone
sounds.
M54.00-2002-71
▶ Secure the bus using the parking
brake.
▶ Check the door shown on the display
screen, here door (1).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Opening/locking
Resetting the emergency valve
Before continued driving, all doors must
be restored to fully operative condition.
Danger
Risk of injury if persons fall out of the
bus if the doors are opened or depres-
surised while the bus is in motion or
stationary. Stopping anywhere but at
designated bus stops or places of similar
safety puts persons at greater risk from
passing traffic.
▶ Open doors only at bus stops or
places of similar safety and always
with the bus stationary.
▶ For automatic doors: Enable only by
means of the door enabling switch.
▶ Always restore operation of the
doors after an emergency operation.
▶ Do NOT pull away with an emer-
gency‐released immobiliser or if the
doors have not been closed.
▶ Park at bus stops to rectify malfunc-
tions, watch over the door.
319
Opening/locking
Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps
M54.00-2196-71
The driver is able to acknowledge red
alerts using the “OK” button on the steer-
ing wheel but not until the vehicle has
been brought to a halt and the parking
brake has been applied.
320 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M68.00-0578-71
Warning
Risk of crushing caused by uncon-
trolled door movements when operation
of the door system is restored.
▶ Keep persons away from the door's
range of movement.
▶ Reset the emergency valve (if this did
not already happen automatically).
▶ Operate emergency valve reset push-
button (3).
▶ Close the door using the door push-
button.
◁ The door system is completely
ready for operation again.
▽ The door slams or makes jerky
movements.
▶ Repeat the reinstatement
procedure.
▶ Provide the emergency valve with a
tamper-evident seal. It is prohibited
to seal the emergency valves in buses
registered in France.
Emergency closing of a door after a
malfunction
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors
( → page 310).
Locking the door in the event of a mal-
function
It may be possible to force a malfunction-
ing door to close, depending on the cause
of malfunction.

Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps
Preconditions
● Bus standing level and parking brake
applied.
● Ignition on.
● Battery voltage 24 ± 3 volts
▶ Arrange for a different vehicle to col-
lect passengers for their onward jour-
ney.
▶ Depressurise the door and close it by
hand.
Warning
Risk of injury from passenger panic
caused by locked doors. Locked doors
cannot be used as an escape route in
emergency situations.
▶ Unlock and function‐test all doors
before the start of a journey.
▶ In the event of a malfunction, have
the door system inspected by an
OMNIplus Service Partner without
delay.
▶ Lock the door mechanically.
Opening/locking
▶ Have the vehicle repaired by an
OMNIplus Service Partner without
delay.
Emergency release of flaps after a
malfunction
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors
( → page 310). M00.00-0634-71
▶ Open the cap in the front doorway.
Emergency release of the luggage
compartment flaps in the event of a ▶ Pull handle (1).
malfunction ◁ The spare wheel flap opens.
If the compressed‐air supply or electrical ▶ Remove the spare wheel.
system has failed, it is possible to unlock
the luggage compartment flaps using an
emergency supply of compressed air.
The inflation pressure of the spare wheel
is used for this purpose.
Preconditions
● Bus standing level and parking brake
applied.
● Spare wheel present and fully in-
flated.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 321
Opening/locking
Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps
M40_00-0073-01
▶ In the area behind the front
air-conditioning box, remove hose
with tyre connection (2) from the
plate.
▶ Connect the connection to the tyre
valve of the spare wheel.
◁ The compressed air in the spare
wheel tyre passes through shuttle
valves directly to the cylinders of
the luggage compartment locking
system and unlocks the luggage
compartment flaps.
▶ Open the luggage compartment flaps.
▶ Reinflate the spare wheel to the spe-
cified pressure as soon as possible.
322 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Releasing the emergency exits
▶ Ensure familiarity with door operation
before the start of a journey.
▶ Observe the safety and warning notes
on the handling and use of doors
( → page 310).
Emergency exit via roof hatches
Danger
Risk of injury from sharp-edged splin-
ters and frames if the glass pane is M77_00-0017-01
smashed and broken through. Flying ▶ To gain access to the emergency
splinters also endanger persons nearby. exit roof hatch, remove cover (1) by
▶ All persons nearby should protect pulling handle (2).
their hands, face and eyes. ◁ Access to the emergency exit
▶ Use the emergency hammer to hatch is revealed.
smash the glass pane.
▶ If treading under foot is necessary:
Be sure to wear sturdy footwear,
and keep calves and shins away
from frame parts.
In an emergency, it is possible to exit the
vehicle through the roof hatches.
 Opening/locking
Door anti-entrapment protection (reversing); emergency operation of doors and flaps

hatches fitted by specialist personnel at

an OMNIplus Service Partner.

M77.00-0030-71

▶ In an emergency, smash the glass

pane of the emergency exit using red
emergency hammer (1).
◁ The glass is shattered and it is
possible to leave the bus through
the emergency exit or rescue
teams are given access to the
interior.
Refitting the roof hatches
Before continued driving, all emergency
exits must be restored to fully operative
condition.
Following emergency operation, it is
necessary to have the emergency exit

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 323

Opening/locking

324 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenettes
Contents

Safety and warning notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Use for the intended purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Filling the fresh water supply tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Checking and cleaning the fresh water filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Cleaning the sausage heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Descaling the coffee machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Draining the siphon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Draining the water lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Draining the boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 325

On-board kitchenettes
Safety and warning notes
Safety and warning notes
Notes for the avoidance of physical
and environmental damage
To avoid damage and loss of warranty,
observe the following information and
instructions.
Appliances such as water boiler, coffee
machine and sausage heater:
● Never operate the equipment without
water. Risk of thermal damage ‐ loss
of warranty.
● Damage caused by heat and steam
when the kitchenette is closed is not
covered by the warranty. Do not oper-
ate appliances unless the kitchenette
is open.
Secure loose objects in the kitchenette
(cans, cups, lids, etc.) properly during the
journey.
Waste water from the on‐board
kitchenette flows into the lavatory's
holding tank.
▶ Dispose of waste in an environment-
ally responsible manner. The rules
and regulations of the country in
326 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
which the vehicle is operated must
be observed.
Notes for the avoidance of damage to
health
Warning
Danger to health from inadequate
hygiene and precautionary measures
during use of the on-board kitchenette
and/or lavatory.
▶ Use only clean drinking water.
▶ If either system is to remain out
of service for a temporary period,
drain the residual water from these
systems to avoid the growth of mi-
crobes, refer to the “Winter opera-
tion” section.
▶ Carry out regular disinfection of
water‐carrying systems. Mandatory
after bringing back into service.
▶ Do not add antifreeze to the fresh
water supply tanks of the lavatory
and kitchenette.
Environmental protection
Risk to environment from environment-
ally hazardous substances being allowed
to enter the ground, aquatic environ-
ment or sewerage system.
▶ Dispose of black water only at col-
lection points intended for this pur-
pose.
▶ Dispose of plastic cutlery, plastic
tableware and packaging materials
at collection points intended for this
purpose.
▶ Observe national and local rules and
requirements.
▶ Do not store any items inside the
sausage heater or microwave. In the
event of unintended activation, there
would be a risk of smoke develop-
ment or even a risk of fire.
 On-board kitchenettes
Use for the intended purpose

Use for the intended purpose

The on‐board kitchenette and its equip-
ment are intended for normal kitchen use
during a bus journey.
This includes:
● Boiler for hot water preparation.
● Coffee machine for brewing coffee.
● Sausage heater for preparing saus-
ages.
Any other use cannot be considered use
for the intended purpose.

Approved personnel
The kitchenette may only be used by
trained personnel. The personnel must
be professionally qualified and have read
and understood this section.
The safety of the person using the kit-
chenette and the security of all kitchen
utensils are prerequisites for use of the
kitchenette while the bus is in motion.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 327

On-board kitchenettes
Filling the fresh water supply tank

Filling the fresh water supply tank

Warning
Danger to health from germs in drink-
ing water.
▶ Use only sterile aids (vessels, fun-
nels, hoses, etc.) for filling.
▶ Add only clean drinking water.
▶ Before the kitchenette is used, ensure
familiarity with how it operates.
M86_00-0308-71
▶ Observe ( → page 326) the additional
safety and warning notes at the start ▶ Either fill supply tank (1) inside the
of this section. bus at cap (4) or remove the tank
from the bus (by loosening tensioning
straps (6), releasing push-fit coupling
(3) and removing spring split pin (2))
and fill at cap (5).
▶ Use spanner (7) if the caps are diffi-
cult to turn.
▶ After filling, refit the fresh water
supply tank, secure with tensioning
straps (6), reinsert spring split pin (2)
and connect push-fit coupling (3).

328 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenettes
Checking and cleaning the fresh water filter

Checking and cleaning the fresh wa-

ter filter

M86_00-0143-01

▶ Check fresh water filter (6) for clog-

M86_00-0376-71
ging at regular intervals (depending
on the water quality) and clean it if
The fresh water filter is located behind
necessary.
cover (2).
▶ Unscrew knurled screws (1) to permit Note
removal of the cover. The fresh water filter is located
between the fresh water supply tank
and the fresh water pump.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 329

On-board kitchenettes
Cleaning the sausage heater

Cleaning the sausage heater Note

▶ After use, clean the sausage heater
tank, the lid and the overflow pipe
with warm water and a commercially
available washing-up liquid. Use a soft
sponge without a scourer or similar
abrasive product. Rinse with clean
water and wipe the sausage heater
tank dry to avoid scaling.
▶ Clean out the overflow pipe with a
bottle cleaner at regular intervals.
▶ Clean the sausage heater tank with a
commercially available stainless steel
cleaner at regular intervals.
For heavy scaling, it is possible to
operate the sausage heater con-
taining descaler for approximately
30 minutes at 80 °C.
▶ Drain the boiler after the descaler re-
action time and rinse well with clean
water. Wipe the sausage heater tank
dry.

Descaling the sausage heater

▶ Fill the sausage heater tank 2 cm high
with descaler and leave it to work
(observe the instructions issued by
the descaler product manufacturer).

330 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenettes
Descaling the coffee machine

Descaling the coffee machine Note

Note Use only descalers that are suitable
for domestic appliances. The de-
How frequently the on‐board kitchenette scaler must be kind to plastics and
should be descaled depends on water aluminium.
quality. Nevertheless, the coffee ma-
chine should be descaled immediately if ▶ Switch on the 40-cup coffee machine
performance deteriorates or if the open- without the filter holder and with the
ings in the filter begin to scale up. tank full; switch on the 2-carafe filter
system with two carafes filled.

M86_00-0142-02
▶ Disconnect the hose at quick-release
coupling (5).
▶ Hold the hose in a container of de-
scaler (at least 10 litres).
Note
Clean the filter holder of the 40‐cup
coffee machine using only a com-
mercially available washing‐up liquid
and a brush.
▶ After draining, reconnect the hose to
fresh water supply tank (4).
▶ Flush with fresh water until there is
no longer a taste or smell of descaler
or vinegar. To do this, brew several
carafes without coffee.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 331

On-board kitchenettes
Draining the siphon

Draining the siphon

M86_00-0160-01

▶ Dismantle siphon (39) (odour trap) of

the kitchenette waste water drain at
union nuts (39.1) and empty.

Note
The siphon of the on‐board kit-
chenette waste water drain is loc-
ated in the 2nd step in doorway II.
▶ Fill the siphon with a suitable screen-
wash antifreeze (down to -30 °C) and
then reassemble it.

332 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenettes
Draining the water lines

Draining the water lines

M86.00-0561-71

M86_00-0305-71
▶ To drain off the remaining water,
open cold water tap (2) and hot water
▶ To drain off the majority of the water,
tap (1) and allow the boiler to drain
route hose (2) to the outside of the
empty.
bus and open tap (1).
◁ The water lines have been com-
pletely drained.
Note
The tap is located in the luggage
compartment next to the fresh wa-
ter supply tank or below the water
pump.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 333

On-board kitchenettes
Draining the boiler
Draining the boiler
Warning of damage to property
There is a risk of overheating if the boiler
is operated with no water. Switch off the
boiler before draining it.
Note
The drain plug is located on the bot-
tom left behind the folding cover of the
on‐board kitchenette.
334 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
all the water from the boiler into the
container underneath.
▶ Seal hose (36) with red or black drain
plug (36.1). Secure drain plug (36.1)
firmly in place using hose clamp
(36.2). Slide hose (36) back into the
on-board kitchenette.
◁ The boiler is completely drained.
M86_00-0306-71
Warning
Risk of scalding by hot water.
▶ Do not reach into the flowing water.
▶ Keep well clear of the flowing water.
▶ Pull out hose (36) on the left-hand
side behind the folding cover.
▶ Position a heat-resistant container
(minimum capacity of 5 litres) under
the end of the hose sealed with a red
or black drain plug (36.1).
▶ Open hose clamp (36.2), remove red
or black drain plug (36.1) and drain
 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Contents

First use of the on-board kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Switching on the on-board kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Drawing water from the water tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Boiler indications on the display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Switching on the boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Descaling the boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Sausage heater indications on the display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Switching on the sausage heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Switching on the 40-cup coffee machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Brewing coffee in frosty conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Cleaning the 40-cup coffee machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Draining the coffee machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Exchanging fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 335

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
First use of the on-board kitchenette

First use of the on-board kitchenette ● All packaging materials have been
removed.
● All utensils have been thoroughly
cleaned and rinsed in fresh water.

Environmental protection
Dispose of the packaging material in an
environmentally responsible manner.

M86.00-0565-71

(1) Coffee machine tap

(2) Control panel
(3) Drawers
(4) Coffee machine
(5) Hot water tap
(6) Cold water tap
(7) Sausage heater
(8) Cover M86.00-0554-73

Preconditions for first use: ▶ Greeting text (1), graphic (2) and
● Fresh water supply tank filled and company address (3) can be changed
connected. as desired.

336 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
First use of the on-board kitchenette

▶ Tap on display screen (2) to switch to

PIN code input mode. Note
It is also possible to change the PIN
code in this way.

M86.00-0564-71

▶ To customise the start screen, it is

necessary to remove the display
screen. To do this, insert a small
screwdriver into slot (1) and prise
the display screen out.
▶ On the back of the display screen,
there is an SD memory card. Remove
this card and customise the data
using a PC. M86.00-0555-73

To unlock the display screen (1), it is

necessary to enter the start PIN.
The start PIN (2) is: 0000

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 337

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
First use of the on-board kitchenette

● Boiler füllen (Fill boiler) (2)

Note ● Boiler heizen (Heat boiler) (3)
It is possible to correct your entry by ● Wurstkocher (Sausage heater) (4)
tapping on arrow symbol (3).
▶ To avoid scale and steam, do not set
Note the maximum temperature unless
very hot water is really needed.
As soon as the correct PIN is entered,
▶ Before first use, clean the sausage
the selection menu appears automatic-
heater tank, the lid and the overflow
ally.
pipe thoroughly with hot water and
a commercially available washing-up
liquid, and then rinse well with clean
water. Then wipe the sausage heater
tank dry to avoid scaling.
▶ To clean the coffee machine, fill
it with water and brew the water
without coffee powder but with the
filter holder fitted, then repeat.
The on‐board kitchenette is ready for use.

M86.00-0553-73

In the selection menu, it is possible to

select the following functions:
● Licht (Light) (1)

338 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Switching on the on-board
kitchenette
Note
The coffee machine, sausage heater and
boiler cannot be operated unless the
engine is running.
▶ Observe ( → page 326) the additional
safety and warning notes at the start
of this section.
M54.00-1931-71
▶ Activate the on-board kitchenette
using pushbutton (1).
On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the on-board kitchenette
◁ A buzzer sounds in the on-board part of the folding cover down by
kitchenette electronics. The LED handle (2.3).
in pushbutton (1) lights up.
Note
The lower and middle covers can
now be used as a counter.
M86.00-0558-71
Warning
Risk of injury if persons embark or
disembark at door 2 with the counter
open and the kitchenette ready for use.
▶ Before persons are going to embark
or disembark at door 2, switch off
the kitchenette and lock it away.
▶ Release the folding cover at lock (2.1)
by unlocking the lock and pressing it
in. Pull handle (2.2). Fold the upper
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 339
On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Drawing water from the water tap

Drawing water from the water tap
Preconditions:
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
connected.
● On‐board kitchenette switched on.
▶ Open rotary knob (1) to draw hot
water from water tap (3).
Note
No hot water can be drawn unless
the boiler is in operation. It takes
approximately 20 minutes for the
water to heat up to a set temperat-
ure of 80 °C.

Note
Opening both rotary knobs (1) and
(2) draws a mixture of hot and cold
water.

M86.00-0561-71

Danger
Risk of scalding by hot water.
▶ Do not touch the hot outlet pipe or
the hot running water.
▶ Open rotary knob (2) to draw cold
water from tap (3).

340 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Boiler indications on the display screen

Boiler indications on the display

screen

M86.00-0559-71

(1) Boiler filling in progress

(2) Boiler filling in progress, level above
minimum
(3) Filling stopped, level above minimum,
maximum reached
(4) Error state

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 341

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the boiler

Switching on the boiler select. Tap again to start the filling

process.
Preconditions:
● Fresh water supply tank filled and Warning of damage to
connected. property
Risk of overheating of the boiler if
● On‐board kitchenette switched on.
operated without water. Thermal
damage could occur. Never operate
the boiler without water.
▶ To switch on the boiler, tap on “Boiler
heizen” symbol (Heat boiler) (3). Tap
once to select. Tap again to switch on
the heating.

M86.00-0553-73

▶ To fill the boiler, tap on “Boiler füllen”

symbol (Fill boiler) (2). Tap once to

342 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the boiler

Note
The blue frame indicates which symbol
has been selected.

To cancel the heating process, tap on

“Boiler heizen” (Heat boiler) (1) again.

Note
The boiler has a capacity of approxim-
ately 5 litres and it takes approximately
20 minutes for the water to heat up to a
set temperature of 80 °C.

Note
To activate the auto start function, long
press “Boiler heizen” (Heat boiler) (1)
until the message “Autostart aktiv” (Auto
start active) appears. It is then possible
to switch the boiler on using the switch
in the driver's area.

M86.00-0556-73

It is possible to set the desired temperat-

ure by swiping your finger across temper-
ature field (2).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 343

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Descaling the boiler

Descaling the boiler Note

Note Use only descalers that are suitable
for domestic appliances. The de-
How frequently the on‐board kitchenette scaler must be kind to plastics and
should be descaled depends on water aluminium.
quality. Nevertheless, the boiler should
be descaled immediately if there is a
noticeable increase in the length of the
heating phase. We recommend descaling
the boiler twice a year.

M86_00-0142-02

▶ Drain the boiler fully before descaling.

▶ Disconnect the hose at quick-release
coupling (5).
▶ Hold the hose in a container of de-
scaler (at least 10 litres).

344 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Descaling the boiler

Note
A blue frame appears around
the selected symbol (2).
▶ Heat the boiler by double tapping on
symbol (3).
◁ The water and descaler mixture is
heated.

Note
A blue frame appears around
the selected symbol (3).
▶ After draining, reconnect the hose to
the fresh water supply tank.
▶ Drain the water and descaler mixture
by opening the water tap.
▶ Flush the boiler with fresh water. To
do this, fill the boiler with fresh water,
heat the water and drain it.
▶ Repeat the last step until the water
no longer tastes or smells of descaler
or vinegar.
M86.00-0553-73

▶ Fill the boiler by double tapping on

symbol (2).
◁ The boiler is filled with descaler.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 345

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Sausage heater indications on the display screen

Sausage heater indications on the (3) Sausage heater temperature boost,

display screen ready mode active
(4) Error state
(5) Heating stopped, ready mode active
(6) Actual temperature higher than normal

M86.00-0560-72

(1) Water heating in progress, setpoint

temperature not reached
(2) Desired temperature reached, ready
mode active

346 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the sausage heater

Switching on the sausage heater ▶ To avoid splashing of hot water,

place sausages in the hot water with
Preconditions:
care.
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
▶ Remove hot sausages using only
connected.
heat‐resistant utensils.
● On‐board kitchenette switched on.
▶ Insert overflow pipe (12) into the dis-
charge hole, ensuring leak-tightness.
▶ Fill the sausage heater tank half full
(approximately 4 litres) with cold or
hot water.
▶ Add the sausages to the sausage
heater tank and close the lid on the
sausage heater tank.

M86_00-0149-01

Warning
Risk of scalding from hot water and hot
steam.
▶ Keep a safe distance when opening
M86.00-0553-73
the sausage heater (do not lean
directly over the sausage heater). ▶ Switch the sausage heater on by
double tapping on symbol (4).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 347

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the sausage heater
Note
A blue frame appears around symbol
(4).
▶ At the end of the heating phase, re-
move the lid and take out the saus-
ages using a heat-resistant utensil.
M86.00-0563-71
▶ It is possible to set the desired tem-
perature by swiping your finger across
temperature field (2).
▶ Green bar graph (1) indicates the
desired temperature that has been
set.
348 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Orange bar graph (4) indicates the
current temperature.
▶ By tapping on field (3), it is possible
to increase the target temperature in
5 °C increments.
▶ By tapping on field (5), it is possible
to reduce the target temperature in 5
°C increments.
▶ The length of the heating phase de-
pends on the amount of water, the
number of sausages, and the tem-
M86_00-0149-01
perature of the water at the time it is
added to the appliance. ▶ The water in the sausage heater tank
can be drained as soon as the water
Warning of damage to has been allowed to cool down. To do
property this, remove overflow pipe (12) from
To avoid overheating, never operate
the discharge hole.
the sausage heater without water.
 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the 40-cup coffee machine

Switching on the 40-cup coffee ma-
chine
Preconditions:
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
connected.
● On‐board kitchenette switched on.
▶ Do not open the housing cover dur-
ing the brewing process.
▶ Pull release handle (1) up to pivot
the coffee machine out of the kit-
chenette.

M86_00-0008-01

▶ Open the lid. Turn lock ring (17) anti-

clockwise and unlock it.

M86_00-0010-01

M86.00-0566-71 ▶ Pivot the 40-cup coffee machine out

of the on-board kitchenette. Close
Warning residual drain valve (24) and tap (23).
Risk of scalding by hot drinks and hot
steam.
▶ Pour hot drinks only when the bus
is stable enough for this to be done
safely.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 349

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the 40-cup coffee machine
M86_00-0010-01
▶ Remove lock ring (17) and lid (18)
and take out filter holder (19).
▶ Pivot the 40-cup coffee machine into
the on-board kitchenette until it en-
gages.
350 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M86_00-0378-71
▶ Open tap (1) to fill the 40-cup coffee
machine with water.
Note
The minimum amount of water to
fill the 40‐cup coffee machine is the
equivalent of 10 cups. The maximum
amount of water is the equivalent
of 40 cups. The number of cups is
indicated at water level glass (21).
M86_00-0010-01
▶ Insert the filter paper into filter holder
(19) and fill filter holder (19) with the
required amount of coffee powder (1
mark ring = 10 cups).
Note
You can also use the machine
without paper if the coffee has not
been ground too fine.
▶ Close filter holder (19) and lid (18)
and place it on the riser pipe in the
water tank.

M86_00-0008-01
▶ Position lid (18) and lock ring (17)
on top and engage by turning anti-
clockwise.
◁ Lug (17.1) must be positioned
over water level glass (21).
On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the 40-cup coffee machine
when the machine were switched
back on - coffee quality would be
degraded.
▶ To pour the coffee, press tap (23)
down. Lock it in the vertical position
for continuous pouring.
▶ Switch off rocker switch (22) if there
is no more coffee in the coffee ma-
chine or no more coffee is needed.
M86_00-0010-01
▶ Switch on the 40-cup coffee machine
using rocker switch (22). The brewing
process begins.
◁ Indicator lamp (22.1) lights up
when the coffee has finished
brewing.
Note
The coffee is kept warm as long as
rocker switch (22) has not been
switched off.
▶ Do not switch off the coffee machine
during the keep-warm phase because
a new brewing process would begin
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 351
On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Switching on the 40-cup coffee machine

M86_00-0159-02

▶ Drain off the remaining coffee using

residual drain valve (24).

352 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Brewing coffee in frosty conditions

Brewing coffee in frosty conditions

M86_00-0010-01

▶ Remove lid (18) and filter holder (19).

Use a suitable vessel to pour water
into the coffee machine container and
then switch on the machine.
Warning of damage to
property
To avoid frost damage, operation of
the 40‐cup coffee machine in winter
is permitted only after it has been
ensured that the kitchenette is not
frozen up on the inside. The interior
compartment of the bus should be
heated for some time beforehand.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 353

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Cleaning the 40-cup coffee machine

Cleaning the 40-cup coffee machine

Preconditions:
● On‐board kitchenette switched on
▶ Clean the filter holder using a com-
mercially available washing-up liquid
and a brush. Do not use a descaler
when cleaning the filter holder.
▶ Remove coffee residues from the
inside of the riser pipe of the 40-cup
coffee machine using a cloth and a
cleaning product for stainless steel.
▶ To clean the water level glass, remove
the catch at the top. Clean the water
level glass using a pipe cleaner or a
bottle brush. After cleaning, press the
catch back into the water level glass,
ensuring leak-tightness.
▶ To clean the tap, unscrew the upper
part with rocker arm and flush with
clean water.
▶ Flush the residual drain valve with
clean water.

354 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Draining the coffee machine

Draining the coffee machine
▶ Turn residual drain valve (24) back to
the closed position.
◁ The 40-cup coffee machine has
been completely drained and
sealed.

M86_00-0159-02

▶ Position residual drain valve (37) over

drainage basin (38).
▶ To drain the residual water from the
40-cup coffee machine, turn residual
drain valve (24) to the open position
and allow the water to drain out com-
pletely.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 355

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Malfunctions
Malfunctions
Restoring sausage heater operation
following a malfunction:
The overheating protection is triggered if
the sausage heater is operated with no
water.
▶ To rectify the malfunction, fill the
sausage heater with water.
40-cup coffee machine overheated:
Heating is switched off by a temperature
limiter if the coffee machine overheats.
▶ Allow the coffee machine to cool
down for 5 - 10 minutes.
▶ To reactivate the coffee machine,
press the red pin in the base of the
appliance.
The indicator lamp in the switch does
not light up:
▶ Check the power supply or exchange
the fuse if necessary.
356 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
The brewing process for 40 cups has The control panel is not working:
still not finished after approximately Either a fuse or the control panel is de-
40 minutes: fective. Replace the fuse with a new one
The riser pipe is not seated in the centre or have the control panel repaired by Cus-
of the brewing chamber or the riser pipe tomer Service.
or diaphragm is blocked.
No water flows, or water flows irregu-
Coffee machine boils over: larly.
Too much water added. Coffee powder Fresh water supply tank empty or water
too fine. Filter holder clogged or blocked. pump defective.
Lid not locked.
Dripping tap:
Dirt, e.g. coffee residue. Seal of screwed
connection no longer leak‐tight.
No water level seen in the water level
glass even though the coffee machine
is full:
Lower inlet opening blocked. To clean the
inlet opening from the inside, remove the
water level glass if necessary.
Water dripping from residual drain
valve:
Seal of screwed connection no longer
leak‐tight or valve dirty, e.g. coffee
residue. To clean the ball valve, unscrew
the elbow connector.
 On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Exchanging fuses

Exchanging fuses ▶ Switch off the on-board kitchenette

using pushbutton (1).
Note ◁ The LED goes out.
This description is based on the stand- ▶ Switch off the engine.
ard assignment of fuses in the bus. Bus‐
specific assignment may differ from bus
to bus. Not all fuse slots are necessarily
occupied in every bus. In addition, fuses
may occupy unassigned slots because
they are protecting special customer
options or retrofitted equipment, for ex-
M54.00-1931-71
ample.
Warning
Risk of fire and injury. Risk of fire from
the use of fuses with a higher amper-
M54.00-2004-71
age. Risk of injury caused by consumers
switching on suddenly if the electric cir- ▶ Switch battery isolating switch
cuit of the fuse being exchanged is still (01S01) to OFF.
switched on. ▶ Exchange the defective on-board
kitchenette fuse.
▶ Use only fuses of the specified am-
perage.
◁ The fuses are accessible through
a service cover behind the coffee
▶ NEVER attempt to bridge fuses. machine.
▶ Always rectify the causes of mal-
functions before exchanging fuses.
▶ Do not replace fuses unless the
power has been switched off.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 357

On-board kitchenette with 40-cup coffee
Exchanging fuses

Note
The fuses have the following ratings:
Electronics unit (2 A)
Water pump (10 A)
Sausage heater (40 A)
Coffee machine (40 A)
Boiler heater (40 A)

358 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Contents

First use of the on-board kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Switching on the on-board kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Drawing water from the water tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Switching on the boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Setting the thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Descaling the boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Switching on the sausage heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Switching on the 2-carafe filter system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Draining the coffee machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Exchanging fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 359

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
First use of the on-board kitchenette
First use of the on-board kitchenette
Preconditions:
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
connected.
● All packaging materials have been
removed.
● All utensils have been thoroughly
cleaned and rinsed in fresh water.
Environmental protection
Dispose of the packaging material in an
environmentally responsible manner.
360 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ To clean the coffee machine, fill
it with water and brew the water
without coffee powder but with the
filter holder fitted, then repeat.
The on‐board kitchenette is ready for use.
M86_00-0147-01
▶ Press hot water button (7) on the
control panel until cold water flows
out of the tap.
The boiler has been filled and bled and
can now be switched on using control
button (9) to draw hot water.
▶ Before first use, clean the sausage
heater tank, the lid and the overflow
pipe thoroughly with hot water and
a commercially available washing-up
liquid, and then rinse well with clean
water. Then wipe the sausage heater
tank dry to avoid scaling.
 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the on-board kitchenette

Switching on the on-board Note

kitchenette
The lower and middle covers can
Note now be used as a counter.
The coffee machine, sausage heater and
boiler cannot be operated unless the
engine is running.
▶ Observe ( → page 326) the additional
safety and warning notes at the start
of this section.
M86_00-0140-01

Warning
Risk of injury if persons embark or
disembark at door 2 with the counter
M86_00-0141-01
open and the kitchenette ready for use.
▶ Switch on the kitchenette lighting
▶ Before persons are going to embark using button (3) on the on-board
or disembark at door 2, switch off
kitchenette control panel.
the kitchenette and lock it away.
◁ The kitchenette lighting LED
▶ Release the folding cover at lock (2.1) lights up.
by unlocking the lock and pressing it ◁ The on-board kitchenette is open
M54.00-1931-71
in. Pull handle (2.2). Fold the upper and ready for use.
▶ Activate the on-board kitchenette part of the folding cover down by
using pushbutton (1). ▽ If LED (1) does not light up in
handle (2.3). green on the control panel, there
◁ The LED in pushbutton (1) lights
up.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 361

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the on-board kitchenette

is insufficient on-board voltage to

operate the kitchenette.
▶ Start the engine to enable
the batteries to recharge.

362 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Drawing water from the water tap

Drawing water from the water tap ◁ Cold water continues to flow
while button (6) is pressed.
Preconditions:
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
▶ Press button (7) to draw hot water
from water tap (8).
connected.
● On‐board kitchenette switched on.
◁ Hot water continues to flow while
button (7) is pressed.

Note
No hot water can be drawn unless
the boiler is in operation. It takes
approximately 20 minutes for the
water to heat up to a set temperat-
ure of 80 °C.

Note
Pressing both buttons (6) and (7)
draws a mixture of hot and cold
M86_00-0144-02 water.

Danger
Risk of scalding by hot water.
▶ Do not touch the hot outlet pipe or
the hot running water.
▶ Press button (6) to draw cold water
from tap (8).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 363

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the boiler

Switching on the boiler on, press and hold button (7) until
water flows out of tap (8). Note
Preconditions: The boiler has a capacity of approxim-
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
◁ The boiler has been filled with
water and bled. ately 5 litres and it takes approximately
connected. 20 minutes for the water to heat up to a
● On‐board kitchenette switched on. Warning of damage to set temperature of 80 °C.
property
Risk of overheating of the boiler if
operated without water. Thermal
damage could occur. Never operate
the boiler without water.
▶ Press button (9) to switch on the
boiler.
◁ The LED in button (9) lights up
and the water is heated. When
the temperature set at the ther-
mostat is reached, the boiler cuts
out automatically and LED (9)
goes out.

Note
Pressing button (9) again
switches off the boiler. The LED
goes out.
M86_00-0144-02

▶ To make sure that the boiler contains

water before the boiler is switched

364 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Setting the thermostat

Setting the thermostat ▶ Move the control panel into position

and secure using the four crosshead
Note screws.
The boiler thermostat is located behind
the removable control panel.
▶ Remove the control panel by loosen-
ing the four crosshead screws under
the film.

M86_00-0146-02

▶ Set thermostat (10).

Note
Turn the thermostat clockwise to
increase the temperature.
Turn the thermostat anti‐clockwise
to set a lower temperature.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 365

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Descaling the boiler

Descaling the boiler Note

Note Use only descalers that are suitable
for domestic appliances. The de-
How frequently the on‐board kitchenette scaler must be kind to plastics and
should be descaled depends on water aluminium.
quality. Nevertheless, the boiler should
be descaled immediately if there is a
noticeable increase in the length of the
heating phase. We recommend descaling
the boiler twice a year.

M86_00-0142-02 M86_00-0147-01

▶ Disconnect the hose at quick-release
coupling (5).
▶ Hold the hose in a container of de-
scaler (at least 10 litres).
▶ Press button (7) until descaler flows
out of the tap.
◁ The boiler has now been filled
with descaler.
▶ Press button (9) to switch on the
boiler.

366 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Descaling the boiler

◁ The LED in button (9) lights up

and the water containing descaler
is heated.
▶ Wait until the LED in the boiler goes
out.
◁ The contents of the boiler have
now been heated.

Note
The boiler has a capacity of approx-
imately 5 litres and it takes approx-
imately 20 minutes for the water
to heat up to a set temperature of
80 °C.
▶ Press button (7) to drain the water
and descaler.
▶ After draining, reconnect the hose to
the fresh water supply tank.
▶ Flush the boiler with fresh water. To
do this, fill the boiler with fresh water,
heat the water and drain it.
▶ Repeat the last step until the water
no longer tastes or smells of descaler
or vinegar.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 367

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the sausage heater

Switching on the sausage heater ▶ To avoid splashing of hot water,

place sausages in the hot water with
Preconditions:
care.
● Fresh water supply tank filled and
▶ Remove hot sausages using only
connected.
heat‐resistant utensils.
● On‐board kitchenette switched on.
▶ Insert overflow pipe (12) into the dis-
charge hole, ensuring leak-tightness.
▶ Fill the sausage heater tank half full
(approximately 4 litres) with cold or
hot water.
Warning of damage to M86_00-0165-01

property ▶ Switch on the sausage heater using

To avoid overheating, never operate button (13) on the control panel.
the sausage heater without water. ◁ The LED in button (13) lights up.
▶ Add the sausages to the sausage
heater tank and close the lid on the Note
M86_00-0149-01
sausage heater tank. Pressing button (13) again
switches off the sausage heater.
Warning
The LED goes out.
Risk of scalding from hot water and hot
steam. ▶ Press button (13.1) repeatedly until
the desired temperature is set.
▶ Keep a safe distance when opening
the sausage heater (do not lean
◁ LED (13.2) flashes while the
sausage heater is heating and
directly over the sausage heater).
lights up when the set temperat-
ure has been reached.

368 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the sausage heater

Note
It is possible to set a temperature
of 40, 60, 80 or 95 °C. LED (13.2)
indicates the set temperature.

Note
The length of the heating phase de-
pends on the amount of water, the
number of sausages, the temper-
ature of the water at the time it
is added to the appliance, and the M86_00-0149-01

chosen water temperature. ▶ At the end of the heating phase, re-

move the lid and take out the saus-
ages using a heat-resistant utensil.
▶ The water in the sausage heater tank
can be drained as soon as the water
has been allowed to cool down. To do
this, remove overflow pipe (12) from
the discharge hole.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 369

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the 2-carafe filter system
Switching on the 2-carafe filter sys-
tem
Warning of damage to property
Running programs cannot be paused.
If there is a power failure, it will be ne-
cessary to restart the program. If the
carafes contain coffee from a previous
program, they must be drained first to
avoid the risk of overflowing.
Warning of damage to property
To avoid the risk of overflowing, make
sure that the carafes are empty before
the brewing process begins.
The 2‐carafe filter system is able to fill
two carafes with a capacity of 2 litres.
This is sufficient to pour 40 100 ml cups
of coffee. It is possible to brew 1/2 a
carafe, 1 carafe or 2 carafes of coffee.
The coffee filter must equate to size 1 x 6
(commercially available). Add the amount
of coffee powder according to taste (e.g.
1 teaspoon per cup).
370 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Brewing 1/2 a carafe of coffee (10 ▶ Place an empty carafe (26) under left-
cups of coffee) hand filter (25).
M86_00-0151-01
M86_00-0153-01
▶ Remove left-hand filter (25). Insert
▶ Press button (30) on the control
filter paper and add as much coffee panel.
powder as required.
◁ The LED in button (30) lights up.
The brewing process begins.
Note ◁ When brewing has finished, an
Add coffee powder to taste (e.g. electronic signal sounds and the
1 teaspoon per cup, which corres- LED in button (30) goes out.
ponds to 10 teaspoons for half a
carafe of coffee).
▶ Slide left-hand filter (25) back into
position.
 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the 2-carafe filter system

Brewing 1 carafe of coffee (20 cups of Brewing 2 carafes of coffee (40 cups of
coffee) coffee)

M86_00-0153-01

▶ Press button (31) on the control

M86_00-0151-01 panel. M86_00-0151-01

▶ Remove left-hand filter (25). Insert
filter paper and add as much coffee
powder as required.
▶ Slide left-hand filter (25) back into
position.
▶ Place an empty carafe (26) under left-
hand filter (25).
◁ The LED in button (31) lights up.
The brewing process begins.
◁ When brewing has finished, an
electronic signal sounds and the
LED in button (31) goes out.
▶ Remove both filters (25) and (27).
Insert filter paper and add as much
coffee powder as required.
▶ Slide both filters back into position.
▶ Place two empty carafes (26) and
(28) under the filters.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 371

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Switching on the 2-carafe filter system

M86_00-0153-01

▶ Press button (32) on the control

panel.
◁ The LED in button (32) lights up.
The brewing process begins.
◁ When brewing has finished, an
electronic signal sounds and the
LED in button (32) goes out.

372 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Draining the coffee machine

Draining the coffee machine

Button (33) is not required for normal op-
eration. It can be used to drain off any
residual water in the coffee machine wa-
ter tank.

M86_00-0156-01

▶ Press button (33).

◁ The water in the 2-carafe filter
system is boiled out and the wa-
ter tank is emptied completely.

M86_00-0151-01

▶ Place an empty carafe on the left-

hand side.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 373

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Malfunctions

Malfunctions ▶ Reactivate the overheating protection
by pressing button (11) on the con-
Restoring boiler operation following a
trol panel.
malfunction:
The boiler does not heat up.
M86_00-0162-01
Water flows out of the tap when the
boiler is heating.
No malfunction, because water expands
during the heating process.
Restoring coffee machine operation
following a malfunction.
A continuous tone indicates that the fresh
water supply tank is empty.
▶ Fill the fresh water supply tank. Press
any button on the control panel of the
2-carafe filter system.
◁ The coffee machine resumes the
program from the point at which
it was interrupted.

▶ Exchange fuse (44) to rectify the

M86_00-0148-02
The overheating protection is triggered if
the boiler is operated with no water.
▶ To rectify the malfunction, fill the
boiler with water.
malfunction.
The boiler takes a long time to heat or
there is little flow of hot water.
▶ Symptom of scaling, descale the
boiler.

374 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Malfunctions

The overheating protection of the cof- Coffee machine heating chamber fills
fee machine is triggered. with water but does not brew.

M86_00-0162-01

▶ Exchange fuse (42) or have the con-

M86_00-0157-01
▶ To reactivate the coffee machine,
press the respective overheating
protection switch behind the con-
trol panel for left carafe (34) or right
carafe (35).
M86_00-0162-01
▶ Exchange fuse (43) to rectify the
malfunction.
The control panel is not working.
Either the fuse or the control panel is
defective.
trol panel repaired by Customer Ser-
vice.
Kitchenette light does not switch on.
Bulb (24 V/5 W) or fuse (42) defective.
▶ Change bulb (24 V/5 W) or exchange
fuse (42).
No water flows, or water flows irregu-
larly.
Fresh water supply tank empty or water
pump defective.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 375

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Malfunctions

▶ Fill the fresh water supply tank or

have the water pump exchanged by
Customer Service.

376 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Exchanging fuses

Exchanging fuses ▶ Switch off the on-board kitchenette

using pushbutton (1).
Note ◁ The LED goes out.
This description is based on the stand- ▶ Switch off the engine.
ard assignment of fuses in the bus. Bus‐
specific assignment may differ from bus
to bus. Not all fuse slots are necessarily
occupied in every bus. In addition, fuses
may occupy unassigned slots because
they are protecting special customer
options or retrofitted equipment, for ex-
M54.00-1931-71
ample.
Warning
Risk of fire and injury. Risk of fire from
the use of fuses with a higher amper-
M54.00-2004-71
age. Risk of injury caused by consumers
switching on suddenly if the electric cir- ▶ Switch battery isolating switch
cuit of the fuse being exchanged is still (01S01) to OFF.
switched on.
▶ Use only fuses of the specified am-
perage.
▶ NEVER attempt to bridge fuses.
▶ Always rectify the causes of mal-
functions before exchanging fuses.
▶ Do not replace fuses unless the
power has been switched off.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 377

On-board kitchenette with 2-carafe filter
Exchanging fuses

back of the plastic cover approxim-

Note
30 Water pump (10 A)
31 Sausage heater (25 A)
32 Electronics (5 A)
33 Coffee machine (40 A)
M86_00-0180-71
ately 5 cm and slide it forwards to
free the plastic cover from the pipe
of the cup dispenser.
Note
34 Terminal 15 (5 A)
35 D+ (engine) (5 A)
36 Water pump (10 A)
37 Boiler (50 A)

▶ On-board kitchenette (excluding

boiler, see below): Exchange a de-
fective fuse.

Note
The fuses are located on the back of
the on‐board kitchenette, behind the
mirror in the lavatory. The mirror can
be removed (screws, mirror bracket
or Velcro fasteners).
M86_00-0181-71
▶ Boiler: Exchange a defective fuse.
Note
The fuses for the boiler are located
under the plastic cover. To remove
the plastic cover, undo the two
screws in the cup recesses and the
screw in the carafe recess. Lift the

378 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Switching off the on-board kitchenette
Contents

Switching off the on-board kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 379

Switching off the on-board kitchenette
Switching off the on-board kitchenette

Switching off the on-board Winter operation

kitchenette ▶ Remove and drain the fresh water
supply tank.
Note
All appliances must be switched off Note
before the on‐board kitchenette can be
To prevent damage to water‐carrying
switched off.
installations, these must be completely
▶ Switch off the kitchenette lighting at drained before the first frost.
the control panel.

M54.00-1931-71

▶ Press on-board kitchenette master

switch (1).
◁ The LED in master switch (1) goes
out.
◁ The on-board kitchenette is switched
off.

M86.00-0558-71

▶ Pull up the folding cover with handle

(2.3) and lock it using lock (2.1).
◁ The on-board kitchenette is locked
away.

380 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Lavatory
Contents

Enabling the lavatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Switchover between water (WC) and chemical (CC) operation (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Use and replenishment of consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Emptying and cleaning tanks and reservoirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Greasing the impeller of the CC pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 381

Lavatory
Enabling the lavatory
Enabling the lavatory
M54.00-1932-71
▶ With the ignition switched on, press
pushbutton (1) to enable the lavatory.
Note
The LED in the pushbutton lights up and
the lavatory cabin lighting switches on.
Option: The lavatory cabin door unlocks
automatically whenever pushbutton (1)
is pressed and locks again when the
pushbutton is switched off.
382 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Note
The extractor fan in the lavatory cabin
operates continuously while the engine
is running.
M86.00-0432-71
▶ In an emergency, the passenger can
press red pushbutton (1).
M54_00-0978-01
◁ Whenever the lavatory is locked from
the inside, the extractor fans for
the holding tank and lavatory cabin
switch on and “WC occupied” symbol
(2) appears on the display screen in
the passenger compartment.
M54.00-2011-71

◁ A yellow alert appears on the display
screen in the driver's area: WC Notruf
Toilette (WC lavatory emergency call)
Note
This yellow alert is cleared if pushbutton
(1) is pressed again.
M86.00-0485-71
▶ Opening a mechanically locked door
Lavatory
Enabling the lavatory
▶ Extinguish the source of the smoke
Note by suitable means.
If lock (2) on the lavatory cabin door
has been locked mechanically, it can be
unlocked by means of a suitable coin or
a screwdriver.
Smoke detector in the lavatory
Warning
Risk of accident from the behaviour of
passengers or other road users in the
event of heavy smoke development in
M86.00-0428-717
the passenger compartment, engine
compartment or, if present, in the WC or Whenever the ignition is switched on, the
luggage compartment. smoke detector in the WC is also primed.
Correct functioning is indicated by LED
▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible, (1) lighting up green.
road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn- If LED (1) does not light up green, refer to:
ing lamps. Function description of the smoke de-
▶ Initiate the necessary measures. tector ( → page 444) in the “Practical
advice” section.
Measures
▶ Lead passengers to safety.
▶ Make an emergency call or entrust
this task to a suitable person.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 383
Lavatory
Switchover between water (WC) and chemical (CC) operation (option)
Switchover between water (WC) and
chemical (CC) operation (option)
Note
With this equipment version, the lavat-
ory can be operated either as a water‐
flushed toilet or as a chemical toilet.
Note
If the lavatory is to be used as a chem-
ical toilet, the holding tank must be filled
with a certain amount of sanitary chem-
ical after each time it has been emptied.
To do this, pour at least 20 litres of wa-
ter into the toilet. Then add the sanitary
chemical in the mixing ratio specified.
Warning of damage to property
With a sufficient fill level, flushing
water will be seen flushing the toilet
bowl when the flushing pushbutton is
pressed. A short dry‐running phase
during the filling process would not
cause damage to the pump.
384 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning of damage to property
Whenever you enable the lavatory for
chemical operation, check that the CC
pump runs correctly (briefly press the
flush button). If the pump fails to run, it
will need to be greased, refer to section:
“Greasing the impeller of the CC pump”
M86.00-0273-71
▶ Turn switch (1) to the left to switch
over to chemical operation.
Note
The switch is located behind the service
cover to the front of the centre right
door (door 2).
◁ The lavatory will now be flushed with
the sanitary chemical from the hold-
ing tank.
Warning of damage to property
Dry running would cause damage to the
chemical fluid pump (impeller pump). For
this reason, always ensure that there is a
sufficient level of sanitary chemical fluid
in the system.
 Lavatory
Switchover between water (WC) and chemical (CC) operation (option)

M86.00-0273-71

▶ Turn switch (1) back to the right to

switch back to water-flushing opera-
tion.
◁ The lavatory will then be flushed with
water from the fresh water supply
tank.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 385

Lavatory
Use and replenishment of consumables
Use and replenishment of consum-
ables
Flushing the WC
M86.00-0029-01
▶ Pressing “Flush WC” pushbutton (4)
starts the flushing process.
Note
The water pump is operated for approx-
imately 5 seconds; at the same time, the
gate valve to the holding tank is opened.
386 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Drawing water at the hand washbasin
Warning
Danger to health from inadequate
hygiene and precautionary measures
during use of the on-board kitchenette
and/or lavatory.
▶ Use only clean drinking water.
▶ If either system is to remain out
of service for a temporary period,
drain the residual water from these M86.00-0029-01
systems to avoid the growth of mi- ▶ As soon as hand washbasin water dis-
crobes, refer to the “Winter opera- pensing pushbutton (3) is pressed,
tion” section. the water pump operates for approx-
▶ Carry out regular disinfection of imately 5 seconds and water flows
water‐carrying systems. Mandatory out of the tap.
after bringing back into service.
▶ Do not add antifreeze to the fresh Note
water supply tanks of the lavatory The waste water reaches the holding
and kitchenette. tank via a system of hoses.

Filling the soap dispenser
▶ Open the cover by raising it slightly
and pulling it towards you.
Note
Remove the red cap from a new bottle.
Place the new bottle in position with
the writing facing forwards and push it
gently into place. Pull the lever firmly
to the right (closed position). Close the
soap dispenser.
Lavatory
Use and replenishment of consumables
Adding paper hand towels Required material
▶ Open the cover by raising it slightly e.g.: quickfree Spezial-Toilettenpapier, Lilie
and pulling it towards you. no. 56695
Note Note
Insert the towels as shown on the inside Use only dissolvable paper.
of the dispenser.
Adding consumable materials
Adding toilet paper
M86_00-0032-01
▶ Press each end of toilet paper holder
(7) towards each other to remove and
refit it.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 387
Lavatory
Use and replenishment of consumables
Opening the basin undercabinet
M86.00-0033-01
▶ Remove toilet paper holder (7), open
lock (8) using the supplied square
spanner (8.1) and fold open the basin
undercabinet.
388 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Changing waste bags
M86.00-0034-01
▶ Folding open the basin undercabinet
makes it possible to secure a waste
bag to the bottom of the waste chute
by means of an elastic strap.
Note
Waste chute (9) on the top of the wash-
basin is for disposing of used paper tow-
els.
Filling the fresh water supply tank
Warning
Danger to health from inadequate
hygiene and precautionary measures
during use of the on-board kitchenette
and/or lavatory.
▶ Use only clean drinking water.
▶ If either system is to remain out
of service for a temporary period,
drain the residual water from these
systems to avoid the growth of mi-
crobes, refer to the “Winter opera-
tion” section.
▶ Carry out regular disinfection of
water‐carrying systems. Mandatory
after bringing back into service.
▶ Do not add antifreeze to the fresh
water supply tanks of the lavatory
and kitchenette.
 Lavatory
Use and replenishment of consumables

M86.00-0036-01 M86.00-0037-01

▶ Open the right service cover to the ▶ Ending the filling operation
front of the centre right door. To fill
the fresh water supply tank, connect Note
a supply line between coupling (10.1) Water escapes from overflow (11) under
and an external water supply and the floor of the bus when the container
open shut-off valve (10.2). is completely filled. Close the tap imme-
diately, remove the filler hose.
Warning of damage to property
If the water fill pressure is too high or if
the overflow is blocked by a foreign ob-
ject, there is a risk of the tank expanding
and damaging the overlying floor. Do not
allow the filling process to continue un-
supervised.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 389

Lavatory
Emptying and cleaning tanks and reservoirs

Emptying and cleaning tanks and Note

reservoirs
The fresh water supply tank must be
Emptying the fresh water supply tank emptied if the bus or the lavatory is to
remain out of service for some time.

Warning of damage to property

Observe the notes on winter operation
to prevent damage to water‐carrying
installations during freezing weather
conditions.
M86_00-0038-01

▶ To empty the holding tank, it is ne-

M86.00-0036-01
▶ To empty the fresh water supply tank,
take the filler hose from the retainer
and open shut-off valve (10.2) on
push-fit coupling (10.1). Let the water
run out.
Emptying the holding tank
Environmental protection
Dispose of sewage in an environment-
ally responsible manner. The rules and
regulations of the country in which the
vehicle is operated must be observed.
cessary to park the bus such that
sewage discharge opening (12) is
positioned over a suitable sewage col-
lection point.
▶ Switch on the ignition and enable the
lavatory using the pushbutton on the
instrument panel.

390 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Lavatory
Emptying and cleaning tanks and reservoirs

functioning of the waste slide valve

and to fulfil hygiene requirements.
Required material
e.g.: quickfree Toiletten Citrus Sachets, Lilie
no. 56646

M86.30-0058-71

▶ Open the service cover near the lav-

atory on the right-hand side of the
bus and turn compressed-air tap (1)
clockwise to the “AUF” (OPEN) posi-
tion. Press auxiliary pushbutton (2).
◁ The drainage valve on the holding
tank is opened and the contents
of the tank flow out.
▶ After it has emptied, close
compressed-air tap (1). Then press
auxiliary pushbutton (2).
◁ The waste slide valve closes.
▶ Add the appropriate cleaning agent
to the toilet bowl to ensure correct

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 391

Lavatory
Winter operation

Winter operation Note Winterised lavatory

Decommissioning the lavatory for Using pushbutton (3) or (4) in the lavat-
winter operation ory cabin, operate the pumps until all of
the water has been drained. Reconnect
Note the lines.
Empty the whole system if there is a risk
of frost. ▶ Empty the holding tank.
▶ Empty the fresh water supply tank.

M86.00-0469-71

▶ The air heater is fitted in the luggage

compartment. The rotary knob is
located behind the service cover to
the front of door II on the right-hand
side when viewed in the direction of
travel.
M86.00-0039-01

▶ Unscrew the siphon (odour trap) (14) ▶ Set rotary knob (1) to the desired
M86.00-0040-01
in the basin undercabinet from the temperature.
▶ Disconnect lines (15.1) from pumps
hand washbasin at union nuts (14.1),
(15) and let them run empty.
empty and fill with antifreeze mat.
no. A 001 986 45 71 11. Reassemble
siphon (14).

392 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Lavatory
Winter operation

Note
Green LED (2) is lit while the heating is
in operation.
◁ The entire lavatory assembly (fresh
water supply tank and holding tank) is
kept frost-free by the heating.

Note
The heating is switched off with the
rotary knob in position (3).

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 393

Lavatory
Greasing the impeller of the CC pump

Greasing the impeller of the CC pump ▶ Observe the instructions issued by 5. Resecure cover (1).
the manufacturer when handling
Note sanitary fluids.
If the CC has been out of operation for a
lengthy period, the impeller could seize
and the CC pump would fail.

Note
If the CC has been out of operation for
a lengthy period, e.g. after the summer
season during which only WC operation
was active, we recommend that the im-
peller of the CC pump be greased before
switching from WC to CC operation.
M86.00-0355-71

Warning 1. Loosen the screws (arrowed) and

Risk of injury caused by corrosive fluid
that could escape when the cover on the
CC pump is opened.
▶ Wear protective equipment (gloves,
safety goggles, etc.).
▶ Rinse affected areas immediately
and thoroughly with clean water,
seek medical attention if necessary.
remove cover (1) downwards.
2. To make the seized impeller easier
to move, coat the outer sides of im-
peller (2) with approximately 5 - 10 g
Vaseline or multipurpose grease.
3. To distribute the grease evenly, turn
impeller (2) several times in the direc-
tion of rotation.
4. Seal (3) should also be coated with
grease.

394 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Trailers and skiboxes
Contents

Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Skibox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 395

Trailers and skiboxes
Trailer
Trailer
Towing safety precautions
Coupling and uncoupling
Both the vehicle keeper and the driver
assume responsibility for complying with
country‐specific laws whenever a trailer
coupling is used.
Danger
Risk of injury from lack of due care and
attention while manoeuvring or coupling
and uncoupling.
▶ Do not attempt to couple or un-
couple a trailer equipped with an
overrun brake unless the overrun
brake is released.
▶ While the towing vehicle or the
vehicle/trailer combination is be-
ing manoeuvred, make sure that
no persons are present behind the
vehicle.
▶ Use the locking devices stipulated
by the manufacturer.
Whenever the towing vehicle brakes, the
trailer continues to apply a forward force
396 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
on the towing vehicle due to the inertia
of its own weight. A mechanism activates
the brake of the trailer and the trailer is
braked. If an attempt is made to uncouple
the trailer, any mechanical stress loads
that have built up could suddenly break
down and the drawbar could spring back.
Warning
Risk of accident from mishandling dur-
ing coupling and uncoupling.
▶ If necessary, adjust the drawbar to
the correct height so that the trailer
is securely connected to the towing
vehicle.
▶ Observe permissible noseweights,
axle loads and gross masses.
The trailer and the towing vehicle must
fit together correctly. The trailer is also
standing horizontally when coupled.
If the trailer is skewed, the drawbar and
the towball/towing jaws would not be at
the correct height with respect to each
other.
▶ The drawbar height must be adjusted.
Note
Observe the manufacturer's operat-
ing instructions.
▶ Always secure the trailer against
rolling away.
Use of the following is prohibited:
● Turntable trailers.
● Trailers having a permissible gross
mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes. Other-
wise, modifications to the bodywork
by the manufacturer will be required.
● Trailers with ESP functionality.
Loading
The following values must be observed:
● permissible gross mass of the towing
vehicle and trailer,
● permissible towing capacity,
● permissible noseweight; refer also to:
Technical data ( → page 492),
● permissible rear axle load of the tow-
ing vehicle and the axle load of the
trailer.
These values can be found on:
● the vehicle documents,

● the identification plate of the trailer,
● the identification plate of the towing
vehicle.
Note
If there are discrepancies between any
of these sources, always consider the
lowest value to be valid.
▶ The tyre pressures must be adapted
to suit the load.
Driving
Vehicle performance differs when towing
a trailer due to:
● a reduction in acceleration and gradi-
ent‐climbing capability,
● an increase in braking distances,
● an increase in sensitivity to cross-
winds and other traffic to the side,
● a deterioration in directional stability,
● an increase in fuel consumption.
The permissible maximum speed of the
vehicle/trailer combination is 80 km/h ‐
regardless of different figures stipulated
in national legislation or manufacturer's
instructions.
Whenever a trailer is being towed, the
driver should avoid panic braking incid-
ents by adapting driving style. The ABS
driver assistance system of the towing
vehicle will remain operational even if the
trailer is not equipped with ABS. Under
heavy braking, the trailer could be over-
braked and begin to fishtail.
Warning
Risk of accident from overbraking of
a trailer not equipped with ABS. The
wheels of the trailer could lock, which
could destabilise the vehicle and cause
the driver to lose control.
▶ If maximum full‐stop braking is re-
quired, watch the response of the
trailer in the exterior mirror.
▶ Resort to maximum full‐stop braking
in emergency situations only.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Trailers and skiboxes
Trailer
Maintenance and care
▶ Check the lighting for cleanliness and
correct operation. Rectify malfunc-
tions immediately.
▶ Carry out trailer coupling
maintenance, refer to the “Trailer
coupling maintenance and care”
( → page 440) section.
Detachable trailer coupling
Fitting
Observe the operating instructions issued
by the manufacturer. The trailer coupling
is fitted to the mounting on the end cross
member.
▶ Secure the trailer against rolling
away.
397
Trailers and skiboxes
Trailer
M00_00-0512-71
▶ Remove the cover from the bumper
and stow it safely inside the vehicle.
▶ Slide catch (2) backwards and hold it
still.
▶ Turn cover (3) through approximately
30°, remove it and stow it safely in-
side the vehicle.
▶ Fit the trailer coupling and engage it
by turning in the opposite direction
and then engage the catch.
Removal
The trailer coupling must be removed
whenever it is not in use.
398 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Slide catch (2) backwards and hold it ▶ Route the cable with appropriate
still. slack and without sharp kinks. There
▶ Turn trailer coupling (3) through ap- must be no potential for chafing.
proximately 30°, remove it and stow it ▶ Function-test the lighting.
safely inside the vehicle.
▶ Fit the cover and engage it by turning
in the opposite direction and then
engage the catch.
▶ Fit the cover to the bumper.
Coupling and uncoupling a trailer
Coupling
▶ Secure the trailer against rolling
away.
▶ Reverse the bus until the tow hitch of
the drawbar is positioned above the
ball hitch on the bus or until the eye
in the drawbar is positioned centrally
in the jaw of the trailer coupling.
▶ Engage the coupling in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions
and establish the electrical connec-
tion. The on-board power supplies
of the trailer and bus must have the
same voltage.

Skibox
Safety precautions for the skibox
Driving with a skibox
Both the vehicle keeper and the driver
assume responsibility for complying with
country‐specific laws whenever a cargo
carrier is used.
▶ The length of the vehicle influences
handling characteristics. Allow extra
distance, especially when reversing.
▶ The optional reversing aid (Parkpi-
lot) could be obscured and thereby
rendered inoperative.
▶ With a skibox fitted, only the rear
foglamp of the skibox may be oper-
ational when the rear foglamp control
is activated.
Fitting / swivelling a skibox
Preparation
The skibox can be fitted only to buses
equipped with the correct brackets.
Adjust the support arms to the correct
height.
▶ Remove the locking devices from the
support arms, adjust the support
arms, refit the locking devices and
clip them into the wall rail.
Note
The gas strut pretensions the re-
taining rail. Lack of due care and
attention could result in a risk of
crushing.
Fitting the skibox
To facilitate, a forklift truck can be used
to raise the box to the correct height.
The safety requirements for floor‐based
material handling equipment must be
observed.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Trailers and skiboxes
Skibox
M88_00-0019-01
▶ Position the skibox on the bearing
pedestals.
▶ Secure all four swivel bearings (1)
(red arrow) using pins (1) (on left in
illustration) and secure them with
spring split pins (2).
▶ Establish the electrical connection
with the vehicle.
▶ Function test: Check all lighting in-
stallations for correct operation.
▶ Function test: The rear foglamp of the
bus must no longer be operational,
only the rear foglamp on the skibox.
▶ Duty to inform: If a reversing aid
(Parkpilot) is fitted, this will now be
399
Trailers and skiboxes
Skibox
inoperative. Inform crew where ap-
plicable.
▶ Check: Check that all pins are firmly
seated and secured by the spring split
pins.
▶ Bear the different handling character-
istics in mind ( → page 399).
Swivelling the skibox to the side
Warning
Risk of crushing caused by the skibox
swinging back in the event of mishand-
ling or overloading and by detachment
of the skibox or load if inadequately se-
cured.
▶ Unload before any attempt to swivel.
▶ Always swivel to the right (seen from
the rear).
▶ Swivel sideways until the locking
device of the gas strut engages.
▶ Always secure the support arms us-
ing the designated locking devices.
400 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M88_00-0021-01
Looking at the vehicle from the rear,
swivel the skibox to the right only. Oth-
erwise, the gas strut will not work.
▶ Unload the skibox; only an empty
skibox may be swivelled.
▶ At the two locating pins on the left
(when viewed in the direction of
travel), remove the spring split pins
and the locating pins.
▶ Swivel the box to the right until gas
strut (1) has reached the limit posi-
tion and locking device (2) engages.
Swivelling the skibox back
▶ Release locking device (2) (orange-
yellow handle) and swivel the box
back.
▶ Refit the upper and lower locating
pins on the left and secure them with
the spring split pins.
Loading the skibox
Loading
Danger
Risk of accident from parts of the
skibox or the load falling off and from
being seen too late due to obscured or
defective lighting installations.
▶ Check lighting installations before
departure.
▶ Do not place or hang items on the
skibox.
▶ Secure the climbing aid after use.
▶ Close and lock the cover.
▶ Check that pins are firmly seated
and secured by spring split pins.
 Trailers and skiboxes
Skibox

▶ After loading, lash the skis to the

support arms using the straps.
▶ Observe the permissible payload;
observe the stickers in the skibox.
▶ Open the skibox and make sure that
the cover cannot slam shut.
▶ Pull the folding step out of the tubular
brackets, attach with the hooks and
fold open. Ensure safe standing.
▶ Secure the load. Lash straps over the
support arms.
▶ Fold the folding step back in and
secure it.
▶ Close the cover of the skibox firmly
and lock.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 401

Trailers and skiboxes

402 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Contents

Operating, function and malfunction displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

Engine compartment: important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Engine compartment: engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Engine compartment: steering hydraulics oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Engine compartment: engine and heating coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Engine compartment: drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Engine compartment: electric fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Wheels, tyres: important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Wheels, tyres: snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Approved snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Washing the bus in automatic vehicle washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Removing the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Smoke detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Description of the LED on the smoke detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Towing and tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Measures for towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Test ports and charging connections, charging, adding compressed air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Bus stop brake emergency release switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 403

Practical advice
Contents

Electrical system: important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Electrical system: layout of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Electrical system: fuse assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Electrical system, batteries: important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Level control key switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Lighting and radio remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Activating/evaluating the Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

404 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Operating, function and malfunction
displays
Overview of the operating, function
and malfunction display screen
The instrument cluster display screen is a
status indicator that displays operating,
function and malfunction information
(icons). Additionally, it can be used to
view IDS (Integrated Diagnostics System)
information. Depending on the vehicle
equipment specification, the content and
scope of display notifications shown in
the vehicle may differ from those depicted
here.
Symbol Object description
Alternator 1 malfunction
Alternator 2 malfunction
Alternator 3 malfunction
Operating, function and malfunction displays
Symbol Object description
No battery charge
No battery charge (alternator
1)
No battery charge (alternator
2)
No battery charge (alternator
3)
Battery undervoltage
Battery overvoltage
Economy stage 3 (displayed
automatically with ignition
ON and engine OFF). With
the engine running, as many
electrical consumers as pos-
sible are switched off in eco-
nomy stage 3 (e.g. refriger-
ator, on-board kitchenette,
ceiling blowers).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Symbol Object description
Economy stage 2
(consumers switched off
in addition to those of
economy stage 1, e.g.
auxiliary heating). This
economy stage is displayed
only while the engine is
running.
Economy stage 1 (individual,
non-essential consumers
switched off, e.g. ceiling
blowers). This economy
stage is displayed only while
the engine is running.
Air cleaner clogged
Exhaust system malfunction
Particulate filter
DPF regeneration
405
Practical advice
Operating, function and malfunction displays

Symbol Object description Symbol Object description Symbol Object description

Cruise control Manual gearshift mode inhib- Incorrect use of continuous

ited brake
Variable speed limiter (Tem- Transmission in teach-in ABS not available
poset) mode
Distance cruise control Limit speed prewarning Traction control

Distance cruise control brak- Ready to depart (in trans- ESP active
ing request mission shift system failsafe
mode)
Active Brake Assist ESP off
Clutch overload

ABA distance warning, visual Sideguard Assist fault

Continuous brake preselec-
only
ted
Transmission in neutral Sideguard Assist info
Continuous brake in opera-
tion
Reverse gear selected
No continuous brake torque Sideguard Assist initialisa-
tion
Automatic mode
Retarder via brake pedal OFF
Sideguard Assist OFF

406 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Symbol Object description
Sideguard Assist warning
Engine oil level too low
Engine oil level too high
Engine oil pressure too low
or sensor failure
Coolant level too low
Coolant temperature too
high or sensor failure
Engine power output re-
duced, start-off power re-
duced
Starter inhibitor active
(clutch not opened)
Water in fuel filter
Practical advice
Operating, function and malfunction displays
Symbol Object description Symbol Object description
Parking brake applied Compressed-air supply air
intake filter dirty
Parking brake supply pres- Bus not at normal level
sure too low or sensor fail-
ure
Bus above normal level
Brake pad wear
Bus below normal level
Bus stop brake
Bus at raised level
Driving and braking charac-
teristics altered
Bus at lowered level
Trailer ABS fault
Level control air pressure
Depress brake pedal
too low
Steering hydraulics oil level
Auxiliary consumers
too low
compressed-air supply
pressure too low or sensor Axle load transfer active
failure
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 407
Practical advice
Operating, function and malfunction displays

Symbol Object description Symbol Object description Symbol Object description

Trailing axle steering mal- Rear foglamp malfunction Rain sensor speed 3
function
Trailing axle steering inactive Brake lamp malfunction Rain sensor speed 4

Exterior lighting malfunction Reversing lamp malfunction Rain sensor speed 5

Light sensor malfunction Light sensor malfunction Rain/light sensor malfunc-

tion
Main-beam headlamp mal- Window defrost set to MAX Emergency valve disabled
function
Dipped-beam headlamp Washer fluid level Door 1 emergency valve
malfunction operated
Side lamp malfunction Rain sensor Door 2 emergency valve
operated
Turn signal malfunction Rain sensor level 1 Emergency hammer re-
moved
Front foglamp malfunction Rain sensor speed 2 Door 1 malfunction

408 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Operating, function and malfunction displays

Symbol Object description Symbol Object description Symbol Object description

Door 2 malfunction Service call Preset timer inoperative

Ready to depart Wheelchair bay stop request Water circuit filling process
activated
Door 2 locked Refrigerant compressor in Blower speed adjustment
operation not possible
Outwards opening door “Smog” air-recirculation Passenger compartment
teach-in mode mode for driver’s area and regulation OFF
passenger compartment
Hinged door open Refrigerant compressor
Driver's area air-recirculation
maintenance program
mode
Stop request Ignition lock malfunction
Roof hatch emergency un-
locked (emergency exit)
Ramp request Belt warning
Preglow check

Pushchair request Engine compart-

Auxiliary heating combustion
ment/luggage compartment
indicator
fire alert
Boarding aid extended
Auxiliary heating unit not Smoke alarm
available

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 409

Practical advice
Operating, function and malfunction displays

Symbol Object description Symbol Object description Symbol Object description

Fire extinguishing system Roof hatch open Display check

malfunction
Fuel reserve Luggage compartment flap Take a break (Attention As-
open sist)
Fuel tank level sensor Luggage compartment and
roof hatch open Info:
The symbols may differ, depending on the
AdBlue® fluid level too low Engine compartment flap
vehicle equipment specification.
open
Lavatory emergency call Side cover and engine com-
partment flap open
Water tank level too low Luggage compartment flap,
engine compartment flap
and roof hatch open
WC holding tank near to
FMS (fleet management
overflow
system) message
Water tank 1 empty
Central locking malfunction

Water tank 2 empty

Service notification

410 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Engine compartment: important in-
formation
Safety precautions for work carried
out in the engine compartment
Danger
Risk of injury from exposure to rotat-
ing parts such as V-belts and belt pul-
leys if the engine compartment flap is
opened with the engine running. Parts
of the body or clothing could become
entangled in the rotating parts. Risk of
injury by hot engine parts.
▶ All work in the engine compartment
should always be carried out with
the engine stopped.
▶ Prevent the engine from being
switched on without authorisation,
e.g. remove the ignition key.
▶ If some work does require the en-
gine to be running, keep a safe dis-
tance from moving parts (e.g. belt
drive).
▶ Before work on the engine or its
attachment parts, wait until contact
surfaces have cooled down.
Practical advice
Engine compartment: important information
▶ To avoid defects caused by unsuitable Start/Stop button in engine compart-
replacement parts, only ever use ment
OMNIplus genuine replacement parts.
Using the Start/Stop button in the engine
compartment, it is possible to start and
stop the engine with the engine compart-
ment flap open and the ignition switched
on.
Note
If Start/Stop button (1) is pressed and
held for longer than 3 seconds when
starting the engine, engine speed will
increase continuously for as long as
Start/Stop button (1) remains pressed
(up to the maximum governed engine
speed). The engine continues to run at
the same speed it has reached when
button (1) is released.
Warning
Keep a safe distance from moving parts
(e.g. belt drive) when the engine is run-
ning.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 411
Practical advice
Engine compartment: important information

M54.00-2275-71

412 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Engine compartment: engine oil level
Engine oil level display
Information about the engine oil level is
displayed on the display screen in the
instrument cluster. Oil level alerts are
displayed when the oil level exceeds or
falls below certain thresholds for the first
time, and information about the oil level
can be called up manually in a specific
display screen menu.
Warning of damage to property
The bus must be level when the oil level
is measured. If the oil level is measured
with the bus on an incline, an incorrect
oil level will be displayed on the display
screen and a red alert may appear in
the instrument cluster. There is a risk of
engine damage if the oil level is too low
or too high. For this reason, correct the
oil level at the earliest opportunity.
▶ In the “Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) main
menu, select the “Motor” (Engine)
submenu. The oil level information
Practical advice
Engine compartment: engine oil level
informs you whether the oil level is Oil level information
correct or not.
Engine oil level OK
Note
The oil level cannot be measured
unless the engine is switched off
and the ignition is switched on. The
current oil level can be checked no
sooner than 5 minutes after engine
switch‐off.
Warning of damage to
property
To avoid engine damage, only
the use of low‐ash oils complying
M54.00-1993-71
with the Specifications for
Operating Fluids is permitted. If the engine oil level is within the normal
Specifications for Operating Fluids range, this is indicated by the symbol and
are published on the Internet at “OK” (1).
busdoc.i.daimler.com/public/.
Note
If the oil level is OK, it is not possible to
call up any further oil level information.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 413
Practical advice
Engine compartment: engine oil level
Engine oil level too low
M54.00-2144-71
If the engine oil level is too low, this is
indicated by the “Engine oil level” symbol
and the message “Niedrig! Öl nachfüllen:
5 l” (Low! Top up oil: 5 L) (1) (5 litres in
this example). Top up as soon as possible
by the amount required as shown on the
display screen. Then run the engine for
approximately 20 minutes (idling speed
or vehicle in motion). The display screen
notification is updated only after this time
has elapsed.
414 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Engine oil level not available
M54.00-1995-71
This indication display will appear if an
attempt is made to call up the oil level
while the bus is in motion or within 5
minutes of the engine being switched off.
The same applies if the oil level cannot be
measured for some other reason, e.g. a
sensor fault.
Checking the engine oil level with the
dipstick (option)
Note
The engines have an electronic oil level
sensor that provides a definitive reading.
Measuring the oil level with the dipstick
is required only if the electronic oil level
detection function is defective.
Danger
Risk of injury from exposure to rotat-
ing parts such as V-belts and belt pul-
leys if the engine compartment flap is
opened with the engine running. Parts
of the body or clothing could become
entangled in the rotating parts. Risk of
injury by hot engine parts.
▶ All work in the engine compartment
should always be carried out with
the engine stopped.
▶ Prevent the engine from being
switched on without authorisation,
e.g. remove the ignition key.
▶ If some work does require the en-
gine to be running, keep a safe dis-
 Practical advice
Engine compartment: engine oil level

tance from moving parts (e.g. belt

drive).
▶ Before work on the engine or its
attachment parts, wait until contact
surfaces have cooled down.
Note
The oil level must be visible between
the MIN and MAX markings.
4. At filler opening (2), add the top-
up volume required in accordance
with the Specifications for Operating
Fluids.

M01.00-0147-71

1. Park the bus on horizontal ground.

2. After you have switched off the en-
gine, wait approximately 10 minutes
to allow the oil to collect in the oil
sump.
3. Pull out dipstick (1) with the engine
switched off and at normal operating
temperature.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 415

Practical advice
Engine compartment: steering hydraulics oil level

Engine compartment: steering hy- 2. If the oil level is too low, top up only
draulics oil level with power-steering oil complying
with Specifications for Operating
Checking the oil level in the power- Fluids.
steering expansion tank
Note
Note
Specifications for Operating Fluids
With electronic oil level detection, the are published on the Internet at
steering‐oil reservoir is non‐transparent. busdoc.i.daimler.com/public/.
If the fill level in the power‐steering ex-
pansion tank is too low, a yellow alert
appears on the display screen with the
ignition switched on. A manual oil level
check can be carried out by means of
integrated dipstick (1).

M46.00-0126-72

1. Read the oil level.

Note
With the engine running, the oil level
must be seen to be between the
MIN and MAX marking on dipstick
(1).

416 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Engine compartment: engine and
heating coolant level
Checking the coolant level of the
engine and heating system.
M20.00-0144-71
Warning
Risk of scalding from hot coolant
spraying out.
▶ Wear protective clothing (gloves/
safety goggles).
▶ Where possible, do not open the
sealing cap on the coolant expan-
sion tank unless the coolant temper-
ature is below 50 °C.
Practical advice
Engine compartment: engine and heating coolant level
▶ Open the sealing cap slowly to re-
lieve the excess pressure. Slowly Note
turn the sealing cap a little further Specifications for Operating Fluids
and remove it. are published on the Internet at
busdoc.i.daimler.com/public/.
▶ Read off coolant level (1) at the in-
spection glass. ▶ For notes on bleeding the heating
system coolant circuit, refer to the
Note “Bleeding the coolant circuit for the
heating system” ( → page 488) sec-
With the engine cold (below 50 °C),
tion.
the coolant level must be seen to be
between the lower and upper mark-
ings (MIN (1.1) and MAX (1.2)) on
inspection glass (1) of the expan-
sion tank.
▶ Add coolant if necessary.
▶ Use clean water – well filtered and
as soft as possible (drinking water
quality) – mixed with corrosion inhib-
itor/antifreeze (mixing ratio of water
to neat corrosion inhibitor/antifreeze:
1 : 1, observe Specifications for Oper-
ating Fluids).
▶ Only the use of a coolant specified
on MB Specifications for Operating
Fluids sheet 325.5 or 326.5 (G40) is
permitted.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 417
Practical advice
Engine compartment: drive belts

Engine compartment: drive belts 3.3. Screws

Removing and fitting the drive belts 3.4 Belt tension measuring point
(OM 470, OM 471) 4 Water pump and alternator drive
belt
Note 4.1 Permanent tensioner
The explanatory information below de- 5 Right‐side alternator drive belt
scribes how to exchange the drive belts 5.1 Tensioning screw
on engines OM 470 and OM 471 as an
example. The drive belts of engine mod- 5.2 Lock nut
els OM 936 should be exchanged in a 5.3 Belt tension measuring point
similar but correct way. M01.00-0183-76
These instructions should not be regarded
1 Left‐side alternator drive belt as exhaustive. If necessary, have the re-
Warning of damage to property pair carried out by an OMNIplus Service
1.1 Tensioning screw
Replacement V‐belts and some of the Partner.
1.2 Tensioning nut
tools listed below are not supplied with
the bus as standard. Only the use of 1.3 Lock nut
OMNIplus original replacement V‐belts is 1.4 Belt tension measuring point
permitted. 1.5 Clamp screw
2 Refrigerant compressor drive
belt
2.1 Permanent tensioner
3 Radiator fan drive belt
3.1 Tensioning screw
3.2 Lock nut

418 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Removing and fitting the fan drive belt
M01_00-0132-71
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
work carried out in the engine com-
partment at the start of this section.
▶ Loosen lock nut (3.2) of adjustment
screw (3.1) on the belt tensioner
carrier.
▶ Unscrew adjustment screw (3.1).
▶ Loosen screws (3.3) securing the belt
pulley tensioning lever mounting.
▶ Move tensioning lever mounting with
belt pulley to the stop against the
carrier and remove drive belt (4).
▶ Assembly in reverse order.
Practical advice
Engine compartment: drive belts
Note
The drive belt tension must not be
too high under any circumstances.
It must still be possible to twist the
drive belt through at least 90° at
measuring point (3.4) using two
fingers.
Removing and fitting the refrigerant
compressor drive belt
M01_00-0134-71
Note
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
Required tools: 1/2” tommy bar. work carried out in the engine com-
partment at the start of this section.
▶ Fit the 1/2” tommy bar into the
socket on tensioning pulley (2.1), pull
the tensioning pulley upwards in
the direction of the arrow using the
tommy bar and hold in place.
▶ Assembly in reverse order.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 419
Practical advice
Engine compartment: drive belts
Note
Tensioning pulley (2.1) is
spring‐loaded; the drive belt is
therefore adjusted to the correct
tension automatically.
Removing and fitting the drive belt for
the right-side alternator
M01.00-0139-71
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
work carried out in the engine com-
partment at the start of this section.
▶ Loosen lock nuts (5.2).
420 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Loosen the screw at the alternator Removing and fitting the drive belt for
hinge point and at the tensioning the left-side alternator
spindle.
▶ Loosen tensioning screw (5.1) until
the drive belt is lying loosely on the
belt pulleys.
▶ Remove drive belt (5) from the belt
pulleys.
▶ Assembly in reverse order.
Warning of damage to
property
The drive belt tension must not be
too high under any circumstances. M01.00-0184-71
It must still be possible to twist the
drive belt through at least 90° at
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
work carried out in the engine com-
measuring point (5.3) using two
partment at the start of this section.
fingers.
▶ Loosen lock nut (1.2) and clamp
screw (1.7), and loosen the screws
at alternator hinge point (1.5, 1.6)
and at the tensioning spindle.
▶ Loosen tensioning nut (1.1) until the
drive belt is lying loosely on the belt
pulleys.
▶ Remove drive belt (1) from the belt
pulleys.
▶ Assembly in reverse order.
 Practical advice
Engine compartment: drive belts

Note Note
The drive belt tension must not be Tensioning pulley (4.1) is
too high under any circumstances. spring‐loaded; the drive belt is
It must still be possible to twist the therefore adjusted to the correct
drive belt through at least 90° at tension automatically.
measuring point (1.4) using two
fingers.

Removing and fitting the drive belt for

the water pump and centre alternator
M01_00-0135-71
Note
▶ Observe the safety precautions for
Required tools: 1/2” tommy bar. work carried out in the engine com-
partment at the start of this section.
▶ Fit the 1/2” tommy bar into the
socket on tensioning pulley (4.1),
pull the tensioning pulley down in
the direction of the arrow using the
tommy bar and hold in place.
▶ Remove the drive belt from the belt
pulleys.
▶ Assembly in reverse order.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 421

Practical advice
Engine compartment: electric fuel pump

Engine compartment: electric fuel Note

pump
The pump will switch off after
Electric fuel pump (option) 85 seconds.
▶ After the pump has switched off,
close the engine compartment flap.
▶ Start the engine from the driver's
area.

M47_00-0121-71

The electric fuel pump can be used to

bleed the fuel system.
▶ Switch on the ignition (position 2).
▶ Press button (1) briefly to switch on
the electric fuel pump.

422 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Wheels, tyres: important information
Wheels, tyres: general safety inform-
ation
Note
Tyres are the only connection between
the vehicle and road surface. For this
reason, they play a particularly important
role for operating safety and roadworthi-
ness.
Danger
Risk of accident from incorrect inflation
pressure, old, worn or damaged tyres
and incorrect choice of tyre.
▶ Check tyre pressures, treads and
condition regularly.
▶ Have damaged tyres exchanged
without delay.
▶ Change a tyre before the specified
minimum tread depth is reached and
no later.
▶ Avoid driving over sharp‐edged ob-
jects.
Wheels, tyres: important information
▶ Avoid crushing tyres against the
edge of the kerb.
▶ Always park the bus with the entire
contact patch of the tyres up on the
kerb.
▶ Use only tyres that have been
approved by EvoBus. Consult
an OMNIplus Service Partner if
necessary.
▶ Fit only tyres having the specified
load index (at least 154/149) and
specified speed index.
▶ The rules and regulations of the
country in which the vehicle is op-
erated must be observed.
▶ Where twin tyres are fitted, use only
tyres having the same external dia-
meter, maximum tolerance 0.5 %
of the external diameter or circum-
ference. Fit the larger tyre on the
outboard side.
▶ The warning notes above and the
“Preparation for the journey, daily”
( → page 31) section must be strictly
observed.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
● Incorrect inflation pressure reduces
the load capacity of the tyre.
● If the tyre pressure is too low, this
leads to intensive heating of the tyres,
increased tyre wear, changes in dir-
ectional stability and increased fuel
consumption.
● If the tyre pressure is too high, this
results in a longer braking distance,
poorer tyre grip and increased tyre
wear.
Note
Tyre pressure increases or decreases
by approximately 30 to 40 kPa (0.3 to
0.4 bar, 4.4 to 5.8 psi) with every 10 °C
increase or decrease in air temperature
respectively. Bear this temperature‐re-
lated change in tyre pressure in mind
if you are checking tyre pressures in-
doors and the temperature indoors is
higher than the temperature outdoors.
Example: Room temperature is approx-
imately 20 °C, the outside temperature
is approximately 0 °C. In this case, the
tyre pressure would be 60 to 80 kPa (0.6
to 0.8 bar, 8.7 to 11.6 psi) higher than
423
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: important information

the value specified in the tyre pressures

table.
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures table
( → page 439)

Warning of damage to property

Physical damage caused by the ingress
of moisture or dirt into the tyre inflation
valves and the resulting loss of air.
▶ Always use valve caps on the tyre
inflation valves and screw them on
tightly.

Warning of damage to property

Physical damage caused by incorrect
balancing products.
▶ Do NOT use balancing powder, beads
or gel as these could lead to undesir-
able pulsations and/or vibrations.

424 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel
Changing a wheel
▶ For all work on the wheels, the in-
formation in the “General safety in-
formation” ( → page 423) section
must be strictly observed.
Spare wheel
Removing the spare wheel (option)
from the spare wheel compartment
M00.00-0634-71
Warning
Risk of accident and injury from stop-
ping in an unsuitable place in the event
of a breakdown or flat tyre.
▶ Park the bus on firm ground as far
as possible from moving traffic and
switch on the hazard warning lamps.
▶ Urge all passengers to disembark
and direct them to a place of safety
(e.g. behind the crash barrier).
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel
▶ Position a warning triangle or hazard
warning light at a suitable distance.
▶ The rules and regulations of the
country in which the vehicle is op-
erated must be observed.
▶ To prevent displacement of the
raised vehicle, carry out the wheel
change only on a level, firm and
non‐slip surface.
▶ Never lie under the bus if it has been
raised without the additional support
of axle stands.
▶ Refrain from starting the engine and
prevent unauthorised starting by
removing the ignition key.
▶ As the electronically controlled air
suspension might attempt to adjust
itself with the bus raised, disconnect
the power supply (operate the bat-
tery isolating switch).
▶ To permit removal of the spare wheel
from the spare wheel compartment,
pull release handle (1) on the front
flap. Release handle (1) is located
behind the cover in the front right
doorway.
425
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel

◁ The front flap opens to the front Removing the wheel trim
/ downwards and is damped. If it
Removing the wheel trim
moves with difficulty, pull the flap
to the front / downwards.

Note
The openings below the spare wheel
in the front compartment must not
be sealed or covered by objects as
trouble‐free operation of the heat-
ing, ventilation and air‐conditioning
system would no longer be guaran-
teed.
M40_00-0072-01
▶ Unhook retaining strap (4) from pos-
ition (b) and hook back into position
M40.00-0153-71
(a). In the process, hold the flap firmly
to avoid damage.
▶ Take removal tool (1) from the vehicle
tool kit and guide the plastic hook
◁ The spare wheel flap is now in end through the opening.
the horizontal position and it is
possible to pull the spare wheel
out.
▶ Undo and remove the spare wheel
retaining strap.
▶ Pull spare wheel (1) towards you over
roller bar (3).

426 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Loosening the wheel nuts
Loosening the wheel nuts
M40.00-0154-71
▶ Position plastic hook (1) behind
spring clip (2) and, using the removal
M40_00-0028-01
tool, pull the wheel trim off with a
forceful jerk.
▶ Loosen the wheel nuts through half a
turn using the wheel nut wrench from
the vehicle tool kit.
Note
Roller bar (3), over which the spare
wheel is pulled from the spare wheel
flap, can be used as an extension. It
can be pulled out of the retaining
bracket after the spring pin has
been removed.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel
Positioning the jack
Positioning the jack
M40_00-0011-01
Warning
Risk of injury caused by tipping of the
jack with the bus raised.
▶ NEVER change wheels on an uphill
or downhill gradient.
▶ Secure the bus against rolling
away (apply the parking brake).
Also chock at least one front wheel
if there is a defective wheel on the
rear axle.
427
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel
▶ Position jacks exclusively at the
designated jacking points on the
vehicle.
▶ Align the base of the jack vertically
underneath the jacking point.
▶ Observe the operating instructions
issued by the jack manufacturer.
▶ To minimise possible damage
caused by jack failure, either
place the good spare wheel or
the defective wheel at a suitable
position underneath the bodywork
for the duration of the wheel fitting/
removal procedure.
▶ Place the telescopic jack (10 t) on
a laminated wood base and jack up
the bus at the transverse link jacking
point (arrowed).
Warning of damage to
property
To avoid damage to the skeleton,
the jack should be positioned only
at the jacking points designated by
a jack symbol on the outside of the
vehicle.
428 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Removing a front wheel
Removing a front wheel
▶ Observe the safety precautions in the
“Changing a wheel” ( → page 423)
section.
M40.00-0149-71
▶ Position a ramp in front of the defect-
ive wheel and drive onto ramp (1) in
first gear.
Note
To avoid displacement of the ramp
on very slippery, hard ground sur-
faces, drive onto the ramp slowly
and vigilantly.
▶ Remove ( → page 426) the wheel
trim.
▶ Loosen ( → page 427) the wheel nuts
through half a turn.
▶ Position ( → page 427) the jack.
▶ Extend the jack and stop jacking as
soon as a gap is created between the
wheel and the ramp.
▶ Remove the ramp.
▶ Unscrew and remove all wheel nuts
apart from three nuts spaced equally
apart.
▶ Do not unscrew the last three wheel
nuts until you are sure that the wheel
is seated on the wheel bolts without
tension.
▶ Remove the defective wheel.
 Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel

Warning of damage to ▶ Extend the jack and stop jacking as

property soon as a gap is created between the
When you remove the wheel, take wheel and the ramp.
great care not to scrape it over the ▶ Remove the ramp.
threads of the wheel bolts. This ▶ Unscrew and remove all wheel nuts
would damage the bolt threads apart from three nuts spaced equally
and make it difficult to screw on apart.
the wheel nuts. In the worst case
▶ Do not unscrew the last three wheel
scenario, a wheel nut could become
nuts until you are sure that the wheel
seized on a damaged wheel bolt.
is seated on the wheel bolts without
tension.
M40_00-0032-01
Removing a wheel on the driven axle ▶ Remove the defective wheel.
▶ Place a ramp at the good wheel of the
Removing a wheel on the driven axle twin tyres and drive the bus onto it. Warning of damage to
▶ Observe the safety precautions in the property
“Changing a wheel” ( → page 423) When you remove the wheel, take
Note
section. great care not to scrape it over the
To avoid displacement of the ramp threads of the wheel bolts. This
on very slippery, hard ground sur- would damage the bolt threads
faces, drive onto the ramp slowly and make it difficult to screw on
and vigilantly. the wheel nuts. In the worst case
▶ If present, remove ( → page 426) the scenario, a wheel nut could become
wheel trim. seized on a damaged wheel bolt.
▶ Loosen ( → page 427) the wheel nuts
through half a turn.
▶ Position ( → page 427) the jack.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 429

Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel

Removing a wheel from the trailing Note

axle
To avoid displacement of the ramp
Removing a wheel from the trailing on very slippery, hard ground sur-
axle faces, drive onto the ramp slowly
▶ Observe the safety precautions in the and vigilantly.
“Changing a wheel” ( → page 423)
section. ▶ If present, remove ( → page 426) the
wheel trim.
▶ Loosen ( → page 427) the wheel nuts
through half a turn.
▶ Raise the bodywork using the rais- M40_00-0087-71
ing/lowering system.
▶ Raise the trailing axle at the trans-
verse link jacking point (arrowed)
Note
using the telescopic jack (10 t) to the
For vehicles without a raising/lower- point at which the wheel can be re-
ing system, it is possible to relieve moved.
the trailing axle by pressing the
▶ Observe the notes in the “Positioning
pushbutton for the axle load transfer
( → page 427) the jack” section.
M40_00-0032-01 of the trailing axle.
▶ Extend the jack and stop jacking as
▶ Drive the outside wheel of the driven ▶ To prevent subsequent inadvertent soon as a gap is created between the
axle onto ramp (1). movements initiated by the rais- wheel and the ramp.
ing/lowering system, disconnect the ▶ Remove the ramp.
on-board power supply using the bat- ▶ Unscrew and remove all wheel nuts
tery isolating switch. apart from three nuts spaced equally
apart.

430 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


▶ Do not unscrew the last three wheel
nuts until you are sure that the wheel
is seated on the wheel bolts without
tension.
▶ Remove the defective wheel.
Warning of damage to
property
When you remove the wheel, take
great care not to scrape it over the
threads of the wheel bolts. This
would damage the bolt threads
and make it difficult to screw on
the wheel nuts. In the worst case
scenario, a wheel nut could become
seized on a damaged wheel bolt.
Fitting the spare wheel
Fitting the spare wheel
M40_00-0016-01
▶ Remove rust and dirt from the con-
tact surfaces on the wheel, wheel
hub, centring lugs and wheel nuts.
▶ The thread of the wheel bolts and
wheel nuts must be free of oil and
grease. Degrease the thread if neces-
sary.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel
Warning of damage to
property
To avoid damage to the wheel rims
and wheel bolts, the replacement
wheel rims must always be of
identical type (exchange steel rims
for steel rims, aluminium rims for
aluminium rims). Aluminium rims
and steel rims require different
wheel nuts. Where twin tyres are
fitted, the mixed use of steel and
aluminium rims is strictly prohibited.
▶ Fit the spare wheel.
Note
Disc wheels (1) are centred by the
centring lug on hub (2).
▶ Fit the wheel nuts and screw them on
into contact with the wheel.
431
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel
M40_00-0053-01
▶ Note the different flat collar nuts and
do not mix them up at the time of
fitting.
Note
(A): Wheel nuts for pressed‐steel
wheels (steel rims) do not have any
marking, (B): Wheel nuts for alu-
minium wheels (aluminium rims)
bear the inscription “VA FA” for
single tyres, “HA RA” for twin tyres
and a marking with 3 rings on the
integral thrust washer (see illustra-
tion).
432 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Retighten the wheel nuts after a
driving distance of approximately 50
km.
▶ If necessary, visit an OMNIplus Ser-
vice Partner to have the wheel nuts
tightened to the specified torque.
▶ Tighten the wheel nuts in a crosswise
pattern and drive cautiously to the
nearest OMNIplus Service Partner.
Have the wheel nuts tightened to the
M40_00-0061-01
specified torque.
▶ To fit and remove aluminium rims, Tightening torque
slide the assembly sleeves (vehicle Wheel nuts 600 Nm
tool kit) over 2 opposing wheel bolts
to avoid damage.
▶ Drive the bus down off the ramp and
stow the defective wheel, vehicle tool
▶ Place the ramp back under the wheel,
kit and ramp safely.
lower the bus and take the jack away.
Warning
Warning
Risk of accident from objects that
Risk of accident from wheels coming
would affect the steering.
loose if under- or overtightened.
▶ Always secure the spare wheel in
▶ Always tighten wheel nuts uniformly the spare wheel compartment using
and in a crosswise pattern.
the tensioning strap.
▶ Always tighten wheel nuts to the
specified torque.
 Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: changing a wheel

▶ Do NOT stow any items, e.g. snow

chains, in the spare wheel compart-
ment.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 433

Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: snow chains

Wheels, tyres: snow chains Note

Fitting snow chains Snow chains may be fitted more
easily, especially at the rear axle, by
Warning of damage to property raising the bus using the raising/
Physical damage to the bodywork, snow lowering system.
chains and wheels caused by loose snow
chains.
▶ Make sure that the snow chains are
fitted tightly.
▶ Do not exceed the maximum permiss-
ible speed of 40 km/h.
▶ Check the snow chains for firm seat-
ing after a certain distance (depend-
ent on prevailing conditions) and
retighten them if necessary.
▶ With snow chains fitted, the vehicle
must NOT be driven at lowered level.
▶ Observe legal requirements and the
installation instructions provided by
the manufacturer.

434 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Approved snow chains

Approved snow chains

Manufacturers Type Link thickness [mm] Driven axle Front axle
Tyre size 295/80 R22.5
RUD RUD‐Matic Maxi 5.0 Approved Approved
RUD RUD‐Matic Classic V 5.5 Approved Approved
RUD RUD‐profi Cargo HL 5.5 Approved Approved
RUD RUD‐profi Cargo HL 7.5 Approved NOT approved
Pewag OMR/Unibus 5.0 Approved Approved
Pewag Austro 7.0 Approved NOT approved
Pewag Austro SV 8.2 Approved NOT approved
Tyre size 315/80 R22.5
Approved exclusively
RUD RUD‐Matic Maxi 5.0 NOT approved
for steel rims

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 435

Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures
On-screen tyre pressure monitor
M68.00-0492-71
The “Reifen” (Tyres) menu window is avail-
able in buses equipped with electronic
tyre pressure monitoring.
The tyre pressure monitor is a conveni-
ence system designed to assist with reg-
ular checking of tyre pressures and it is-
sues a warning automatically if a tyre is
overinflated or loses pressure.
The tyre pressure monitor monitors the
pressure in all tyres while the bus is sta-
tionary and while the bus is in motion and
it provides reliable warnings as long as
436 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
the correct nominal pressure has been set
for all tyres.
▶ The safety information in the “Prac-
tical advice” section for all aspects
relating to tyres must be strictly ob-
served.
Note
It is always the driver's responsibility
to ensure that the tyres are inflated
to the correct pressure.
The tyre pressure monitor would work
with an incorrect pressure in the following
cases:
● Vehicle overladen.
● Wheels with a different tyre size have
been fitted and the nominal pres-
sure has not been corrected in the
on‐board computer or an incorrect
value has been entered.
If radio transmitting equipment (e.g. radio
headphones, two‐way radios) is being op-
erated inside the bus or nearby, this could
interfere with the correct functioning of
the tyre pressure monitor. The display
screen in the instrument cluster displays
“‐ ‐” in place of the respective tyre pres-
sure if a tyre pressure sensor is tempor-
arily suffering interference, e.g. from ra-
dio transmitting equipment, or if the tyre
pressure sensor has not yet supplied any
values.
▶ In these cases, wait a few minutes
and/or drive the vehicle away from
the area affected by the radio trans-
mitting equipment.
The tyre pressure values shown on
the display screen may differ from the
readings obtained with an air pressure
gauge. The tyre pressures displayed by
the on‐board computer relate to sea level.
At higher locations, air pressure gauges
display a higher tyre pressure than the
display screen does.
▶ Do not reduce tyre pressure in these
situations.
The tyre pressure monitor detects new
wheels or new tyre pressure sensors auto-
matically.

▶ After a new tyre has been fitted,
drive the vehicle for a few minutes
at a speed of over approximately
35 km/h.
◁ The system learns the different
values.
▽ If the tyre pressure monitor does
not teach itself in successfully,
it will be necessary to start the
teach-in process manually.
▶ Park the vehicle and switch
off the ignition for at least
10 minutes. Now start the
vehicle and pull away imme-
diately.
Wheels, tyres: inflating tyres
▶ Pump out the compressed-air sys-
M40_00-0078-71
▶ Remove protective cap (1) from tyre
inflator connection (2)
Note
While the engine is running, a pres-
sure of up to 12.5 bar (cut‐out pres-
sure of the pressure regulator) can
be drawn off. Compressed air can-
not be drawn off unless the pressure
regulator is in the fill position. If the
pressure regulator has cut out (idle
position ‐ blows into the open air), it
will be necessary to reduce the pres-
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures
sure using the brake pedal until the
pressure regulator cuts in again.
Warning of damage to
property
Since the pressure in the system
may be too high for inflating a tyre,
the inflation procedure should be
monitored by observing the com-
pressed‐air supply pressure operat-
ing display on the instrument cluster
display screen.
tem (using the brake pedal) until the
supply pressure in brake circuits 1
and 2 has dropped below 6.5 - 7
bar (as seen on the display screen,
“Fahrzeug” (Vehicle) main menu,
“Druckluft” (Compressed air) sub-
menu).
437
Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures
M40.00-0135-71
▶ Screw on valve connector (4), if not
already fitted, to the other end of the
tyre inflation hose using the wing nut.
438 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ After you have finished inflating the
tyres, unscrew tyre inflation hose (3),
stow it away and seal the tyre inflator
connection with the rubber cap.
▶ Inflate the tyres to the specified pres-
sure at the earliest opportunity.
M40_00-0019-01
▶ Screw tyre inflation hose (3) onto the
tyre inflator connection to the stop
using the wing nut (3.1).
▶ Position the hose so that the engine
compartment flap can be closed.
▶ Unscrew the protective cap from the
tyre valve and connect valve con-
nector (4).
▶ Close the engine compartment flap.
▶ Start the engine and inflate the tyres
to the specified pressure (approx-
imately 8.5 bar, supply pressure in
brake circuits 1 and 2), then switch
the engine off.
 Practical advice
Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures table

Wheels, tyres: tyre pressures table

Tyre pressures table
Tyre size: 295/80 R22.5
Permissible axle load [kg] 5,750 7,100 7,500
Single tyres 295/80 R22.5
Pressure [bar] 6.5 8.5 8.5
Permissible axle load [kg] 10,000 11,500 13,000
Twin tyres 295/80 R22.5
Pressure [bar] 6.5 7.75 8.5
Tyre size: 315/80 R22.5
Tyre type: Single tyres Twin tyres
Single and twin tyres 315/80 R22.5 Permissible axle load [kg] 7,000 8,000 11,500
Pressure [bar] 7.5 8.5 7.25
The tyre pressures table shown here cannot be considered complete and is primarily provided for guidance only. The tyre catalogue
of the manufacturer concerned is the decisive point of reference for the precise tyre pressures to be set in accordance with the cur-
rent axle load and the load capacity of the tyre.
We recommend that, in the cold season (temperatures permanently below 5 °C), the tyre pressures should be adjusted 0.5 bar higher
than the values stated in order to compensate for pressure drops caused by low temperatures.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 439

Practical advice
Trailer coupling

Trailer coupling
Trailer coupling maintenance and
care
Check the trailer coupling for damage
regularly and clean and lubricate it on a
regular basis.
▶ Clean the trailer coupling.
▶ Lubricate with multipurpose grease.
▶ Check the screws on the end cross
member for firm seating.
▶ The inspection paint/locking paint
must be undamaged; if this is not
the case, visit an OMNIplus Service
Partner.

Note
If the locking paint is damaged, the
trailer coupling must not be used
until an inspection has been carried
out by an OMNIplus Service Partner.

440 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Washing the bus in automatic vehicle
washes
Washing the bus in automatic vehicle
washes
Preparation
▶ Prepare the bus in accordance with
the care instructions.
Folding the mirrors in and out manu-
ally
M88_00-0068-01
Before the bus is washed, fold mirrors
(1) inwards towards the windscreen by
means of the mirror arm.
Practical advice
Washing the bus in automatic vehicle washes
▶ Start the vehicle wash, watch over
the bus at all times and stay close to
the facility's emergency stop while
washing is in progress.
▶ After the washing process, fold both
mirrors (1) outwards again (working
position).
Folding the mirrors in/out electrically
(option)
▶ Before the bus is washed: Move both
mirrors inwards towards the wind-
screen using the power folding func-
tion. To do this, use the mirror ad-
juster button on the instrument panel.
▶ Continue as for manual folding of the
mirror.
▶ After the washing process: Move both
mirrors out using the power folding
function.
Warning of damage to
property
Do NOT fold the mirrors in or out by
hand. This would cause damage to
the servomotors.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 441
Practical advice
Removing the exterior mirrors
Removing the exterior mirrors
Removing the exterior mirror, fitting
the replacement mirror (option)
Note
The replacement mirror is located in the
luggage compartment and can be used
on either side of the bus. Tools needed
for assembly: Allen key WAF 6, screw-
driver for slotted screw, open‐ended
spanner WAF 15.
442 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
M88.70-0042-71
Warning
Risk of injury from falling if unsuitable
boarding aids are used.
▶ Always make sure that the ladder
you use is suitable for the task.
▶ Secure the ladder against sliding
away.
Warning
Risk of accident from obscured vision
(blind spots) and as a consequence of
misjudging distances because the re-
placement mirror reflection makes ob-
jects appear smaller than they are, and
because the replacement mirror does
not have an additional mirror.
▶ Adjust the mirror to see the max-
imum possible amount of lane to the
side of the vehicle.
▶ Before pulling away, check the area
in front of the bus for persons and
obstacles.
▶ Before moving into the lane on the
right, glance over your shoulder to
view the blind spot not shown in the
mirror.
▶ Have the original mirror repaired or
exchanged as soon as possible by
an OMNIplus Service Partner.
▶ Fold the mirror inwards towards the
windscreen by means of the hinge pin
on the mirror arm.
 Practical advice
Removing the exterior mirrors

▶ Remove upper cover cap (1) from the

mirror arm. To do this, pull cover cap
(1) up at the top with both hands until
it can be removed outwards.

M88_70-0003-01

▶ Unscrew screws (1.1) securing re-

placement mirror (1) and remove the
replacement mirror.
M88_70-0004-01 ▶ Fit the replacement mirror to the
▶ Disconnect the electrical connection attachment points for the mirror arm
at connector (2). and tighten screws (10).
▶ Loosen clamp screws (3) a few turns. ▶ Check the security of the replace-
ment mirror and adjust it to the cor-
▶ If lock (8) is present (option), this will
rect position.
need to be unlocked.
▶ Pull retaining clip (7) outwards and
pull mirror head (4) forwards out of
mirror arm (5).
▶ Unscrew screws (10) from mirror arm
(5) and remove the mirror arm.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 443

Practical advice
Smoke detector

Smoke detector ▶ Stop the bus as soon as possible,

road and traffic conditions permit-
ting, and switch on the hazard warn-
ing lamps.
▶ Initiate the necessary measures.
Measures
▶ Lead passengers to safety.
▶ Make an emergency call or entrust
this task to a suitable person.
▶ Extinguish the source of the smoke
by suitable means.
M86.00-0428-717

Whenever the ignition is switched on, the

smoke detectors in the WC, in the luggage
compartment and in the sleeper cabin (if
present) are also primed. LED (1) lights up
green.

Warning
Risk of accident from the behaviour of
passengers or other road users in the
event of heavy smoke development in
the passenger compartment, engine
compartment or, if present, in the WC or
luggage compartment.

444 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Description of the LED on the smoke detector

Description of the LED on the smoke

detector
LED colour Display Meaning Measure
green permanently lit Normal operation
green, with short changes to slightly contamin- Visit an ’OMNIplus’ Service
green‐yellow
yellow ated Partner.
heavily contamin- Visit an ’OMNIplus’ Service
green‐yellow alternating
ated Partner.
Visit an ’OMNIplus’ Service
yellow permanently lit Malfunction
Partner.
red alert on driver's
display screen

Identify the cause of smoke

red permanently lit
development.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 445

Practical advice
Towing and tow-starting
Towing and tow-starting
Towing
Essential information
Caution
Physical damage from incorrect tow-
ing without the specialist knowledge
required for the vehicle category. The
vehicle must be prepared correctly.
▶ Have towing carried out by author-
ised specialists.
▶ Observe the legal requirements of
the country concerned.
▶ Select a gear appropriate to the type
of transmission fitted.
▶ If transmission damage is suspec-
ted, the propeller shaft must be re-
moved in a professionally correct
manner. In the event of propeller
shaft removal, the screws on the
flanges must be secured against
movement.
▶ Make sure that the spring cylinder
brake circuit has a sufficient supply
of compressed air; if necessary,
connect an external compressed‐air
446 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
source. Otherwise, it is prohibited to
tow the vehicle. Caution
▶ Use only approved towing devices Physical damage from the inadvert-
and methods, e.g. a tow bar. ent intervention of assistance systems
▶ When cornering, take a sufficiently while the vehicle is being towed with the
front axle raised. The assistance sys-
wide line and be mindful of the
vehicle overhang and mirrors. tem would detect the different speeds of
▶ Where applicable, disable assistance the axles and initiate a control interven-
systems such as ESP, AEBS and tion, e.g. braking. The vehicle would be
ABA. destabilised and skid.
Only authorised specialists are permitted
▶ Switch off the ignition to deactivate
assistance systems.
to tow away broken‐down buses.
▶ Remove the ignition key to avoid
Special measures are required as appro- incorrect control.
priate to the type of transmission, refer to
▶ The ignition must not be switched on
the “Measures for towing” section.
with the front axle raised.
▶ If it is necessary to remove the pro- ▶ A raised vehicle is higher than normal:
peller shaft, remove the screws at the
Check the headroom clearance be-
flange on the axle and secure those at
fore driving under bridges and build-
the flange on the transmission against
ing structures.
displacement.
▶ For a GO 250-8 transmission, refer
to the “Abschleppen” (Towing)
gear selection in failsafe mode
( → page 229).

Fitting the towing coupling
M00_00-0358-71
▶ Take the towing coupling and ac-
cessories from the tool compartment.
▶ To fit the towing coupling at the front,
open the front flap. To fit at the rear,
loosen the cover on the rear member.
▶ Screw the towing coupling into locat-
ing bore (1).
M00_00-0340-71
▶ Remove the tow bar (option) from the
left-side luggage compartment to the
rear of the front axle.
▶ Fit the tow bar into towing coupling
(3).
▶ Secure the tow bar using linchpin (1).
▶ Turn linchpin (1) towards the rear
until it engages in lock (2).
▶ Always make sure that the linchpin is
securely seated (engaged).
▶ Removal: In reverse order. To do this,
turn linchpin (1) forwards and, in
the process, pull lock (2) upwards
slightly.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Towing and tow-starting
Charging the compressed-air supply
If the bus needs to be charged with com-
pressed air, the supply pressure of the
external source must not be less than 11
bar. Only then will all pressure circuits be
charged.
▶ Do not charge the compressed-air
system in excess of 12.5 bar.
▽ If the pressure is higher, use a
pressure reduction device.
▶ Do not exceed the maximum
charge pressure of 12.5 bar,
otherwise components of the
compressed-air system could
be damaged.
Towing a vehicle
Observe the information and labels on the
tow bar.
▶ Through tight left-hand corners, take
care to ensure that the rear end of
the towing vehicle does not damage
the left-side exterior mirror of the
vehicle being towed.
447
Practical advice
Towing and tow-starting
▶ Through tight right-hand corners, take
care to ensure that the tow bar does
not damage the vehicle being towed.
Tow-starting
Preconditions:
● A minimum pressure of 8.0 bar is
present in brake circuits 1 and 2.
● The ignition has been switched off for
at least 2 minutes.
This precondition is important be-
cause it ensures that the fuel shut‐off
valve reopens after the engine was
last switched off.
● The ignition is switched to position 2.
● Residual on‐board voltage is available
(display screen active).
Tow-starting
▶ Close the doors.
▶ If an immobiliser is fitted, depress the
accelerator pedal briefly to release
the immobiliser.
▶ Manual transmission: Depress the
clutch, engage second gear.
448 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Vehicles with GO 250-8 PowerShift ▶ Vehicles with GO 250-8 PowerShift
transmission: Select drive range D. transmission: Depress the accelerator
pedal.
Note ◁ The clutch closes, the engine
If drive range D cannot be engaged starts.
with the vehicle stationary, move the
vehicle a short distance (by push-
ing, allowing to roll on a downhill
gradient or tow‐starting, at only ap-
proximately 1‐2 km/h).
▶ Move the vehicle in the forwards
direction of travel at approximately
10-15 km/h (by pushing, allowing
to roll on a downhill gradient or tow-
starting).
Warning of damage to
property
Caution: Tow‐start the vehicle in
the forwards direction of travel only.
Reverse direction of travel could
result in irreparable damage to the
transmission.
▶ Vehicles with manual transmission:
Release the clutch.
 Practical advice
Measures for towing

Measures for towing

Status of Status of propeller Voith AGN trans- ZF AGN transmis- Transmissions GO
to be observed:
engine shaft mission sion 190‐6 to GO 250‐8
if transmission damage
running fitted no mileage restriction. suspected:
Remove the propeller shaft.
running removed no mileage restriction.
Max. 10 km/h. Max. for 2 hours at Maximum distance: if transmission damage
At temperatures of max. 25 km/h. Evacuate danger suspected:
Off fitted below ‐15 °C: At temperatures of zone only. Remove the propeller shaft.
max. 5 km/h. below ‐15 °C:
max. 5 km/h.
Off removed no mileage restriction.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 449

Practical advice
Test ports and charging connections, charging, adding compressed air

Test ports and charging connections, TP 1 Auxiliary consumers supply pres-

charging, adding compressed air sure
Pneumatic system test ports under TP 2 Spring‐actuated parking brake
the driver's area supply pressure
TP 3 Front axle brake supply pressure
TP 4 Driven axle brake supply pres-
sure
TP 5 Brake pressure regulated on the
left‐hand side of the front axle
TP 6 Brake pressure regulated on the
right‐hand side of the front axle
TP 7 Spring‐actuated parking brake
control pressure
TP 8 Spring‐actuated parking brake
emergency release control pres-
sure
TP 9 Driven axle brake pressure (re-
dundancy)
TP 10 Not assigned
TP 11 Not assigned
M42.00-0847-73
TP 12 Suspension supply pressure
Pneumatic test ports (behind
left-side fuel tank service cover).

450 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Test ports and charging connections, charging, adding compressed air

Pneumatic test ports behind door 2 Pneumatic test ports (behind the
right-hand luggage compartment
flap to the front of the driven axle)
TP 13 Brake pressure regulated on the
right‐hand side of the driven axle
TP 14 Brake pressure regulated on the
right‐hand side of the trailing
axle (only on buses with third
axle)

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 451

Practical advice
Test ports and charging connections, charging, adding compressed air

Other pneumatic test ports TP 15 Brake pressure regulated on the

left‐hand side of the driven axle
(at the axle modulator of the
driven axle, port 21)
Door Pneumatic test port
2

Note
This test port is located on the
door valve in the step of the
doorway of door 2.

Charging the compressed-air system

of another bus

Note
Compressed air cannot be drawn off
unless the pressure regulator is in the fill
position.

452 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Test ports and charging connections, charging, adding compressed air

Charging by nipple connector Charging by coupling head

M42_00-0104-01

▶ If the pressure regulator has cut M42_00-0105-01 M42_00-0106-01

out (idle position - blows into the Option 1: Compressed‐air connection by Option 2: Compressed‐air connection by
open air), reduce the pressure in the means of nipple connector (1/2”) (34) means of coupling head (35) behind the
compressed-air system by operating behind the front flap and in the engine front flap and in the engine compartment
the brake pedal until the pressure compartment Using an adapter hose suitable for
regulator cuts in again (fill position).
whichever type of connection is fitted
▶ Using charging hose (1), charge the to the bus, it is possible to charge the
compressed-air system of the other compressed‐air system of the bus or of
bus by connecting it to tyre inflator another vehicle.
connection (4) located in the engine
compartment.
▶ After the charging process, remove
the charging hose and stow it away
safely.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 453

Practical advice
Test ports and charging connections, charging, adding compressed air

Warning of damage to property

Do not charge the compressed‐air sys-
tem of the other vehicle beyond the
cut‐out pressure of its pressure regu-
lator.

454 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Bus stop brake emergency release switch

Bus stop brake emergency release ◁ The bus stop brake function has
switch been deactivated.

Bus stop brake emergency release

Note
This switch has a tamper‐evident seal
and is intended to be operated only in
the event of a malfunction in the bus
stop brake or immobiliser.

M68_00-0311-71

Danger
Risk of accident from inadvertent
movement of the vehicle.
▶ If the emergency release switch for
the bus stop brake is to be oper-
ated, secure the bus using the park-
ing brake.
▶ Have the malfunction rectified as
soon as possible by an OMNIplus
Service Partner.
▶ Fold open red cover (1) on the emer-
gency release switch.
▶ Operate switch (2) by pulling it out.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 455

Practical advice
Electrical system: important information
Electrical system: important informa-
tion
Electrical system, important informa-
tion
M54.00-2004-71
Caution
Physical damage caused by work car-
ried out on the electrical system with
disregard for the following:
▶ All work on the electrical system
must always be carried out with the
batteries disconnected from the
on‐board power supply.
456 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ During engine washes, always pro- important electrical components are
tect the starter, alternator and elec- illustrated on the pages that follow.
trical plug connections from mois-
ture.
Warning
Risk of fire and injury. Risk of fire from
the use of fuses with a higher amper-
age. Risk of injury caused by consumers
switching on suddenly if the electric cir-
cuit of the fuse being exchanged is still
switched on.
▶ Use only fuses of the specified am-
perage.
▶ NEVER attempt to bridge fuses.
▶ Always rectify the causes of mal-
functions before exchanging fuses.
▶ Do not replace fuses unless the
power has been switched off.
▶ Before work is carried out the elec-
trical system, and before disconnec-
tion and reconnection of the batter-
ies, always disconnect the batteries
from the on-board power supply using
battery isolating switch (01S01). The
locations of the batteries and other
 Practical advice
Electrical system: layout of components

Electrical system: layout of compon-

ents
Layout of electrical components

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 457

Practical advice
Electrical system: layout of components

M54.00-2198-76

458 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Electrical system: layout of components

Electrical component HDH

Above the wheel arch on the right‐hand
Batteries, battery isolating switch (3)
side of the driven axle.
Main switch panel (2) with integrated power Above the wheel arch on the right‐hand
distribution board side of the front axle.
Above the wheel arch on the right‐hand
Auxiliary switch panel (3)
side of the driven axle.
Ceiling switch panel (4) In the front left ceiling duct
Diagnostics socket, co‐driver microphone In the centre console to the right of the
(1) driver's area
A detailed layout of electrical components (control units, fuses, relays, etc.) can be ob-
tained online at http://www.omniplus.com, search term “Operating data”.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 459

Practical advice
Electrical system: layout of components

Battery isolating switch Note Battery compartment

An alarm will be triggered if the bat-
tery isolating switch is turned to the
“OFF” position with the anti‐theft
alarm system (option) primed.

Note
The battery isolating switch is
located in the battery compartment
above the wheel arch on the
right‐hand side of the driven axle.
M54.00-2004-71 M54.00-2128-71

The battery compartment is located above

Caution the wheel arch on the right‐hand side of
Serious physical damage to the ex- the driven axle.
haust system caused by operation of the
battery isolating switch while the LED is
lit.
▶ Do NOT turn the battery isolating
switch to the “OFF” position while
the LED is lit.
▶ To disconnect the batteries from
the on-board power supply, turn the
battery isolating switch to position
(1).

460 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Main switch panel
M54.00-2042-71
The main switch panel is located on the
right‐hand side of the vehicle, either
above the wheel arch of the front axle or
in the front luggage compartment.
The main switch panel houses fuses for
electrical consumers in the forward sec-
tion of the bus.
Practical advice
Electrical system: layout of components
Auxiliary switch panel
M54_00-1060-71
The auxiliary switch panel is located on
the right‐hand side of the vehicle, above
the wheel arch at the driven axle.
The auxiliary switch panel houses fuses
for electrical consumers in the rear sec-
tion of the bus.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 461
Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment
Electrical system: fuse assignment
Notes on fuse assignments
The following information in respect of
fuse assignments should be observed:
Note
This description is based on the stand-
ard assignment of fuses in the bus.
Bus‐specific assignment may differ from
bus to bus. Not all fuse slots are neces-
sarily occupied in every bus.
In addition, fuses may occupy unas-
signed slots because they are protecting
special customer options or retrofitted
equipment, for example.
Note
A detailed layout of electrical
components (control units, fuses,
relays, etc.) can be obtained online at
http://www.omniplus.com, search term
“Betriebsdaten” (Operating data).
462 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
▶ Remove blown fuses from the fuse
block using extractor tool (4).
Note
Spare fuse block (1) contains five
fuses of various amperages.
▶ To test the fuses, insert them into
fuse holder (3).
◁ If green LED (2) lights up, the
fuse is OK.
M54.00-2124-71
Warning
Risk of fire and injury. Risk of fire from
the use of fuses with a higher amper-
age. Risk of injury caused by consumers
switching on suddenly if the electric cir-
cuit of the fuse being exchanged is still
switched on.
▶ Use only fuses of the specified am-
perage.
▶ NEVER attempt to bridge fuses.
▶ Always rectify the causes of mal-
functions before exchanging fuses.
▶ Do not replace fuses unless the
power has been switched off.
 Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

Fuse assignment for main switch

panel on right above front axle

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 463

Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

F1 7.5 A ‐ Mirror adjuster (32F05) F17 15 A ‐ Driver's window heating F34 Not assigned
F2 5 A ‐ Acquisition system, general (32F07) F35 Not assigned
(65F07) F18 7.5 A ‐ Vibration motor supply F36 15 A ‐12 V socket terminal 15
F3 7.5 A ‐ Distance sensor (10F28) (81F06) (02F08)
F4 15 A ‐ Front box (50F02) F19 7.5 A ‐ Door 2 doorway lighting F37 15 A ‐ 12 V cigarette lighter
F5 25 A ‐ Wiper (33F02) (42F02) (02F15)
F6 7.5 A ‐ Clock (65F02) F20 5 A ‐ 12 V power supply (01F16) F38 5 A ‐ Reversing camera (70F14)
F7 15 A ‐ Wipers, upper (33F07) F21 Component assigned on auxili- F39 7.5 A ‐ Parking aid (70F07)
ary switch panel F40 7.5 A ‐ Video surveillance sys-
F8 5 A ‐ Rain sensor for roof hatch
(52F04) F22 Not assigned tem (70F06)
F9 Not assigned F23 Not assigned F41 5 A ‐ Roller sunblind (32F16)
F10 15 A ‐ Electrically folding exter- F24 Not assigned F42 5 A ‐ Video system terminal 30
ior mirrors (32F12) F25 Not assigned (70F24)
F11 15 A ‐ Video monitor (70F03) F26 Not assigned F43 5 A ‐ Video system terminal 30
F12 5 A ‐ Multichannel audio system F27 Not assigned (70F37)
(70F13) F28 Not assigned F44 7.5 A ‐ Anti‐theft alarm system
F13 7.5 A ‐ Service call (83F02) F29 Not assigned (82F03)
F14 7.5 A ‐ Co‐driver's reading lamp F30 7.5 A ‐ LIN/CAN gateway con- F45 3 A ‐ Steering wheel angle
(31F01) trol unit (33F05) sensor terminal 30 (20F10)
F15 Not assigned F31 15 A ‐ 12 V socket terminal 30 F46 5 A ‐ Telephone, radio (commu-
(02F37) nications) terminal 30 (72F08)
F16 15 A ‐ Driver’s seat terminal 15
(81F01) F32 Not assigned F47 15 A ‐ Cornering lamps actu-
ation module (30F19)
F33 Not assigned

464 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

F48 15 A ‐ HVAC control panel F66 15 A ‐ 24 V socket (02F06) F80 Not assigned
(50F01) F67 3 A ‐ Tyre pressure monitor F81 Not assigned
F49 20 A ‐ Radio (audio) system (65F14) F82 5 A ‐ Video system terminal 15
terminal 30 (70F20) F68 7.5 A ‐ Diagnostics download (40F40)
F50 5 A ‐ VGA splitter 1 (70F35) terminal 30 (05F02) F83 Not assigned
F51 7.5 A ‐ C3 signal I‐module/ F69 5 A ‐ Telematics system (77F02) F84 Not assigned
satellite (60F01) F70 15 A ‐ AdBlue® supply unit F85 Not assigned
F52 7.5 A ‐ LED lighting (31F25) (17F08) F86 Not assigned
F54 Not assigned F71 15 A ‐ 24 V/12 V voltage con- F87 Not assigned
F55 5 A ‐ Telephone, radio (commu- verter (01F18)
F88 Not assigned
nications) terminal 15 (72F09) F72 5 A ‐ Trailing axle terminal 30
(22F08) F89 Not assigned
F56 5 A ‐ Steering column adjust-
ment (22F09) F73 5 A ‐ Roof hatches 1 and 2 F90 5 A ‐ Video system terminal 30
(52F01) (70F43)
F57 15 A ‐ 24 V socket terminal 15
(02F07) F74 5 A ‐ Microphone (70F31) F91 7.5 A ‐ Driver assistance control
unit (10F62)
F58 5 A ‐ Microphone (70F31) F75 7.5 A ‐ WLAN access point
(73F43) F92 5 A ‐ Recording system, general
F59 Not assigned (65F06)
F60 Not assigned F76 15 A ‐ Headlamp cleaning sys-
tem (33F09) F93 15 A ‐ Windscreen washer pump
F61 Not assigned 1 (33F11)
F62 Not assigned F77 7.5 A ‐ 24 V cigarette lighter
(02F28) F94 15 A ‐ Windscreen washer pump
F63 Not assigned 2 (33F12)
F78 7.5 A ‐ Stowage compartment
F64 Not assigned lighting (31F33) F100 40 A ‐ Windscreen heating
F65 Not assigned (32F03)
F79 5 A ‐ Telematics system (77F01)

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 465

Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

Fuse assignment for auxiliary switch

panel

466 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

F1 5 A ‐ Fuel level sensor (65F08) F15 5 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX 3 F29 5 A ‐ Floor circuit water pump,
F2 10 A ‐ Electronic air processing (04F29) rear (51F25)
unit EAPU terminal 15 (24F02) F16 5 A ‐ Electronic ignition switch F30 15 A ‐ Heater for heating‐oil
F3 7.5 A ‐ Blower motor, entry 2 EIS (08F06) filter (54F05)
(53F10) F17 5 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX 4 F31 Not assigned
F4 Not assigned (04F360) F32 15 A ‐ Roof mixing circuit pump
F5 Not assigned F18 Not assigned (53F16)
F6 3 A ‐ Fuel pump switch (15F16) F19 5 A ‐ Instrument (61F03) F33 Not assigned
F7 15 A ‐ Heating for fuel filter F20 5 A ‐ Control gateway CGW F34 7.5 A ‐ Substation 1 (51F30)
(15F34) (05F03) F35 7.5 A ‐ Engine compartment and
F8 20 A ‐ Fuel pump (15F15) F21 5 A ‐ Modular switch field lighting socket (02F04)
F9 7.5 A ‐ Driver's day‐bed in multi‐ (61F02) F36 7.5 A ‐ Retarder terminal 30
purpose room (81F05) F22 Not assigned (14F03)
F10 5 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX 2 F23 1 A ‐ Fuel tank data recorder F37 7.5 A ‐ Lavatory (80F05)
(04F28) (65F04) F38 5 A ‐ Smoke detection system
F11 5 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX 6 F24 15 A ‐ Lavatory, winterproofed (64F12)
(04F32) (80F10) F39 Not assigned
F12 5 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX 1 F25 Not assigned F40 Not assigned
(04F27) F26 7.5 A ‐ Substation 0 (51F35) F41 7.5 A ‐ Driver's rest area
F13 5 A ‐ Standalone multiplexer F27 5 A ‐ Floor circuit water pump, (81F04)
SMUX 2 (04F36) front (51F24) F42 3 A ‐ Light monitoring ballast
F14 5 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX 5 F28 10 A ‐ Electronic air processing (02F50)
(04F31) unit EAPU terminal 30 (24F03) F43 5 A ‐ Adaptive driving calculation
IPPC terminal 30 (10F66)

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 467

Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

F44 15 A ‐ Automated manual trans-

mission (12F04)
F45 15 A ‐ Automated manual trans-
mission (12F05)
F46 Not assigned
F47 Not assigned
F48 7.5 A ‐ Reading lamps (31F04)
F49 3 A ‐ Light monitoring ballast
terminal 15 (02F51)
F50 5 A ‐ Starter battery main fuse
(01F12)
F51 Not assigned
F52 Not assigned
F53 7.5 A ‐ Alternator voltage sensor
(01F20)
F54 20 A ‐ Auxiliary heating (54F02)
F55 20 A ‐ Auxiliary heating (54F01)
F56 15 A ‐ Lighting strip (31F06)
F57 15 A ‐ Lighting strip (31F05)
F58 Not assigned

468 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

Power distribution board (PDB) fuse

assignment

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 469

Practical advice
Electrical system: fuse assignment

F25 50 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX1 F38 50 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX5

(04F18) (04F22)
F26 50 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX2 F39 50 A ‐ Standalone multiplexer
(04F19) (SMUX) (04F37)
F27 50 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX3 F40 50 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX6
(04F20) (04F23)
F28 Not assigned F41 150 A ‐ Inverter (01F47)
F29 70 A ‐ Kitchenette (80F01) F42 80 A ‐ Fuse terminal 15 (01F17)
F30 50 A ‐ Kitchenette (80F02) F43 80 A ‐ Main fuse terminal 15
F31 70 A ‐ Microwave/boiler (01F02)
(80F03) F44 125 A ‐ Air‐conditioning system
F32 Not assigned (51F01)
F33 50 A ‐ Socket on the tour F45 70 A ‐ Mobility lift power supply
guide's cabinet (80F31) (46F02)
F34 50 A ‐ Control units terminal 30 F46 Not assigned
(08F05) F47 150 A ‐ Charger/inverter
F35 30 A ‐ Exhaust gas cleaning (08F46)
control module ACM terminal F48 125 A ‐ Main fuse terminal 30
30 (17F11) (01F07)
F36 30 A ‐ Engine management F49 Not assigned
MCM terminal 30 (10F51) F50 100 A ‐ Main fuse terminal 30
F37 50 A ‐ Multiplex system MUX4 (01F13)
(04F21) F51 Not assigned

470 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Electrical system, batteries: import-
ant information
Important information on the hand-
ling of batteries
Warning
Risk of explosion, poisoning and acid
burns. Risk of explosion due to oxy-
hydrogen gas. Risk of poisoning and
internal burning if battery acid is swal-
lowed. Risk of injury from burning of
eyes and skin by battery acid or from the
handling of damaged lead-acid batteries.
A highly explosive mixture of gases is
produced when lead-acid batteries are
being charged. If battery acid is swal-
lowed, the victim is likely to suffer symp-
toms of poisoning, including headaches,
dizziness, stomach pain, respiratory
paralysis, loss of consciousness, vomit-
ing, acid burns and cramps. Battery acid
fumes burn the eyes. If inhaled, these
fumes burn mucous membranes and air-
ways. Intake of lead into the body can
result in damage to blood, nerves and
kidneys; in addition, lead compounds
Electrical system, batteries: important information
are classified as being toxic to reproduc-
tion (may impair fertility). Acid batteries
contain sulphuric acid, which can cause
severe burns to the skin and eyes.
▶ Lead‐acid batteries must be charged
in well‐ventilated areas.
▶ Always disconnect the negative
terminal first; always reconnect the
positive terminal first.
▶ Do not switch on the charger until
the terminals have been connected;
always switch it off before the ter-
minals are disconnected.
▶ Do not place any tools or other elec-
trical conductors on the lead‐acid
battery (risk of short circuit).
▶ Fire, sparks, naked flames and
smoking are prohibited.
▶ Lead‐acid batteries must always be
stored horizontally.
▶ During maintenance work on the
battery, wear suitable acid‐proof
protective clothing, in particular:
safety goggles, protective gloves
and an apron.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
▶ Keep lead‐acid batteries and battery
acid away from unauthorised per-
sons, especially children.
▶ Observe the instructions for the
lead‐acid battery and observe the
Operating Instructions for the bus.
▶ In case of contact with the eyes or
skin, carry out first‐aid measures
immediately.
Measures
▶ Contact with the eyes: Rinse eyes
immediately with plenty of water.
▶ Contact with the skin: Remove af-
fected clothing. Neutralise acid
splashes on skin or clothing imme-
diately using an acid neutraliser or
a soap solution and then rinse with
plenty of water.
▶ Inhalation of battery acid fumes:
Bring affected person into the fresh
air.
▶ Swallowing of battery acid: Have
the affected person drink plenty
of water containing an activated
charcoal additive.
471
Practical advice
Electrical system, batteries: important information
▶ As a rule, a medical service or doc-
tor should always be consulted once
first‐aid measures have been taken.
▶ Fire‐prevention measures: Suitable
extinguishing materials are CO₂ and
dry chemical extinguishing agents.
▶ Warning notes must be strictly ob-
served.
Warning note on the batteries:
M54_10-0004-01
● ‐ (1): Fire, sparks, naked flames and
smoking are prohibited. Prevent
sparking.
● ‐ (2): Risk of explosion.
472 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
● ‐ (3): Observe the Operating Instruc-
tions,
● ‐ (4): Risk of acid burns. Battery acid
is corrosive. Always observe the
safety instructions and safety pre-
cautions when handling batteries or
battery acid. Battery acid must never
come into contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Rinse off all acid splashes
immediately with copious amounts of
clean water. Seek medical attention if
M54.00-2004-71
necessary.
● ‐ (5): Wear eye protection. ▶ Disconnect the battery from the on-
● ‐ (6): Keep children away. board power supply using battery
isolating switch (01S01) and remove
the isolating switch key.
Disconnecting batteries
Warning of damage to
▶ The safety precautions in the “Im- property
portant information on the handling To avoid damage to the exhaust
of batteries” ( → page 471) section system, do not disconnect with the
must be strictly observed. battery isolating switch until LED (1)
▶ Switch off the engine. is no longer lit.
▶ Loosen the battery cover at the four
quick-release locks and remove it.

M54.00-2128-71
▶ Remove the spring split pins from the
pins.
▶ Pull out the battery carrier.
▶ First remove the negative terminal
clamp from the battery.
▶ Then remove the positive terminal
clamp from the battery.
Note
Connection in reverse order.
Electrical system, batteries: important information
M54_00-0839-01
Warning
Risk of injury from frame sections of
the battery carrier when the carrier is
sliding.
▶ Slide the batteries back into the
battery compartment by holding the
handles with both hands, do NOT
grasp the mounting frame on the
outside.
▶ Slide the battery carrier back in as
far as the stop until pins (2) with the
slotted hole appear.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Warning
Risk of accident and injury from a
loose battery carrier.
▶ After the battery carrier has been
slid back in, always fit both spring
split pins (1) to prevent the batteries
from working their way out while the
bus is in motion.
▶ Secure using both spring pins (1) left
and right.
Charging the batteries
Note
As the batteries discharge even when
not in use, we recommend that out‐of‐
service batteries be recharged once a
month.
▶ The safety precautions in the “Im-
portant information on the handling
of batteries” ( → page 471) section
must be strictly observed.
▶ Connect the charger. Ensure correct
polarity (positive to positive, negative
473
Practical advice
Electrical system, batteries: important information
to negative), correct voltage (24 V)
and correct charging current (approx-
imately 1/10 of the rated capacity,
e.g. 200 Ah battery with 20 A char-
ging current).
▶ Switch off the charger after charging
has finished.
▶ Disconnect the charger after the char-
ging current has stopped.
▶ Special chargers are required for
charging gel batteries.
Switching to the auxiliary batteries
▶ To ensure reliable starting of the en-
gine after the bus has been parked
for long periods with electrical con-
sumers switched on, the supply of
power can be switched to the auxili-
ary batteries for a limited time.
▶ Press the pushbutton with the ignition
switched on.
474 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Note
The supply of power is switched
to the auxiliary batteries for one
minute.
▶ Start the bus in the normal way.
Note
With the engine running, the auxili-
ary batteries are connected in par-
allel with the vehicle batteries and
undergo recharging. Whenever the
engine is switched off, they are dis-
connected from the on‐board power
supply again to prevent them from
being discharged.
Jump-starting
Note
A discharged battery can freeze at tem-
peratures below ‐10 °C. A frozen bat-
tery must be thawed out before the
jump‐start operation.
Caution
Physical damage caused by incorrect
polarity, incorrect charging voltage or
incorrect charging cables.
▶ Be sure to match the polarity (posit-
ive to positive, negative to negative).
▶ Make sure that the batteries have
the same voltage (24 volts).
▶ For jump‐starting, use only jump
leads with a line cross section of
at least 70 mm² and equipped with
insulated clamps.
▶ The safety precautions in the “Im-
portant information on the handling
of batteries” ( → page 471) section
must be strictly observed.
▶ Switch off the ignition. Remove the
ignition key.
▶ Connect one end of the positive cable
to the positive terminal of the dis-
charged battery first, then connect
the other end of the positive cable to
the positive terminal of the donor bat-
tery.
 Practical advice
Electrical system, batteries: important information

▶ Connect the negative cable to the ▶ After the engine start, switch on the
negative terminal on the donor bat- more powerful consumers of the
tery and then the other end to an jump-started bus, such as the light-
earthed metal part on the vehicle ing, heated windows or ventilation.
frame, but not in the immediate vi-
cinity of the discharged battery. Note
This helps to avoid voltage peaks
Note that could be damaging to electrical
Oxyhydrogen gas can escape from components when the jump leads
the batteries. At the moment the are disconnected.
charging cable is connected to the
▶ Switch off the engine of the donor
negative terminal of the discharged
vehicle.
battery, there is a possibility of
sparking, which could cause the
▶ Disconnect the earth cable first, then
the positive cable.
oxyhydrogen gas to explode. For
this reason, the final connection ▶ Disconnect the non-essential con-
between the discharged battery and sumers of the jump-started vehicle.
the donor battery should never be
directly on or near the battery.
▶ Run the engine of the donor vehicle
at an elevated speed and wait a few
minutes until the discharged battery
has received some current.
▶ Start the engine of the bus to be
jump-started in the normal way and
let it run at idling speed.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 475

Practical advice
Level control key switch

Level control key switch Automatic level control functions remain

active.
A yellow alert with the text: “Niveauregel-
eung ohne Funktion” (Level control in-
operative) and a symbol appear on the
display screen.

M54.00-2894-71

Key switch (1) is located behind the cover

next to the diagnostics socket in the
driver's area.
With the key in position 1, the pushbutton
on the instrument panel for activating
the “Raising and lowering” function is
enabled.
With the key in position “0”, it is not pos-
sible to raise or lower the vehicle using
the raising/lowering pushbutton on the
instrument panel. All pushbuttons for rais-
ing and lowering the vehicle are disabled.

476 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Lighting and radio remote control
Changing light sources
Warning
Risk of injury and burns from hot,
defective and high-voltage light sources.
▶ Allow light sources to cool before
any attempt to change them.
▶ Do not use any light source if visibly
damaged. Light sources are pressur-
ised and could explode.
▶ Gas discharge bulbs (xenon) operate
at high voltage, high pressure and
high temperature. There is a risk of
fatal injury if live parts of the lamp
and ballast unit are touched. Do not
touch the gas discharge bulb if the
headlamp is damaged.
▶ Specialist knowledge and special
tools are required for the changing
of gas discharge bulbs (xenon). Have
gas discharge bulbs repaired at an
OMNIplus Service Partner.
▶ Keep children away from light
sources.
Caution
Physical damage caused by incorrect
handling of light sources.
▶ To avoid a short circuit, switch off
the lighting before the light source is
changed.
▶ Protect light sources from moisture
during operation and do not allow
them to come into contact with
fluids.
▶ Do not touch the glass bulb with
bare hands. If you do, clean the
glass bulb while cold using alcohol
or spirit and rub dry with a lint‐free
cloth.
▶ Check the seals on lighting units for
correct seating; replace damaged
seals with new ones.
▶ Before light sources are replaced
with new ones, check the contacts
on their base for corrosion; clean if
necessary.
▶ Use only light sources of the same
type and designated voltage.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Lighting and radio remote control
Environmental protection
Risk to environment from environment-
ally hazardous substances being allowed
to enter the ground, aquatic environ-
ment or sewerage system.
▶ Certain types of light source are
considered environmentally hazard-
ous. For this reason, dispose of light
sources only at collection points in-
tended for this purpose.
▶ Observe national and local rules and
requirements.
Changing a light source in the head-
lamps
Note
The left headlamp is accessible through
the service cover behind the outside
cover under the driver's window.
The right headlamp is accessible from
the vehicle interior, from behind the
cover in the entrance on the right‐hand
side.
477
Practical advice
Lighting and radio remote control
M68.00-0577-71
▶ To open the left headlamp, close the
driver's window first.
▶ On the outside of the vehicle, remove
three screws from the bottom edge of
the cover below the driver's window.
Then remove retaining screw (1). Now
detach the outside cover.
478 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Changing the fluorescent lamp of the
lavatory lighting
M54_00-0114-01
▶ Remove cover (3) using a screw-
driver.
▶ Turn the fluorescent lamp through
90° and remove it.
▶ Refit in reverse order.
Changing over the xenon headlamps
(option) for left-hand traffic
Note
Gas discharge lamps (xenon headlamps,
option) can be adjusted for driving on
the left or driving on the right in accord-
ance with national legislation.
▶ Observe the safety precautions and
information on gaining access to the
headlamps ( → page 477).
▶ Switch off the lighting.
▶ Remove the cover.
M54_00-0406-01
▶ Unclip connector (1) of the ballast.

Warning of damage to
property
To discharge the high voltage of gas
discharge lamps, it is essential to
disconnect the connector.
▶ Push wire loop (2) upwards and re-
move plastic cover (3).
M54_00-0840-01
▶ Push bar (1) upwards for driving on
the right or down for driving on the
left.
Changing the battery in the radio
remote control
M68.00-0575-71
▶ Insert a small screwdriver approxim-
ately 1 mm into the opening in the
key remote and prise off cover (1).
Note
If applicable, remove the cover or key
first to gain access to the opening.
◁ Remove cover (1).
▶ Knock the key remote against the
palm of your hand until the battery
drops out.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Practical advice
Lighting and radio remote control
Environmental protection
Dispose of used batteries in an environ-
mentally responsible manner.
▶ Insert the new battery with the posit-
ive terminal facing upwards.
Note
Use battery type CR2025.
Note
Make sure that the battery is clean and
lint‐free before you insert it.
◁ Attach cover (1) at the front and clip
it in at the back.
Note
Check that the buttons activate their
associated functions on the vehicle.
479
Practical advice
Activating/evaluating the Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS)
Activating/evaluating the Integrated
Diagnostics System (IDS)
Activation and evaluation of the In-
tegrated Diagnostics System (IDS)
Note
The Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS)
cannot be regarded as a substitute for
off‐board diagnostics (STAR Diagnosis)
because off‐board diagnostics is the
only means by which some functions can
be monitored and tested (e.g. the chan-
nel assignment for the sensor system
and actuators of the EBS or ABS/ASR
system).
480 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Warning of damage to property
To avoid consequential defects, have
all work on the bus to rectify displayed
faults carried out by an OMNIplus Ser-
vice Partner.
M68.00-0498-71
▶ In the “Meldungen” (Notifications)
main menu, select the “Diagnose”
(Diagnostics) submenu and confirm
with “OK” button (1) on the steering
wheel.
M54.00-2012-71
Note
▶ Select the desired system (in this
The Integrated Diagnostics System can-
example, ACM (2)) using the arrow
not be activated unless the bus is sta-
buttons on the steering wheel and
tionary, the parking brake is applied and
confirm using the “right arrow” but-
the ignition is “ON” (position 1).
ton.
▶ To clear the fault codes of all con-
trol units at once, select “Reset aller
 Practical advice
Activating/evaluating the Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS)

Fehler” (Reset all faults) (1) and follow
the instructions.
▶ Systems that can be called up include
the following:
Note
Some systems are available only where
the bus is equipped with the correspond-
ing option.
◁ ABA - Active Brake Assist
◁ ACM - Aftertreatment Control Module
◁ EIS - Electronic Ignition Switch
◁ HVAC - Heating Ventilation Air Condi-
tioning
◁ IBH - Independent Bus Heating
◁ IBS - Intelligent Battery Sensor
◁ ICUC - Instrument Cluster Unit Com-
mon
◁ LDW - Lane Departure Warning
◁ MCM - Motor Control Module (engine
management)
◁ MSF - Modular Switch Field M54.00-2013-71

(exhaust system) ◁ MUX - Multiplexer ▶ To display stored fault codes, select

◁ ASA - Additional Steering Axle
◁ AtAs - Attention Assist
◁ ATS - Antitheft System
◁ CGW - Central Gateway
◁ CLCS - Chassis Level Control System
◁ CLS - Central Locking System
◁ COM - Communication Unit
◁ CMS - Coach Multimedia Center
◁ CPC - Common Powertrain Controller
◁ DCM - Door Control Module
◁ EAPU - Electronic Air Processing Unit
◁ EBS - Electronic Brake System
◁ ESP - Electronic Stability Program
◁ RDF - Radar Front End
◁ RLS - Rain Light Sensor
◁ RCM - Retarder Control Module
◁ SAS - Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
◁ SMUX - Stand Alone MUX
◁ TCO - Tachograph
◁ TCM - Transmission Control Module
◁ TPM - Tyre Pressure Monitoring
◁ VRDU - Video Radar Decision Unit
(ART/ABA control unit)
the relevant line (2) (highlighted blue)
and confirm using “right arrow” but-
ton (3).
Note
The control unit part number (1) of the
selected system is also displayed.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 481

Practical advice
Activating/evaluating the Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS)

M54.00-2015-71 M54.00-2014-71

◁ This display appears on the display ▶ To clear the stored fault codes, select
screen. the relevant line (2) (highlighted blue)
and confirm using “OK” button (3).
Note
▶ To quit the Integrated Diagnostics
The fault code (1) and, in some cases, System, press the “left arrow” button
a corresponding message (2) are dis- on the steering wheel repeatedly
played. until the “Diagnose” (Diagnostics)
submenu is displayed again.

482 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance

Heating, ventilation and 6.

Note
air-conditioning system maintenance
The 4 air‐conditioning boxes con-
Maintenance tasks for the taining the filter cassettes are loc-
air-conditioning system in the bus ated behind the ceiling trim panel-
Cleaning/replacing the recirculated-air ling between the side windows and
filters the service sets.
3. Using the extractor claw, release
cover profile (1).
4. Detach cover profile (1) and set it
down.
5. Remove rubber cover (2).

M83.00-0963-71

1. Switch off the ignition.

2. Cover seats and floor linings for pro-
tection.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 483

Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance

9. The air-conditioning boxes each con-

tain 4 interconnected filter cassettes
(4).

Note
The filter cassette comprises a
two‐piece frame (1) and a fleece
filter (2).
10. The filter cassettes are attached end
to end (2). As a result, all four filter
M83.00-0964-71 cassettes can be fitted or removed in M83.00-0374-01

7. Pull filter cassettes (4) out using ex- the same direction at once. 12. Disassemble the filter cassette frame
tractor claw (3). 11. (1) (two-piece) and renew filter mater-
ial (2). Fit together the frame (1) and
Note new filter and push it into the filter
The interior filters for the two for- shaft.
ward air‐conditioning boxes are
accessible from the front. The fil-
ters for the two rear air‐conditioning
boxes are accessible from the rear.
8. Clean or exchange the filter material
and refit the recirculated-air filter
cassettes.

484 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance

Cleaning the fresh-air filter in the

driver's area

M83.00-0967-75 M83.00-0965-71 M83.00-0796-71

1. Open the spare wheel flap at the front
of the bus (lever in entrance of front
right door)
2. On the front panel, unscrew 2 WAF 13
screws (1). Slide the front panel up
and remove it.
3. Unscrew cover (2).
4. Lift fresh-air filter mat (1) up with
both hands (approximately 6 mm)
and then pull it out downwards and
towards you.
5. Clean fresh-air filter mat (1) by beat-
ing out the dust, vacuuming or blast-
ing with compressed air against the
intake direction and then refit it. Ex-
change the filter mat if necessary.

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 485

Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance

Scopes of maintenance for the air- Note

conditioning system
To prevent deformation of the fins,
Cleaning the condensers the jet of water must always be
directed perpendicular (90°) to the
Note condenser surface. The cleaning
Check and clean the condensers only interval depends on the length of
with the engine and air‐conditioning operation and the load to which the
system switched off. system is subjected.
1. 4. Then check condenser fans (4.3) for
correct operation: air drawn in the
M83.00-0148-01
direction of the arrow (4.5)
3. Remove condenser blowers (4.3)
by loosening securing screws (4.4).
Clean the surfaces of all 4 condenser
units by carefully brushing and va-
cuuming with an industrial vacuum
cleaner. For stubborn dirt, also spray
into the fins with a grease-dissolving
substance (cold cleaner), allow it to
2. Open the service cover by removing
work and then spray it off with water.
4 securing screws (4.1) and secure it
with the 4 props.

486 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance

Carrying out the compressor mainten- maintenance run, a prompt to carry

ance program Note
To ensure that the slide ring seal
on the compressor crankshaft does
not dry out and start to leak, the
air‐conditioning system must be
operated at least once a month
(even in the cold season).
out the maintenance run manually
will be displayed from the 6th day at
ignition switch‐on.
Checking the oil level in the refriger-
ant compressor

M83.00-0927-71
1. In “Wartung” (Maintenance) main
menu (6), select the compressor
maintenance program and start the
process with (ok).
2. The only way to interrupt the program
prematurely is to switch off the en-
gine (ignition OFF).
Note
The maintenance program for the
compressor cannot be carried out
unless the outside temperature is
above 0 °C and the coolant temper-
ature (engine circuit) is above 50 °C.
Note
If 30 days go by without any com-
pressor activity lasting at least 5
M83_55-0002-01
minutes, the system initiates an
automatic compressor run. To do ▶ Check the inspection glass on the
refrigerant compressor when the
this, the air‐conditioning system
will, for maintenance purposes, at- refrigerant compressor is running
tempt to activate the refrigerant (after approximately 10-15 minutes).
compressor for 5 minutes over the
course of the next 5 days. If it was
not possible to start an automatic

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 487

Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance
Note
Compressor oil is circulated
together with the refrigerant in
the entire refrigerant system. For
this reason, the oil level may differ
with each check but must still be
between the “MIN” and “MAX”
marks on the inspection glass. Have
underfilled compressor oil topped up
only by the authorised specialists of
an OMNIplus Service Partner.
Note
To ensure that the slide ring seal on
the refrigerant compressor crank-
shaft does not dry out and start to
leak, the air‐conditioning system
must be operated once a month
for approximately 10‐15 minutes
by pressing “Reheat” button (8) on
the HVAC control panel. At outside
temperatures of below + 5 °C, the
procedure should be carried out in-
doors, otherwise the system will be
switched off by the low‐pressure
switch or ice sensor.
488 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Bleeding the heating system coolant
circuit, general information
Note
The heating, ventilation and air‐condi-
tioning control panel features an in-
tegrated filling program. This program
provides all the necessary functions
(control of recirculation pumps and
coolant valves) for filling and bleeding
the heating system coolant circuit com-
pletely.
Note
Coolant is used in the engine cooling
system and for heating the vehicle in-
terior. Even if antifreeze protection is
needed on only a few days of the year,
anti‐corrosion protection is required all
year round. For this reason, pure water
alone must never be used to top up the
coolant. It must always be added in a
mixture with the correct corrosion inhib-
itor/antifreeze. In addition to providing
anti‐corrosion and antifreeze protection,
the coolant mixture has a higher boiling
point than water and protects the engine
from overheating.
Note
Before this work is carried out, have a
coolant complying with operating fluids
data sheet 325.5 or 326.5 (G40, pink in
colour) ready for use. If this coolant is
not available, have the work carried out
by an OMNIplus Service Partner.
If the coolant circuit needs to be topped
up but the use of water alone is unavoid-
able, it is acceptable as a temporary
measure to add a pure drinking water
that is as soft as possible. The vehicle
should then be driven to an OMNIplus
Service Partner as soon as possible to
have the mixing ratio corrected.

M20.00-0144-71
Warning
Risk of poisoning. Risk of poisoning
if coolant is swallowed. Risk of skin
and eyes being scalded by hot coolant
spraying out. If coolant is swallowed,
the victim is likely to suffer symptoms
of poisoning, including headaches, dizzi-
ness, stomach pain, respiratory para-
lysis, loss of consciousness, vomiting
and cramps. The cooling system is pres-
surised whenever the engine is warm. If
the cooling system were to be opened
suddenly, there would be a risk of scald-
ing from hot coolant spraying out.
Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance
▶ Do not swallow coolant. Bleeding the heating system coolant
▶ Do not pour coolant into drinks circuit
containers.
▶ Wear protective gloves, protective
clothing and safety goggles.
▶ Allow the cooling system to cool
down to a coolant temperature of
below 50 °C.
▶ Open the coolant seal cap slowly to
M83.00-0961-80
equalise the pressure: open conven-
tional coolant seal caps as far as the ▶ Switch on the ignition.
first detent; open screw‐type seal ▶ Call up the main menu using button
caps through approximately half a (6) and, using arrow buttons (2 - 5),
turn. navigate to “Anzeige und Services”
(Display and services) menu (14).
Measures
▶ Have the affected person drink Note
plenty of water containing a medi-
Active functions are indicated by the
cinal charcoal additive.
red illumination of the respective
▶ Call for medical assistance immedi- buttons.
ately.
Buttons (2 - 7) are dual‐function.
▶ Rinse affected skin with plenty of These can be used to navigate
cold water and dress with sterile
within the menu.
bandages.
▶ Open the control valves of the heating
▶ Open sealing cap (2) slowly to relieve and coolant circuit, fill and bleed
the excess pressure.
using the draining and filling program.
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 489
Practical advice
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system maintenance

▶ To conclude, add coolant if necessary

and under consideration of the gen-
eral information at the start of this
section.
▶ Close the cap on the coolant expan-
sion tank.

490 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Technical data
Contents

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

Refrigerant fill quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 491

Technical data
Technical data

Technical data Vehicle width Wheelbase

Bus‐specific technical data and vehicle Vehicle width S 515‐517 HDH, 2nd to
1,350 mm
parameters are derived from the vehicle 3rd axle
All models 2,550 mm
identification number (VIN) ( → page 4).
This will be needed for replacement parts
ordering and maintenance and repair Turning circle (w to w)
Vehicle height
work. For further information, please con- Turning circle (w to w)
sult your OMNIplus Service Partner. Vehicle height
S 515 HDH 19,574 mm
For an overview of general vehicle data in All HDH models 3,880 mm
S 516 HDH 21,512 mm
the following records, please refer to the
vehicle documents for the exact designa- S 517 HDH 23,480 mm
tion of your vehicle. Permissible gross mass
Permissible gross mass Front overhang
Vehicle length 3‐axle buses 24,750 kg
S 515 ‐ S 51 HDH 2,890 mm
Trailer coupling nose-
Vehicle length ≤ 250 kg
weight
S 515 HDH 12,495 mm
Rear overhang
S 516 HDH 13,325 mm
S 517 HDH 14,165 mm Wheelbase Rear overhang

Wheelbase S 515 ‐ 517 HDH 2,785 mm

S 515 HDH 5,470 mm

S 516 HDH 6,300 mm
S 517 HDH 7,140 mm

492 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Technical data
Technical data

Angle of approach Light sources Type and power rating

Angle of approach Type and power rating Luggage compartment
LED
lamps
S 515‐517 HDH 7° Front foglamps 12V H11
24V 8W
Gas dis- Lavatory lighting fluorescent
Bi‐xenon dipped‐beam
charge lamp lamp
headlamps
Angle of departure D1S
Angle of departure Clearance lamps, front
LED
lower and upper
S 515‐517 HDH 8.4°
Turn signals, front, rear
LED
lower and upper
Filling capacities Reversing lamps, rear 24V 21W
foglamps BA15
Filling capacities Brake lamps, upper tail
LED
Fuel tank capacity (S lamps
520 l
515‐517 HDH) 24V 5W
Lower tail lamps
AdBlue additive tank capacity BA15
45 l
(effective volume) Licence plate lamps, side
Heating‐oil tank capacity (op- marker lamps, forward‐fa-
40 l LED
tion) cing rear end‐outline marker
Windscreen washer reservoir 22 l lamps
Centre aisle low‐level light-
ing, reading lamps, service LED
call lamp, doorway lamps
Driver's area lighting LED

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 493

Technical data
Refrigerant fill quantities

Refrigerant fill quantities

Refrigerant fill quantities for air-
conditioning systems
Refrigerant fill quantity for air‐conditioning system, figures in [kg]

Air‐conditioning system type S 515 ‐ 517 HDH

TopAir integrated air‐condition-
4.8
ing system

494 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG

 Technical data
Refrigerant fill quantities

Refrigerant fill quantities for refriger-

ators
Refrigerant fill quantities for various coldboxes, figures in [g]

Installation location S 515 ‐ 517 HDH

Coldbox in door 1 entrance 90
Coldbox behind door 2 entrance 120
On‐board kitchenette 95

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 495

Index

A ASR Function description: variable

refer to “Assistance speed limiter (Temposet) . . . . . 242
ABA
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Operating ABA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
refer to “Assistance
Assistance systems Operating ART . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
ABA emergency braking se- Operating cruise control . . . . . . 268
ABS Operating ESP, ASR . . . . . . . . . 263
quence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
refer to “Assistance Operating LDWS . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
EcoDrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Operating Stop Assist . . . . . . . . 276
Accident data recorder EcoDriverFeedback (EDF) . . . . . 244 Operating the variable speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 ESP oversteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 ESP understeer . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Function description: ABA . . . . . 253 PPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Air suspension Function description: ABS . . . . . 237 Safety precautions . . . . . . 168, 233
Disabling and enabling level Function description: ART . . . . . 247 Setting the EcoDrive toler-
control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 Function description: ASR . . . . . 238 ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Kneeling and normal level . . . . . 184 Function description: ATA . . . . . 261 Setting the PPC tolerance . . . . . 275
Normal level/kneeling . . . . . 62, 77 Function description: EBS . . . . . 237 ATA
Raising and lowering . . . . . . . . 182 Function description: ESP . . . . . 239 refer to “Assistance
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 181 Function description: LDWS . . . 252 systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
ART Function description: speed Attendant call
refer to “Assistance limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 64
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Function description: Stop Axle load transfer
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 66
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

496 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


B Bus stop brake
Bluetooth® connection . . . . . . . . 161
Brake systems
Adaptive brake lamps . . . . . . . . 170
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Bus stop brake pushbut-
ton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 77
Function description: bus stop
brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Function description: hill-
holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Hillholder pushbutton . . . . . . 62, 77
Manual emergency braking . . . . 171
Operating the bus stop
brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Operating the hillholder . . . . . . 177
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Parking brake emergency re-
lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Retarder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 168
Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Bus stop brake emergency
release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Emergency release
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 69
C Light and wiper func-
Care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Catalytic converter
Automatic regeneration . . . . . . . 53
Protection function . . . . . . . . . . 53
CBL
refer to “Assistance
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Central locking
Left-side luggage compart-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 78
Right-side luggage compart-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 79
Centre aisle lighting . . . . . . . . 62, 75
Checking the coolant level of the
engine and heating system . . . . . 417
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Index
Coach Multimedia System (CMS)
Audio/video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Co-driver's seat
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Combination switch
tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 125
Transmission shift system,
continuous brake . . . . . . . . 57, 127
D
Departure check
Daily task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Weekly task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Diesel particulate filter
Aborting or inhibiting regenera-
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Automatic regeneration . . . . . . . 47
Function description . . . . . . . . . . 46
Manual regeneration . . . . . . . . . 47
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . 50
497
Index

Display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Emergency release of emergency Driver's seat

Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Grammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 General safety information . . . . 310 Isri 6860/875 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Indication on display screen . . . 315 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 192
Main menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Opening/closing by pushbutton Driving
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Running-in guidelines . . . . . . . . . 30
Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Opening/closing manually from
Resetting the trip meter . . . . . . 136 the outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
E
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Operating/resetting an emer-
gency valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 EBS
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Remote opening/closing from refer to “Assistance
Trip information . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
the outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Drive belts EcoDrive
Display screen menu control
Removing and fitting . . . . . . . . 418 refer to “Assistance
logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Driver's area
Door pushbutton
Complete overview . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Electric fuel pump (option) . . . . . 422
Door I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 75
Switches on the left section of the Electrical system
Door II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 75
instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Auxiliary switch panel . . . . . . . . 461
Doors Switches on the right section of Batteries, important informa-
Anti-entrapment protection the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . 61 tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
(reverse movement) . . . . . . . . . 318
Driver's area intercom Battery compartment . . . . . . . . 460
Door pushbuttons in the driver's
Incoming calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Battery isolating switch . . . . . . . 460
area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Outgoing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Changing light sources . . . . . . . 477
Emergency closing after a
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Driver's area lighting . . . . . . . 62, 74

498 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


Changing over the xenon head-
lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging the batteries . . . . . . .
Disconnecting batteries . . . . . .
Fuse assignment . . . . . . . . . . .
Important information . . . . . . . .
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout of electrical compon-
ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main switch panel . . . . . . . . . .
Switching to the auxiliary batter-
ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency hammer . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Emergency lighting
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 66
Emergency valve reset . . . . . . 62, 76
Emergency-off switch/master
safety switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine
Checking the oil level with the
dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Oil level display . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Index
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Flaps
478 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Emergency release after a
473 Engine compartment malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
472 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 411 Opening/closing by pushbutton
462 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
ESP
456 FOSS declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
refer to “Assistance
474 Fuse assignment
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Auxiliary switch panel . . . . . . . . 466
457 EU declarations of conformity . . . . 17
Exterior flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Main switch panel on right above
493 front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
461 Exterior flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
PDB (auxiliary switch panel) . . . 469
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 69
474 Exterior washes in an automatic H
vehicle wash
Hazard warning lamps . . . . . . 62, 76
Washing the outside of the
Head restraint
bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Removing/fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 203
F Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning system
Fire detection system
Activating the
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
air-conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Activating the auxiliary heating
Fire extinguishing system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Activating the reheat func-
First-aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 499
Index

Adjusting the blower speed in the Programming auxiliary heating L

driver's area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Adjusting the blower speed in the
passenger compartment . . . . . . 300
Adjusting the flap position in the
driver's area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Air-recirculation mode in the
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Bleeding the cooling system . . . 488
Checking the refrigerant com-
pressor oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Demisting the windscreen . . . . . 297
Display screen control panel . . . 296
Driver's area regulation . . . . . . 298
Notes on refrigerants in air-
conditioning systems . . . . . . . . 288
Passenger-compartment regula-
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Passenger-compartment temper-
ature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Preheating the engine . . . . . . . . 305
Preselecting the driver's area
temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
switch-on times . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Refrigerant fill quantities for air-
conditioning systems . . . . . . . . 494
Refrigerant fill quantities for
refrigerators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 290
Scopes of maintenance for the
air-conditioning system . . . . . . . 486
Setting the activation period for
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
I ory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification plate
VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Ignition lock
Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 72
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Instrument cluster display screen
Operating, function and malfunc-
tion displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Integrated Diagnostics System (IDS)
Activation/evaluation . . . . . . . . 480
Lavatory
Adding toilet paper . . . . . . . . . . 387
Emptying the fresh water supply
tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Emptying the holding tank . . . . . 390
Filling the fresh water supply
tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Greasing the impeller . . . . . . . . 394
Operation, maintenance . . . . . . 386
Smoke detector in the lavat-
383
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Switchover between water (WC)
and chemical (CC) operation . . . 384
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . 392
LDWS
refer to “Assistance
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Level control
Disabling and enabling . . . . . . . 476

500 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG


M Cleaning the coffee machine . . . 354
Maintenance
Additional work depending on
vehicle use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . 26
MFK (multifunction key) . . . . . . . 107
Mirrors
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 70
Fitting the replacement mir-
ror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Replacement mirror . . . . . . . . . . 92
Reversing aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Incoming calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Outgoing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
O Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . 356, 374
On-board kitchenette
Boiler indication displays . . . . . 341
Brewing coffee in frosty condi-
tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Checking and cleaning the fresh
water filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Cleaning the sausage heater . . . 330
Descaling the boiler . . . . . 344, 366
Descaling the coffee ma-
chine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Descaling the sausage
heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Draining the boiler . . . . . . . . . . 334
Draining the coffee ma-
chine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355, 373
Draining the siphon . . . . . . . . . 332
Draining the water lines . . . . . . 333
Drawing water . . . . . . . . . 340, 363
Exchanging fuses . . . . . . . 357, 377
Filling the fresh water supply
tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
First use . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336, 360
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 326
Sausage heater indication dis-
plays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Setting the thermostat . . . . . . . 365
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Switching on the boiler . . . 342, 364
C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
Index
Switching on the coffee
machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349, 370
Switching on the on-board
kitchenette . . . . . . . . . . . 339, 361
Switching on the sausage
heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 368
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Operating data
Online ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
P
Panorama camera . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Parking brake
Emergency release device . . . . . 175
Passenger seat
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Passenger seat service set . . . . . 214
Passenger stop request system
Passenger stop request system
enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 73
Passenger-compartment light-
ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 74
501
Index
Persons with reduced mobility
4-point wheelchair restraint
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Basic information on reduced
mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Pushchairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Rollators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Wheelchair passenger . . . . . . . 205
Wheelchair
securement . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 209
Pneumatic test ports
Axle modulator/door 2 . . . . . . . 452
Behind door 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Under the driver’s area . . . . . . . 450
Power window, driver's win-
dow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 68
PPC
refer to “Assistance
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
R Function description . . . . . . . . . 444
Radio remote control
Changing the batteries . . . . . . . 479
502 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG
REACH Regulation (EU chemicals
regulation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Reading lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 74
Refuelling
AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
AdBlue® warning messages . . . . 44
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Roof hatches . . . . . . . . . 62, 79…80
S System description . . . . . . . . . 285
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
230/400-volt installations . . . . . 22
Attachments, installations, conver-
sions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Communication systems . . . . . . . 20
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
General information . . . . . . . . . . 10
Hand luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Removal of stickers . . . . . . . . . . 18
Seat belt
Co-driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Seat belt reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Seat squab
Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Sideguard Assist
Sideguard Assist / Lane Change
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Turn Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Skibox
Fitting and swivelling . . . . . . . . 399
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Sleeper cabin
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Sleeper cabin/kitchenette intercom
Outgoing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Smoke detector
Speed limiter
refer to “Assistance
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
 Index

Start/Stop button in engine Front overhang . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 396

compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 General information . . . . . . . . . 492 Transmission
Steering Permissible gross mass . . . . . . 492 Description of GO 250-8 . . . . . . 216
Adjusting the steering Rear overhang . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Failsafe mode for GO 250-8 . . . 229
column . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 67, 121 Turning circle (w to w) . . . . . . . 492 Operating the GO 250-8 . . . . . . 222
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . 416 Vehicle height . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Safety precautions for GO 250-
Important information . . . . . . . . 187 Vehicle length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 8 ...................... 217
Steering wheel buttons . . . 128…129 Vehicle width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Selector lever for GO 250-8 . . . . 221
Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Temposet, cruise control V
Stop Assist refer to “Assistance Vehicle identification number
refer to “Assistance systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
systems” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Tools and emergency equip- Volume adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 154
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Passenger-compartment on-
T Towing board PA system . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Tachograph Charging another bus . . . . . . . . 452 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Overview of measures . . . . . . . 449 Sleeper cabin/on-board kit-
DTCO 3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 With a bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 chenette intercom . . . . . . . . . . 156
Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Tank changeover . . . . . . . . . . 62, 72
Technical data Trailer
W
Angle of approach . . . . . . . . . . 493 Coupling and uncoupling . . . . . . 398
Detachable coupling . . . . . . . . . 397 Wheels, tyres
Angle of departure . . . . . . . . . . 493
Maintenance and care . . . . . . . 440 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Filling capacities . . . . . . . . . . . 493

C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG 503

Index

Fitting the spare wheel . . . . . . . 431

Inflating tyres using the inflator
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Loosening the wheel nuts . . . . . 427
Positioning the jack . . . . . . . . . 427
Removing a front wheel . . . . . . 428
Removing a wheel from the
trailing axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Removing a wheel on the driven
axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Removing the wheel trim . . . . . 426
Safety precautions for wheels,
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . 434…435
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Tyre pressure monitor . . . . . . . 436
Windscreen heating/driver's
window heating+mirror heat-
ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 63
Windscreen roller
sunblind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 63
Windscreen washer fluid reser-
voir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

504 C410.1-- (Setra S 515-517 HDH)/07.2019 ENG